US20230052584A1 - Using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines to speed up virtual machine backup operations - Google Patents

Using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines to speed up virtual machine backup operations Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20230052584A1
US20230052584A1 US17/979,682 US202217979682A US2023052584A1 US 20230052584 A1 US20230052584 A1 US 20230052584A1 US 202217979682 A US202217979682 A US 202217979682A US 2023052584 A1 US2023052584 A1 US 2023052584A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
data
storage
volume
data volume
backup
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
US17/979,682
Inventor
Ajay Venkat NAGRALE
Anita JOSEPH
Sasikala RAJU
Henry Wallace Dornemann
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Commvault Systems Inc
Original Assignee
Commvault Systems Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Commvault Systems Inc filed Critical Commvault Systems Inc
Priority to US17/979,682 priority Critical patent/US20230052584A1/en
Assigned to COMMVAULT SYSTEMS, INC. reassignment COMMVAULT SYSTEMS, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: DORNEMANN, HENRY WALLACE, JOSEPH, ANITA, NAGRALE, AJAY VENKAT, RAJU, SASIKALA
Publication of US20230052584A1 publication Critical patent/US20230052584A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F11/00Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
    • G06F11/07Responding to the occurrence of a fault, e.g. fault tolerance
    • G06F11/14Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in operation
    • G06F11/1402Saving, restoring, recovering or retrying
    • G06F11/1446Point-in-time backing up or restoration of persistent data
    • G06F11/1448Management of the data involved in backup or backup restore
    • G06F11/1451Management of the data involved in backup or backup restore by selection of backup contents
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/10File systems; File servers
    • G06F16/11File system administration, e.g. details of archiving or snapshots
    • G06F16/128Details of file system snapshots on the file-level, e.g. snapshot creation, administration, deletion
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F11/00Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
    • G06F11/07Responding to the occurrence of a fault, e.g. fault tolerance
    • G06F11/14Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in operation
    • G06F11/1402Saving, restoring, recovering or retrying
    • G06F11/1446Point-in-time backing up or restoration of persistent data
    • G06F11/1458Management of the backup or restore process
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/10File systems; File servers
    • G06F16/18File system types
    • G06F16/188Virtual file systems
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/44Arrangements for executing specific programs
    • G06F9/455Emulation; Interpretation; Software simulation, e.g. virtualisation or emulation of application or operating system execution engines
    • G06F9/45533Hypervisors; Virtual machine monitors
    • G06F9/45558Hypervisor-specific management and integration aspects
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F11/00Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
    • G06F11/07Responding to the occurrence of a fault, e.g. fault tolerance
    • G06F11/16Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in hardware
    • G06F11/20Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in hardware using active fault-masking, e.g. by switching out faulty elements or by switching in spare elements
    • G06F11/2053Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in hardware using active fault-masking, e.g. by switching out faulty elements or by switching in spare elements where persistent mass storage functionality or persistent mass storage control functionality is redundant
    • G06F11/2094Redundant storage or storage space
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2201/00Indexing scheme relating to error detection, to error correction, and to monitoring
    • G06F2201/815Virtual
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2201/00Indexing scheme relating to error detection, to error correction, and to monitoring
    • G06F2201/84Using snapshots, i.e. a logical point-in-time copy of the data

Definitions

  • Businesses recognize the commercial value of their data and seek reliable, cost-effective ways to protect the information stored on their computer networks while minimizing impact on productivity.
  • a company might back up critical computing systems such as databases, file servers, web servers, virtual machines, and so on as part of a daily, weekly, or monthly maintenance schedule.
  • the company may similarly protect computing systems used by its employees, such as those used by an accounting department, marketing department, engineering department, and so forth.
  • companies also continue to seek innovative techniques for managing data growth, for example by migrating data to lower-cost storage over time, reducing redundant data, pruning lower priority data, etc.
  • Enterprises also increasingly view their stored data as a valuable asset and look for solutions that leverage their data. For instance, data analysis capabilities, information management, improved data presentation and access features, and the like, are in increasing demand.
  • VMs cloud-based virtual machines
  • a backup operation creates a secondary copy of a VM that is streamed or otherwise transmitted to secondary storage away from the VM platform.
  • the VM and its associated data e.g., vmdk, vhd, etc.
  • the data storage management system instructs the cloud-based VM environment to take successive snapshots of live VM volumes; these are stored to cloud-based mass storage.
  • the data storage management system causes a data storage volume (so-called “snapshot volume”) to be created in the cloud-based VM environment, and populates it with data from a snapshot in cloud-based mass storage so that the snapshot volume becomes a source for backup.
  • a problem arises when the data storage management system attempts to launch a backup operation, because the snapshot volume with access to the snapshot in mass storage is initially “cold” and input/output (I/O) latency is high on initial access to such “cold storage.”
  • the backup operation is thus substantially slowed while waiting for the snapshot volume to be populated/initialized with data from the snapshot in mass storage.
  • This initialization step is known in the art as “pre-warming.” Even though the pre-warming delay is an artifact of the cloud service provider’s data storage service, customers perceive slowness in the backup operation as a failure of the data storage management system.
  • the present inventors devised an approach that speeds up these backup operations by using a special-purpose utility injected into the “live” VM to be backed up. Accordingly, the utility causes a snapshot volume that is a backup source to be pre-warmed from a snapshot while the utility gathers key information from the VM’s live volume. This parallelism saves time in performing the backup operation. More time is saved at a later stage, when the backup operation reads from the snapshot volume only data that is changed from a preceding backup, rather than reading the entire snapshot volume that is the backup source, which was the traditional approach in the prior art.
  • Recent experimental results using an illustrative embodiment on customer VMs running on Amazon AWS showed a 50% reduction in delays for VM backups as compared to the prior art.
  • the illustrative data storage management system comprises a specialized data agent, illustratively an enhanced virtual server data agent (“VSA”) that executes on a VM running in the same cloud computing environment as the target VM to be backed up.
  • VSA virtual server data agent
  • the VSA is sometimes referred to herein as a “proxy.”
  • the VSA is responsible for certain actions.
  • the VSA performs full and incremental backup operations for the target VM as described herein.
  • the backup operations are generally managed by a storage manager component, which manages the data storage management system as a whole, and in particular instructs the VSA and media agent in performing backup and restore operations, as well as other storage management operations.
  • the media agent illustratively executes on a computing device distinct from the VM that hosts the VSA; the media agent’s host can be a VM in the target VM’s cloud computing environment or a data center-based computing device outside the cloud, without limitation.
  • the storage manager likewise operates outside the target VM’s cloud computing environment, but the invention is not so limited.
  • Amazon EBS Elastic Block Store
  • AWS Amazon Web Services
  • An EC2 instance is a virtual machine in AWS lingo.
  • EBS data storage resources are immediately allocated to the user upon “adding” the storage to the VM (instance) being created.
  • I/O latency can increase by as much as 50% over ordinary performance levels. The reason is that before it is released for use, each EBS block must first be wiped clean, which slows down the initial access.
  • Pre-warming does not eliminate I/O latency, but performs the slow initialization steps before the EBS storage volume is put into “live” production. Thus the I/O latency is not observable or experienced in the production environment only if the VM goes live after pre-warming.
  • the data blocks must first be initialized (i.e., written to the EBS volume from the snapshot) before the blocks are readable. This preliminary action takes time and causes a significant increase in the latency of an I/O operation the first time each block is accessed in the EBS volume. The I/O latency again can be hidden from view by reading from all of the blocks before using the EBS volume created from a snapshot, i.e., by pre-warming before use.
  • the workarounds in the prior art hide the I/O latency from the user experience by pre-warming the storage volume before going live. The delay is still there, but it occurs before the VM begins operating.
  • these prior art workarounds do not help the problem faced by storage management systems tasked with protecting cloud-based VMs and their associated data.
  • the I/O latency problem arises when the data storage management system needs to use VM snapshots in order to begin backup operations. Because the data storage volumes accessing the snapshots are “cold” and I/O latency is high on initial access to “cold storage,” the I/O latency problem introduces substantial delays into the backup operations, which delays are disruptive to customer operations and are also highly visible to data center operators.
  • the approach according to an illustrative embodiment is to take advantage of the fact that the source VM is active and operating (“live”) within the cloud computing platform, e.g., an EC2 instance running on AWS and using EBS storage resources as one or more “live volumes.”
  • live live
  • the illustrative data storage management system initially takes a full backup of a target VM and its associated cloud-based live volume - as captured in an initial snapshot of the live volume.
  • the illustrative data storage management system then takes successive incremental backups, which are based on corresponding successive snapshots of the live volume.
  • the initial full backup operation creates an index of checksums calculated for each extent (group of data blocks) from the live volume.
  • the indexed checksums are used later for identifying subsequent changes that occurred in the VM’s live volume.
  • a target VM is selected that operates on a cloud service provider’s data processing platform.
  • the utility is injected into the target VM while the target VM is “live.”
  • the utility analyzes the VM’s live volume to discover data extents therein, and for each extent computes a respective checksum and determines whether the extent is a “hole.” Afterwards, checksums are used to identify changed data in successive snapshots of the live volume, so that only the changed data will be read and backed up in incremental backups. Time is saved in performing the backup operation first by pre-warming the backup’s source volume in parallel with the utility analyzing the live volume, and second by skipping read operations for extents deemed to be unchanged since a preceding backup. The result is that the incremental backup operation is sped up as compared to prior art approaches.
  • An illustrative executable utility is injected into the target VM.
  • the injecting is performed by an enhanced data agent (e.g., VSA), which then causes the utility to begin executing on the live VM.
  • VSA enhanced data agent
  • the utility reads the VM’s live volume to discover extent information therein and for each extent computes a respective checksum, e.g., using cyclic redundancy check (CRC) or another scheme, without limitation.
  • CRC cyclic redundancy check
  • checksums are computed and used to identify changes to the live volume, so that only changed data will be used for and backed up in a subsequent incremental backup.
  • Snapshot volumes which are populated from the successive snapshots of the live volume and are the sources for each incremental backup operation, are pre-warmed by the utility when it runs on the target live VM. This is done in parallel with analyzing the live volume. The backup operation can then proceed at the best data rate available from the cloud service provider rather than waiting to initialize the snapshot volume.
  • the pre-warming/initialization step occurs in parallel with ordinary data processing and does not hold up access to the snapshot volume when the backup operation requires access.
  • the result is substantially shorter duration of the overall backup operation as it moves data from cloud-based storage (e.g., EBS) to off-cloud or other secondary storage media where the secondary copy(ies) generated in the backup operation is/are stored.
  • the backup operation can start and complete in substantially less time than waiting for the entire snapshot volume to initialize. More time is saved later after the backup operation begins by using the checksums to determine which extents in the snapshot remained unchanged since a preceding backup and declining to read them from the snapshot volume, thus saving time on read operations.
  • the VSA had to read every extent from the snapshot volume in order to determine whether it had changed, whereas according to the illustrative embodiment, the checksum analysis allows the VSA proxy to skip reading unchanged extents from the snapshot volume.
  • FIG. 1 A is a block diagram illustrating an exemplary information management system.
  • FIG. 1 B is a detailed view of a primary storage device, a secondary storage device, and some examples of primary data and secondary copy data.
  • FIG. 1 C is a block diagram of an exemplary information management system including a storage manager, one or more data agents, and one or more media agents.
  • FIG. 1 D is a block diagram illustrating a scalable information management system.
  • FIG. 1 E illustrates certain secondary copy operations according to an exemplary storage policy.
  • FIGS. 1 F- 1 H are block diagrams illustrating suitable data structures that may be employed by the information management system.
  • FIG. 2 A illustrates a system and technique for synchronizing primary data to a destination such as a failover site using secondary copy data.
  • FIG. 2 B illustrates an information management system architecture incorporating use of a network file system (NFS) protocol for communicating between the primary and secondary storage subsystems.
  • NFS network file system
  • FIG. 2 C is a block diagram of an example of a highly scalable managed data pool architecture.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating operations 1-5 depicting a logical data pathway for backing up cloud-based VMs in the prior art.
  • FIG. 4 A is a block diagram illustrating some salient portions of a system 400 for using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up VM backup operations, according to an illustrative embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 B is a block diagram illustrating some salient portions of a system 400 for using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up VM backup operations, including operations B 1 , B 2 , C, D, and E, according to an illustrative embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 depicts some salient operations of an illustrative method 500 for using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up VM backup operations in system 400 , according to an illustrative embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 depicts some salient operations in block 510 of method 500 .
  • FIG. 7 depicts some salient operations in block 520 of method 500 .
  • FIG. 1 A shows one such information management system 100 (or “system 100 ”), which generally includes combinations of hardware and software configured to protect and manage data and metadata that are generated and used by computing devices in system 100 .
  • System 100 may be referred to in some embodiments as a “storage management system” or a “data storage management system.”
  • System 100 performs information management operations, some of which may be referred to as “storage operations” or “data storage operations,” to protect and manage the data residing in and/or managed by system 100 .
  • the organization that employs system 100 may be a corporation or other business entity, non-profit organization, educational institution, household, governmental agency, or the like.
  • systems and associated components described herein may be compatible with and/or provide some or all of the functionality of the systems and corresponding components described in one or more of the following U.S. patents/publications and patent applications assigned to Commvault Systems, Inc., each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety herein:
  • System 100 includes computing devices and computing technologies.
  • system 100 can include one or more client computing devices 102 and secondary storage computing devices 106 , as well as storage manager 140 or a host computing device for it.
  • Computing devices can include, without limitation, one or more: workstations, personal computers, desktop computers, or other types of generally fixed computing systems such as mainframe computers, servers, and minicomputers.
  • Other computing devices can include mobile or portable computing devices, such as one or more laptops, tablet computers, personal data assistants, mobile phones (such as smartphones), and other mobile or portable computing devices such as embedded computers, set top boxes, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable computers, etc.
  • Servers can include mail servers, file servers, database servers, virtual machine servers, and web servers.
  • Any given computing device comprises one or more processors (e.g., CPU and/or single-core or multi-core processors), as well as corresponding non-transitory computer memory (e.g., random-access memory (RAM)) for storing computer programs which are to be executed by the one or more processors.
  • processors e.g., CPU and/or single-core or multi-core processors
  • non-transitory computer memory e.g., random-access memory (RAM)
  • Other computer memory for mass storage of data may be packaged/configured with the computing device (e.g., an internal hard disk) and/or may be external and accessible by the computing device (e.g., network-attached storage, a storage array, etc.).
  • a computing device includes cloud computing resources, which may be implemented as virtual machines. For instance, one or more virtual machines may be provided to the organization by a third-party cloud service vendor.
  • computing devices can include one or more virtual machine(s) running on a physical host computing device (or “host machine”) operated by the organization.
  • host machine a physical host computing device operated by the organization.
  • the organization may use one virtual machine as a database server and another virtual machine as a mail server, both virtual machines operating on the same host machine.
  • a Virtual machine (“VM”) is a software implementation of a computer that does not physically exist and is instead instantiated in an operating system of a physical computer (or host machine) to enable applications to execute within the VM’s environment, i.e., a VM emulates a physical computer.
  • a VM includes an operating system and associated virtual resources, such as computer memory and processor(s).
  • a hypervisor operates between the VM and the hardware of the physical host machine and is generally responsible for creating and running the VMs.
  • Hypervisors are also known in the art as virtual machine monitors or a virtual machine managers or “VMMs”, and may be implemented in software, firmware, and/or specialized hardware installed on the host machine. Examples of hypervisors include ESX Server, by VMware, Inc. of Palo Alto, California; Microsoft Virtual Server and Microsoft Windows Server Hyper-V, both by Microsoft Corporation of Redmond, Washington; Sun xVM by Oracle America Inc. of Santa Clara, California; and Xen by Citrix Systems, Santa Clara, California. The hypervisor provides resources to each virtual operating system such as a virtual processor, virtual memory, a virtual network device, and a virtual disk. Each virtual machine has one or more associated virtual disks.
  • the hypervisor typically stores the data of virtual disks in files on the file system of the physical host machine, called virtual machine disk files (“VMDK” in VMware lingo) or virtual hard disk image files (in Microsoft lingo).
  • VMDK virtual machine disk files
  • ESX Server provides the Virtual Machine File System (VMFS) for the storage of virtual machine disk files.
  • VMFS Virtual Machine File System
  • a virtual machine reads data from and writes data to its virtual disk much the way that a physical machine reads data from and writes data to a physical disk. Examples of techniques for implementing information management in a cloud computing environment are described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,285,681. Examples of techniques for implementing information management in a virtualized computing environment are described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,307,177.
  • Information management system 100 can also include electronic data storage devices, generally used for mass storage of data, including, e.g., primary storage devices 104 and secondary storage devices 108 .
  • Storage devices can generally be of any suitable type including, without limitation, disk drives, storage arrays (e.g., storage-area network (SAN) and/or network-attached storage (NAS) technology), semiconductor memory (e.g., solid state storage devices), network attached storage (NAS) devices, tape libraries, or other magnetic, non-tape storage devices, optical media storage devices, DNA/RNA-based memory technology, combinations of the same, etc.
  • storage devices form part of a distributed file system.
  • storage devices are provided in a cloud storage environment (e.g., a private cloud or one operated by a third-party vendor), whether for primary data or secondary copies or both.
  • system 100 can refer to generally all of the illustrated hardware and software components in FIG. 1 C , or the term may refer to only a subset of the illustrated components.
  • system 100 generally refers to a combination of specialized components used to protect, move, manage, manipulate, analyze, and/or process data and metadata generated by client computing devices 102 .
  • system 100 in some cases does not include the underlying components that generate and/or store primary data 112 , such as the client computing devices 102 themselves, and the primary storage devices 104 .
  • secondary storage devices 108 e.g., a third-party provided cloud storage environment
  • “information management system” or “storage management system” may sometimes refer to one or more of the following components, which will be described in further detail below: storage manager, data agent, and media agent.
  • One or more client computing devices 102 may be part of system 100 , each client computing device 102 having an operating system and at least one application 110 and one or more accompanying data agents executing thereon; and associated with one or more primary storage devices 104 storing primary data 112 .
  • Client computing device(s) 102 and primary storage devices 104 may generally be referred to in some cases as primary storage subsystem 117 .
  • data generation sources include one or more client computing devices 102 .
  • a computing device that has a data agent 142 installed and operating on it is generally referred to as a “client computing device” 102 , and may include any type of computing device, without limitation.
  • a client computing device 102 may be associated with one or more users and/or user accounts.
  • a “client” is a logical component of information management system 100 , which may represent a logical grouping of one or more data agents installed on a client computing device 102 .
  • Storage manager 140 recognizes a client as a component of system 100 , and in some embodiments, may automatically create a client component the first time a data agent 142 is installed on a client computing device 102 . Because data generated by executable component(s) 110 is tracked by the associated data agent 142 so that it may be properly protected in system 100 , a client may be said to generate data and to store the generated data to primary storage, such as primary storage device 104 .
  • client computing device does not imply that a client computing device 102 is necessarily configured in the client/server sense relative to another computing device such as a mail server, or that a client computing device 102 cannot be a server in its own right.
  • a client computing device 102 can be and/or include mail servers, file servers, database servers, virtual machine servers, and/or web servers.
  • Each client computing device 102 may have application(s) 110 executing thereon which generate and manipulate the data that is to be protected from loss and managed in system 100 .
  • Applications 110 generally facilitate the operations of an organization, and can include, without limitation, mail server applications (e.g., Microsoft Exchange Server), file system applications, mail client applications (e.g., Microsoft Exchange Client), database applications or database management systems (e.g., SQL, Oracle, SAP, Lotus Notes Database), word processing applications (e.g., Microsoft Word), spreadsheet applications, financial applications, presentation applications, graphics and/or video applications, browser applications, mobile applications, entertainment applications, and so on.
  • Each application 110 may be accompanied by an application-specific data agent 142 , though not all data agents 142 are application-specific or associated with only application.
  • a file manager application e.g., Microsoft Windows Explorer
  • Client computing devices 102 can have at least one operating system (e.g., Microsoft Windows, Mac OS X, iOS, IBM z/OS, Linux, other Unix-based operating systems, etc.) installed thereon, which may support or host one or more file systems and other applications 110 .
  • a virtual machine that executes on a host client computing device 102 may be considered an application 110 and may be accompanied by a specific data agent 142 (e.g., virtual server data agent).
  • Client computing devices 102 and other components in system 100 can be connected to one another via one or more electronic communication pathways 114 .
  • a first communication pathway 114 may communicatively couple client computing device 102 and secondary storage computing device 106 ;
  • a second communication pathway 114 may communicatively couple storage manager 140 and client computing device 102 ;
  • a third communication pathway 114 may communicatively couple storage manager 140 and secondary storage computing device 106 , etc. (see, e.g., FIG. 1 A and FIG. 1 C ).
  • a communication pathway 114 can include one or more networks or other connection types including one or more of the following, without limitation: the Internet, a wide area network (WAN), a local area network (LAN), a Storage Area Network (SAN), a Fibre Channel (FC) connection, a Small Computer System Interface (SCSI) connection, a virtual private network (VPN), a token ring or TCP/IP based network, an intranet network, a point-to-point link, a cellular network, a wireless data transmission system, a two-way cable system, an interactive kiosk network, a satellite network, a broadband network, a baseband network, a neural network, a mesh network, an ad hoc network, other appropriate computer or telecommunications networks, combinations of the same or the like.
  • WAN wide area network
  • LAN local area network
  • SAN Storage Area Network
  • FC Fibre Channel
  • SCSI Small Computer System Interface
  • VPN virtual private network
  • TCP/IP token ring or TCP/IP based network
  • intranet network
  • Communication pathways 114 in some cases may also include application programming interfaces (APIs) including, e.g., cloud service provider APIs, virtual machine management APIs, and hosted service provider APIs.
  • APIs application programming interfaces
  • the underlying infrastructure of communication pathways 114 may be wired and/or wireless, analog and/or digital, or any combination thereof; and the facilities used may be private, public, third-party provided, or any combination thereof, without limitation.
  • a “subclient” is a logical grouping of all or part of a client’s primary data 112 .
  • a subclient may be defined according to how the subclient data is to be protected as a unit in system 100 .
  • a subclient may be associated with a certain storage policy.
  • a given client may thus comprise several subclients, each subclient associated with a different storage policy.
  • some files may form a first subclient that requires compression and deduplication and is associated with a first storage policy.
  • Other files of the client may form a second subclient that requires a different retention schedule as well as encryption, and may be associated with a different, second storage policy.
  • the primary data may be generated by the same application 110 and may belong to one given client, portions of the data may be assigned to different subclients for distinct treatment by system 100 . More detail on subclients is given in regard to storage policies below.
  • Primary data 112 is generally production data or “live” data generated by the operating system and/or applications 110 executing on client computing device 102 .
  • Primary data 112 is generally stored on primary storage device(s) 104 and is organized via a file system operating on the client computing device 102 .
  • client computing device(s) 102 and corresponding applications 110 may create, access, modify, write, delete, and otherwise use primary data 112 .
  • Primary data 112 is generally in the native format of the source application 110 .
  • Primary data 112 is an initial or first stored body of data generated by the source application 110 .
  • Primary data 112 in some cases is created substantially directly from data generated by the corresponding source application 110 . It can be useful in performing certain tasks to organize primary data 112 into units of different granularities.
  • primary data 112 can include files, directories, file system volumes, data blocks, extents, or any other hierarchies or organizations of data objects.
  • a “data object” can refer to (i) any file that is currently addressable by a file system or that was previously addressable by the file system (e.g., an archive file), and/or to (ii) a subset of such a file (e.g., a data block, an extent, etc.).
  • Primary data 112 may include structured data (e.g., database files), unstructured data (e.g., documents), and/or semi-structured data. See, e.g., FIG. 1 B .
  • Metadata generally includes information about data objects and/or characteristics associated with the data objects. For simplicity herein, it is to be understood that, unless expressly stated otherwise, any reference to primary data 112 generally also includes its associated metadata, but references to metadata generally do not include the primary data.
  • Metadata can include, without limitation, one or more of the following: the data owner (e.g., the client or user that generates the data), the last modified time (e.g., the time of the most recent modification of the data object), a data object name (e.g., a file name), a data object size (e.g., a number of bytes of data), information about the content (e.g., an indication as to the existence of a particular search term), user-supplied tags, to/from information for email (e.g., an email sender, recipient, etc.), creation date, file type (e.g., format or application type), last accessed time, application type (e.g., type of application that generated the data object), location/network (e.g., a current, past or future location of the data object and network pathways to/from the data object), geographic location (e.g., GPS coordinates), frequency of change (e.g., a period in which the data object is modified), business unit (e.g.,
  • some applications 110 and/or other components of system 100 maintain indices of metadata for data objects, e.g., metadata associated with individual email messages.
  • metadata e.g., metadata associated with individual email messages.
  • Primary storage devices 104 storing primary data 112 may be relatively fast and/or expensive technology (e.g., flash storage, a disk drive, a hard-disk storage array, solid state memory, etc.), typically to support high-performance live production environments. Primary data 112 may be highly changeable and/or may be intended for relatively short term retention (e.g., hours, days, or weeks). According to some embodiments, client computing device 102 can access primary data 112 stored in primary storage device 104 by making conventional file system calls via the operating system. Each client computing device 102 is generally associated with and/or in communication with one or more primary storage devices 104 storing corresponding primary data 112 .
  • a client computing device 102 is said to be associated with or in communication with a particular primary storage device 104 if it is capable of one or more of: routing and/or storing data (e.g., primary data 112 ) to the primary storage device 104 , coordinating the routing and/or storing of data to the primary storage device 104 , retrieving data from the primary storage device 104 , coordinating the retrieval of data from the primary storage device 104 , and modifying and/or deleting data in the primary storage device 104 .
  • a client computing device 102 may be said to access data stored in an associated storage device 104 .
  • Primary storage device 104 may be dedicated or shared. In some cases, each primary storage device 104 is dedicated to an associated client computing device 102 , e.g., a local disk drive. In other cases, one or more primary storage devices 104 can be shared by multiple client computing devices 102 , e.g., via a local network, in a cloud storage implementation, etc. As one example, primary storage device 104 can be a storage array shared by a group of client computing devices 102 , such as EMC Clariion, EMC Symmetrix, EMC Celerra, Dell EqualLogic, IBM XIV, NetApp FAS, HP EVA, and HP 3PAR.
  • EMC Clariion EMC Symmetrix
  • EMC Celerra Dell EqualLogic
  • IBM XIV NetApp FAS
  • HP EVA HP 3PAR
  • System 100 may also include hosted services (not shown), which may be hosted in some cases by an entity other than the organization that employs the other components of system 100 .
  • the hosted services may be provided by online service providers.
  • Such service providers can provide social networking services, hosted email services, or hosted productivity applications or other hosted applications such as software-as-a-service (SaaS), platform-as-a-service (PaaS), application service providers (ASPs), cloud services, or other mechanisms for delivering functionality via a network.
  • each hosted service may generate additional data and metadata, which may be managed by system 100 , e.g., as primary data 112 .
  • the hosted services may be accessed using one of the applications 110 .
  • a hosted mail service may be accessed via browser running on a client computing device 102 .
  • Secondary data 112 stored on primary storage devices 104 may be compromised in some cases, such as when an employee deliberately or accidentally deletes or overwrites primary data 112 . Or primary storage devices 104 can be damaged, lost, or otherwise corrupted. For recovery and/or regulatory compliance purposes, it is therefore useful to generate and maintain copies of primary data 112 . Accordingly, system 100 includes one or more secondary storage computing devices 106 and one or more secondary storage devices 108 configured to create and store one or more secondary copies 116 of primary data 112 including its associated metadata. The secondary storage computing devices 106 and the secondary storage devices 108 may be referred to as secondary storage subsystem 118 .
  • Secondary copies 116 can help in search and analysis efforts and meet other information management goals as well, such as: restoring data and/or metadata if an original version is lost (e.g., by deletion, corruption, or disaster); allowing point-in-time recovery; complying with regulatory data retention and electronic discovery (e-discovery) requirements; reducing utilized storage capacity in the production system and/or in secondary storage; facilitating organization and search of data; improving user access to data files across multiple computing devices and/or hosted services; and implementing data retention and pruning policies.
  • restoring data and/or metadata if an original version is lost e.g., by deletion, corruption, or disaster
  • e-discovery electronic discovery
  • reducing utilized storage capacity in the production system and/or in secondary storage facilitating organization and search of data
  • improving user access to data files across multiple computing devices and/or hosted services and implementing data retention and pruning policies.
  • a secondary copy 116 can comprise a separate stored copy of data that is derived from one or more earlier-created stored copies (e.g., derived from primary data 112 or from another secondary copy 116 ).
  • Secondary copies 116 can include point-in-time data, and may be intended for relatively long-term retention before some or all of the data is moved to other storage or discarded.
  • a secondary copy 116 may be in a different storage device than other previously stored copies; and/or may be remote from other previously stored copies.
  • Secondary copies 116 can be stored in the same storage device as primary data 112 .
  • a disk array capable of performing hardware snapshots stores primary data 112 and creates and stores hardware snapshots of the primary data 112 as secondary copies 116 .
  • Secondary copies 116 may be stored in relatively slow and/or lower cost storage (e.g., magnetic tape).
  • a secondary copy 116 may be stored in a backup or archive format, or in some other format different from the native source application format or other format of primary data 112 .
  • Secondary storage computing devices 106 may index secondary copies 116 (e.g., using a media agent 144 ), enabling users to browse and restore at a later time and further enabling the lifecycle management of the indexed data.
  • a pointer or other location indicia e.g., a stub
  • system 100 may create and manage multiple secondary copies 116 of a particular data object or metadata, each copy representing the state of the data object in primary data 112 at a particular point in time. Moreover, since an instance of a data object in primary data 112 may eventually be deleted from primary storage device 104 and the file system, system 100 may continue to manage point-in-time representations of that data object, even though the instance in primary data 112 no longer exists.
  • the operating system and other applications 110 of client computing device(s) 102 may execute within or under the management of virtualization software (e.g., a VMM), and the primary storage device(s) 104 may comprise a virtual disk created on a physical storage device.
  • System 100 may create secondary copies 116 of the files or other data objects in a virtual disk file and/or secondary copies 116 of the entire virtual disk file itself (e.g., of an entire .vmdk file).
  • Secondary copies 116 are distinguishable from corresponding primary data 112 .
  • secondary copies 116 can be stored in a different format from primary data 112 (e.g., backup, archive, or other non-native format). For this or other reasons, secondary copies 116 may not be directly usable by applications 110 or client computing device 102 (e.g., via standard system calls or otherwise) without modification, processing, or other intervention by system 100 which may be referred to as “restore” operations.
  • Secondary copies 116 may have been processed by data agent 142 and/or media agent 144 in the course of being created (e.g., compression, deduplication, encryption, integrity markers, indexing, formatting, application-aware metadata, etc.), and thus secondary copy 116 may represent source primary data 112 without necessarily being exactly identical to the source.
  • data agent 142 and/or media agent 144 e.g., compression, deduplication, encryption, integrity markers, indexing, formatting, application-aware metadata, etc.
  • secondary copies 116 may be stored on a secondary storage device 108 that is inaccessible to application 110 running on client computing device 102 and/or hosted service.
  • Some secondary copies 116 may be “offline copies,” in that they are not readily available (e.g., not mounted to tape or disk). Offline copies can include copies of data that system 100 can access without human intervention (e.g., tapes within an automated tape library, but not yet mounted in a drive), and copies that the system 100 can access only with some human intervention (e.g., tapes located at an offsite storage site).
  • Creating secondary copies can be challenging when hundreds or thousands of client computing devices 102 continually generate large volumes of primary data 112 to be protected. Also, there can be significant overhead involved in the creation of secondary copies 116 . Moreover, specialized programmed intelligence and/or hardware capability is generally needed for accessing and interacting with secondary storage devices 108 . Client computing devices 102 may interact directly with a secondary storage device 108 to create secondary copies 116 , but in view of the factors described above, this approach can negatively impact the ability of client computing device 102 to serve/service application 110 and produce primary data 112 . Further, any given client computing device 102 may not be optimized for interaction with certain secondary storage devices 108 .
  • system 100 may include one or more software and/or hardware components which generally act as intermediaries between client computing devices 102 (that generate primary data 112 ) and secondary storage devices 108 (that store secondary copies 116 ).
  • these intermediate components provide other benefits. For instance, as discussed further below with respect to FIG. 1 D , distributing some of the work involved in creating secondary copies 116 can enhance scalability and improve system performance.
  • the intermediate components can include one or more secondary storage computing devices 106 as shown in FIG. 1 A and/or one or more media agents 144 .
  • Media agents are discussed further below (e.g., with respect to FIGS. 1 C- 1 E ).
  • These special-purpose components of system 100 comprise specialized programmed intelligence and/or hardware capability for writing to, reading from, instructing, communicating with, or otherwise interacting with secondary storage devices 108 .
  • Secondary storage computing device(s) 106 can comprise any of the computing devices described above, without limitation. In some cases, secondary storage computing device(s) 106 also include specialized hardware componentry and/or software intelligence (e.g., specialized interfaces) for interacting with certain secondary storage device(s) 108 with which they may be specially associated.
  • specialized hardware componentry and/or software intelligence e.g., specialized interfaces
  • client computing device 102 may communicate the primary data 112 to be copied (or a processed version thereof generated by a data agent 142 ) to the designated secondary storage computing device 106 , via a communication pathway 114 .
  • Secondary storage computing device 106 in turn may further process and convey the data or a processed version thereof to secondary storage device 108 .
  • One or more secondary copies 116 may be created from existing secondary copies 116 , such as in the case of an auxiliary copy operation, described further below.
  • FIG. 1 B is a detailed view of some specific examples of primary data stored on primary storage device(s) 104 and secondary copy data stored on secondary storage device(s) 108 , with other components of the system removed for the purposes of illustration.
  • primary storage device(s) 104 Stored on primary storage device(s) 104 are primary data 112 objects including word processing documents 119 A-B, spreadsheets 120 , presentation documents 122 , video files 124 , image files 126 , email mailboxes 128 (and corresponding email messages 129 A-C), HTML/XML or other types of markup language files 130 , databases 132 and corresponding tables or other data structures 133 A- 133 C.
  • Some or all primary data 112 objects are associated with corresponding metadata (e.g., “Meta1-11”), which may include file system metadata and/or application-specific metadata.
  • metadata e.g., “Meta1-11”
  • Stored on the secondary storage device(s) 108 are secondary copy 116 data objects 134 A-C which may include copies of or may otherwise represent corresponding primary data 112 .
  • Secondary copy data objects 134 A-C can individually represent more than one primary data object.
  • secondary copy data object 134 A represents three separate primary data objects 133 C, 122 , and 129 C (represented as 133 C', 122 ', and 129 C', respectively, and accompanied by corresponding metadata M eta 11 , M eta 3 , and M eta 8 , respectively).
  • secondary storage computing devices 106 or other components in secondary storage subsystem 118 may process the data received from primary storage subsystem 117 and store a secondary copy including a transformed and/or supplemented representation of a primary data object and/or metadata that is different from the original format, e.g., in a compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, or other modified format.
  • secondary storage computing devices 106 can generate new metadata or other information based on said processing, and store the newly generated information along with the secondary copies.
  • Secondary copy data object 134 B represents primary data objects 120 , 133 B, and 119 A as 120 ', 133 B', and 119 A', respectively, accompanied by corresponding metadata M eta 2 , M eta 10 , and M eta 1 , respectively.
  • secondary copy data object 134 C represents primary data objects 133 A, 119 B, and 129 A as 133 A', 119 B', and 129 A', respectively, accompanied by corresponding metadata M eta 9 , M eta 5 , and M eta 6 , respectively.
  • System 100 can incorporate a variety of different hardware and software components, which can in turn be organized with respect to one another in many different configurations, depending on the embodiment. There are critical design choices involved in specifying the functional responsibilities of the components and the role of each component in system 100 . Such design choices can impact how system 100 performs and adapts to data growth and other changing circumstances.
  • FIG. 1 C shows a system 100 designed according to these considerations and includes: storage manager 140 , one or more data agents 142 executing on client computing device(s) 102 and configured to process primary data 112 , and one or more media agents 144 executing on one or more secondary storage computing devices 106 for performing tasks involving secondary storage devices 108 .
  • Storage manager 140 is a centralized storage and/or information manager that is configured to perform certain control functions and also to store certain critical information about system 100 - hence storage manager 140 is said to manage system 100 .
  • the number of components in system 100 and the amount of data under management can be large. Managing the components and data is therefore a significant task, which can grow unpredictably as the number of components and data scale to meet the needs of the organization.
  • responsibility for controlling system 100 or at least a significant portion of that responsibility, is allocated to storage manager 140 .
  • Storage manager 140 can be adapted independently according to changing circumstances, without having to replace or re-design the remainder of the system.
  • a computing device for hosting and/or operating as storage manager 140 can be selected to best suit the functions and networking needs of storage manager 140 .
  • Storage manager 140 may be a software module or other application hosted by a suitable computing device. In some embodiments, storage manager 140 is itself a computing device that performs the functions described herein. Storage manager 140 comprises or operates in conjunction with one or more associated data structures such as a dedicated database (e.g., management database 146 ), depending on the configuration. The storage manager 140 generally initiates, performs, coordinates, and/or controls storage and other information management operations performed by system 100 , e.g., to protect and control primary data 112 and secondary copies 116 . In general, storage manager 140 is said to manage system 100 , which includes communicating with, instructing, and controlling in some circumstances components such as data agents 142 and media agents 144 , etc.
  • a dedicated database e.g., management database 146
  • the storage manager 140 generally initiates, performs, coordinates, and/or controls storage and other information management operations performed by system 100 , e.g., to protect and control primary data 112 and secondary copies 116 .
  • storage manager 140 is said to manage system
  • storage manager 140 may communicate with, instruct, and/or control some or all elements of system 100 , such as data agents 142 and media agents 144 . In this manner, storage manager 140 manages the operation of various hardware and software components in system 100 . In certain embodiments, control information originates from storage manager 140 and status as well as index reporting is transmitted to storage manager 140 by the managed components, whereas payload data and metadata are generally communicated between data agents 142 and media agents 144 (or otherwise between client computing device(s) 102 and secondary storage computing device(s) 106 ), e.g., at the direction of and under the management of storage manager 140 .
  • Control information can generally include parameters and instructions for carrying out information management operations, such as, without limitation, instructions to perform a task associated with an operation, timing information specifying when to initiate a task, data path information specifying what components to communicate with or access in carrying out an operation, and the like.
  • information management operations are controlled or initiated by other components of system 100 (e.g., by media agents 144 or data agents 142 ), instead of or in combination with storage manager 140 .
  • storage manager 140 provides one or more of the following functions:
  • Storage manager 140 may maintain an associated database 146 (or “storage manager database 146 " or “management database 146 ”) of management-related data and information management policies 148 .
  • Database 146 is stored in computer memory accessible by storage manager 140 .
  • Database 146 may include a management index 150 (or “index 150 ”) or other data structure(s) that may store: logical associations between components of the system; user preferences and/or profiles (e.g., preferences regarding encryption, compression, or deduplication of primary data or secondary copies; preferences regarding the scheduling, type, or other aspects of secondary copy or other operations; mappings of particular information management users or user accounts to certain computing devices or other components, etc.; management tasks; media containerization; other useful data; and/or any combination thereof.
  • management index 150 or other data structure(s) that may store: logical associations between components of the system; user preferences and/or profiles (e.g., preferences regarding encryption, compression, or deduplication of primary data or secondary copies; preferences regarding the scheduling, type, or other aspects of secondary copy or other operations; mapping
  • index 150 may use index 150 to track logical associations between media agents 144 and secondary storage devices 108 and/or movement of data to/from secondary storage devices 108 .
  • index 150 may store data associating a client computing device 102 with a particular media agent 144 and/or secondary storage device 108 , as specified in an information management policy 148 .
  • an information management policy 148 can include a stored data structure or other information source that specifies parameters (e.g., criteria and rules) associated with storage management or other information management operations.
  • Storage manager 140 can process an information management policy 148 and/or index 150 and, based on the results, identify an information management operation to perform, identify the appropriate components in system 100 to be involved in the operation (e.g., client computing devices 102 and corresponding data agents 142 , secondary storage computing devices 106 and corresponding media agents 144 , etc.), establish connections to those components and/or between those components, and/or instruct and control those components to carry out the operation. In this manner, system 100 can translate stored information into coordinated activity among the various computing devices in system 100 .
  • an information management operation to perform identify the appropriate components in system 100 to be involved in the operation (e.g., client computing devices 102 and corresponding data agents 142 , secondary storage computing devices 106 and corresponding media agents 144 , etc.), establish connections to those components and/or between those components, and/or instruct and control those components to carry out the operation.
  • system 100 can translate stored information into coordinated activity among the various computing devices in system 100 .
  • Management database 146 may maintain information management policies 148 and associated data, although information management policies 148 can be stored in computer memory at any appropriate location outside management database 146 .
  • an information management policy 148 such as a storage policy may be stored as metadata in a media agent database 152 or in a secondary storage device 108 (e.g., as an archive copy) for use in restore or other information management operations, depending on the embodiment.
  • Information management policies 148 are described further below.
  • management database 146 comprises a relational database (e.g., an SQL database) for tracking metadata, such as metadata associated with secondary copy operations (e.g., what client computing devices 102 and corresponding subclient data were protected and where the secondary copies are stored and which media agent 144 performed the storage operation(s)).
  • management database 146 may comprise data needed to kick off secondary copy operations (e.g., storage policies, schedule policies, etc.), status and reporting information about completed jobs (e.g., status and error reports on yesterday’s backup jobs), and additional information sufficient to enable restore and disaster recovery operations (e.g., media agent associations, location indexing, content indexing, etc.).
  • secondary copy operations e.g., storage policies, schedule policies, etc.
  • status and reporting information about completed jobs e.g., status and error reports on yesterday’s backup jobs
  • additional information sufficient to enable restore and disaster recovery operations e.g., media agent associations, location indexing, content indexing, etc.
  • Storage manager 140 may include a jobs agent 156 , a user interface 158 , and a management agent 154 , all of which may be implemented as interconnected software modules or application programs. These are described further below.
  • Jobs agent 156 in some embodiments initiates, controls, and/or monitors the status of some or all information management operations previously performed, currently being performed, or scheduled to be performed by system 100 .
  • a job is a logical grouping of information management operations such as daily storage operations scheduled for a certain set of subclients (e.g., generating incremental block-level backup copies 116 at a certain time every day for database files in a certain geographical location).
  • jobs agent 156 may access information management policies 148 (e.g., in management database 146 ) to determine when, where, and how to initiate/control jobs in system 100 .
  • User interface 158 may include information processing and display software, such as a graphical user interface (GUI), an application program interface (API), and/or other interactive interface(s) through which users and system processes can retrieve information about the status of information management operations or issue instructions to storage manager 140 and other components.
  • GUI graphical user interface
  • API application program interface
  • users may issue instructions to the components in system 100 regarding performance of secondary copy and recovery operations. For example, a user may modify a schedule concerning the number of pending secondary copy operations.
  • a user may employ the GUI to view the status of pending secondary copy jobs or to monitor the status of certain components in system 100 (e.g., the amount of capacity left in a storage device).
  • Storage manager 140 may track information that permits it to select, designate, or otherwise identify content indices, deduplication databases, or similar databases or resources or data sets within its information management cell (or another cell) to be searched in response to certain queries. Such queries may be entered by the user by interacting with user interface 158 .
  • Various embodiments of information management system 100 may be configured and/or designed to generate user interface data usable for rendering the various interactive user interfaces described.
  • the user interface data may be used by system 100 and/or by another system, device, and/or software program (for example, a browser program), to render the interactive user interfaces.
  • the interactive user interfaces may be displayed on, for example, electronic displays (including, for example, touch-enabled displays), consoles, etc., whether direct-connected to storage manager 140 or communicatively coupled remotely, e.g., via an internet connection.
  • the present disclosure describes various embodiments of interactive and dynamic user interfaces, some of which may be generated by user interface agent 158 , and which are the result of significant technological development.
  • User interfaces described herein may provide improved human-computer interactions, allowing for significant cognitive and ergonomic efficiencies and advantages over previous systems, including reduced mental workloads, improved decision-making, and the like.
  • User interface 158 may operate in a single integrated view or console (not shown).
  • the console may support a reporting capability for generating a variety of reports, which may be tailored to a particular aspect of information management.
  • User interfaces are not exclusive to storage manager 140 and in some embodiments a user may access information locally from a computing device component of system 100 .
  • a user may access information locally from a computing device component of system 100 .
  • some information pertaining to installed data agents 142 and associated data streams may be available from client computing device 102 .
  • some information pertaining to media agents 144 and associated data streams may be available from secondary storage computing device 106 .
  • Management agent 154 can provide storage manager 140 with the ability to communicate with other components within system 100 and/or with other information management cells via network protocols and application programming interfaces (APIs) including, e.g., HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, REST, virtualization software APIs, cloud service provider APIs, and hosted service provider APIs, without limitation.
  • APIs application programming interfaces
  • Management agent 154 also allows multiple information management cells to communicate with one another.
  • system 100 in some cases may be one information management cell in a network of multiple cells adjacent to one another or otherwise logically related, e.g., in a WAN or LAN. With this arrangement, the cells may communicate with one another through respective management agents 154 . Inter-cell communications and hierarchy is described in greater detail in e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453.
  • An “information management cell” may generally include a logical and/or physical grouping of a combination of hardware and software components associated with performing information management operations on electronic data, typically one storage manager 140 and at least one data agent 142 (executing on a client computing device 102 ) and at least one media agent 144 (executing on a secondary storage computing device 106 ).
  • the components shown in FIG. 1 C may together form an information management cell.
  • a system 100 may be referred to as an information management cell or a storage operation cell.
  • a given cell may be identified by the identity of its storage manager 140 , which is generally responsible for managing the cell.
  • Multiple cells may be organized hierarchically, so that cells may inherit properties from hierarchically superior cells or be controlled by other cells in the hierarchy (automatically or otherwise).
  • cells may inherit or otherwise be associated with information management policies, preferences, information management operational parameters, or other properties or characteristics according to their relative position in a hierarchy of cells.
  • Cells may also be organized hierarchically according to function, geography, architectural considerations, or other factors useful or desirable in performing information management operations. For example, a first cell may represent a geographic segment of an enterprise, such as a Chicago office, and a second cell may represent a different geographic segment, such as a New York City office.
  • Other cells may represent departments within a particular office, e.g., human resources, finance, engineering, etc.
  • a first cell may perform one or more first types of information management operations (e.g., one or more first types of secondary copies at a certain frequency), and a second cell may perform one or more second types of information management operations (e.g., one or more second types of secondary copies at a different frequency and under different retention rules).
  • first types of information management operations e.g., one or more first types of secondary copies at a certain frequency
  • second cell may perform one or more second types of information management operations (e.g., one or more second types of secondary copies at a different frequency and under different retention rules).
  • the hierarchical information is maintained by one or more storage managers 140 that manage the respective cells (e.g., in corresponding management database(s) 146 ).
  • a variety of different applications 110 can operate on a given client computing device 102 , including operating systems, file systems, database applications, e-mail applications, and virtual machines, just to name a few. And, as part of the process of creating and restoring secondary copies 116 , the client computing device 102 may be tasked with processing and preparing the primary data 112 generated by these various applications 110 . Moreover, the nature of the processing/preparation can differ across application types, e.g., due to inherent structural, state, and formatting differences among applications 110 and/or the operating system of client computing device 102 . Each data agent 142 is therefore advantageously configured in some embodiments to assist in the performance of information management operations based on the type of data that is being protected at a client-specific and/or application-specific level.
  • Data agent 142 is a component of information system 100 and is generally directed by storage manager 140 to participate in creating or restoring secondary copies 116 .
  • Data agent 142 may be a software program (e.g., in the form of a set of executable binary files) that executes on the same client computing device 102 as the associated application 110 that data agent 142 is configured to protect.
  • Data agent 142 is generally responsible for managing, initiating, or otherwise assisting in the performance of information management operations in reference to its associated application(s) 110 and corresponding primary data 112 which is generated/accessed by the particular application(s) 110 .
  • data agent 142 may take part in copying, archiving, migrating, and/or replicating of certain primary data 112 stored in the primary storage device(s) 104 .
  • Data agent 142 may receive control information from storage manager 140 , such as commands to transfer copies of data objects and/or metadata to one or more media agents 144 .
  • Data agent 142 also may compress, deduplicate, and encrypt certain primary data 112 , as well as capture application-related metadata before transmitting the processed data to media agent 144 .
  • Data agent 142 also may receive instructions from storage manager 140 to restore (or assist in restoring) a secondary copy 116 from secondary storage device 108 to primary storage 104 , such that the restored data may be properly accessed by application 110 in a suitable format as though it were primary data 112 .
  • Each data agent 142 may be specialized for a particular application 110 .
  • different individual data agents 142 may be designed to handle Microsoft Exchange data, Lotus Notes data, Microsoft Windows file system data, Microsoft Active Directory Objects data, SQL Server data, SharePoint data, Oracle database data, SAP database data, virtual machines and/or associated data, and other types of data.
  • a file system data agent may handle data files and/or other file system information. If a client computing device 102 has two or more types of data 112 , a specialized data agent 142 may be used for each data type.
  • the client computing device 102 may use: (1) a Microsoft Exchange Mailbox data agent 142 to back up the Exchange mailboxes; (2) a Microsoft Exchange Database data agent 142 to back up the Exchange databases; (3) a Microsoft Exchange Public Folder data agent 142 to back up the Exchange Public Folders; and (4) a Microsoft Windows File System data agent 142 to back up the file system of client computing device 102 .
  • these specialized data agents 142 are treated as four separate data agents 142 even though they operate on the same client computing device 102 .
  • Other examples may include archive management data agents such as a migration archiver or a compliance archiver, Quick Recovery® agents, and continuous data replication agents.
  • Application-specific data agents 142 can provide improved performance as compared to generic agents. For instance, because application-specific data agents 142 may only handle data for a single software application, the design, operation, and performance of the data agent 142 can be streamlined. The data agent 142 may therefore execute faster and consume less persistent storage and/or operating memory than data agents designed to generically accommodate multiple different software applications 110 .
  • Each data agent 142 may be configured to access data and/or metadata stored in the primary storage device(s) 104 associated with data agent 142 and its host client computing device 102 , and process the data appropriately. For example, during a secondary copy operation, data agent 142 may arrange or assemble the data and metadata into one or more files having a certain format (e.g., a particular backup or archive format) before transferring the file(s) to a media agent 144 or other component.
  • the file(s) may include a list of files or other metadata.
  • a data agent 142 may be distributed between client computing device 102 and storage manager 140 (and any other intermediate components) or may be deployed from a remote location or its functions approximated by a remote process that performs some or all of the functions of data agent 142 .
  • a data agent 142 may perform some functions provided by media agent 144 .
  • Other embodiments may employ one or more generic data agents 142 that can handle and process data from two or more different applications 110 , or that can handle and process multiple data types, instead of or in addition to using specialized data agents 142 .
  • one generic data agent 142 may be used to back up, migrate and restore Microsoft Exchange Mailbox data and Microsoft Exchange Database data, while another generic data agent may handle Microsoft Exchange Public Folder data and Microsoft Windows File System data.
  • off-loading certain responsibilities from client computing devices 102 to intermediate components such as secondary storage computing device(s) 106 and corresponding media agent(s) 144 can provide a number of benefits including improved performance of client computing device 102 , faster and more reliable information management operations, and enhanced scalability.
  • media agent 144 can act as a local cache of recently-copied data and/or metadata stored to secondary storage device(s) 108 , thus improving restore capabilities and performance for the cached data.
  • Media agent 144 is a component of system 100 and is generally directed by storage manager 140 in creating and restoring secondary copies 116 . Whereas storage manager 140 generally manages system 100 as a whole, media agent 144 provides a portal to certain secondary storage devices 108 , such as by having specialized features for communicating with and accessing certain associated secondary storage device 108 . Media agent 144 may be a software program (e.g., in the form of a set of executable binary files) that executes on a secondary storage computing device 106 . Media agent 144 generally manages, coordinates, and facilitates the transmission of data between a data agent 142 (executing on client computing device 102 ) and secondary storage device(s) 108 associated with media agent 144 .
  • a data agent 142 executing on client computing device 102
  • secondary storage device(s) 108 associated with media agent 144 .
  • media agent 144 may interact with media agent 144 to gain access to data stored on associated secondary storage device(s) 108 , (e.g., to browse, read, write, modify, delete, or restore data).
  • media agents 144 can generate and store information relating to characteristics of the stored data and/or metadata, or can generate and store other types of information that generally provides insight into the contents of the secondary storage devices 108 - generally referred to as indexing of the stored secondary copies 116 .
  • Each media agent 144 may operate on a dedicated secondary storage computing device 106 , while in other embodiments a plurality of media agents 144 may operate on the same secondary storage computing device 106 .
  • a media agent 144 may be associated with a particular secondary storage device 108 if that media agent 144 is capable of one or more of: routing and/or storing data to the particular secondary storage device 108 ; coordinating the routing and/or storing of data to the particular secondary storage device 108 ; retrieving data from the particular secondary storage device 108 ; coordinating the retrieval of data from the particular secondary storage device 108 ; and modifying and/or deleting data retrieved from the particular secondary storage device 108 .
  • Media agent 144 in certain embodiments is physically separate from the associated secondary storage device 108 .
  • a media agent 144 may operate on a secondary storage computing device 106 in a distinct housing, package, and/or location from the associated secondary storage device 108 .
  • a media agent 144 operates on a first server computer and is in communication with a secondary storage device(s) 108 operating in a separate rack-mounted RAID-based system.
  • a media agent 144 associated with a particular secondary storage device 108 may instruct secondary storage device 108 to perform an information management task. For instance, a media agent 144 may instruct a tape library to use a robotic arm or other retrieval means to load or eject a certain storage media, and to subsequently archive, migrate, or retrieve data to or from that media, e.g., for the purpose of restoring data to a client computing device 102 .
  • a secondary storage device 108 may include an array of hard disk drives or solid state drives organized in a RAID configuration, and media agent 144 may forward a logical unit number (LUN) and other appropriate information to the array, which uses the received information to execute the desired secondary copy operation.
  • Media agent 144 may communicate with a secondary storage device 108 via a suitable communications link, such as a SCSI or Fibre Channel link.
  • Each media agent 144 may maintain an associated media agent database 152 .
  • Media agent database 152 may be stored to a disk or other storage device (not shown) that is local to the secondary storage computing device 106 on which media agent 144 executes. In other cases, media agent database 152 is stored separately from the host secondary storage computing device 106 .
  • Media agent database 152 can include, among other things, a media agent index 153 (see, e.g., FIG. 1 C ). In some cases, media agent index 153 does not form a part of and is instead separate from media agent database 152 .
  • Media agent index 153 may be a data structure associated with the particular media agent 144 that includes information about the stored data associated with the particular media agent and which may be generated in the course of performing a secondary copy operation or a restore. Index 153 provides a fast and efficient mechanism for locating/browsing secondary copies 116 or other data stored in secondary storage devices 108 without having to access secondary storage device 108 to retrieve the information from there.
  • index 153 may include metadata such as a list of the data objects (e.g., files/subdirectories, database objects, mailbox objects, etc.), a logical path to the secondary copy 116 on the corresponding secondary storage device 108 , location information (e.g., offsets) indicating where the data objects are stored in the secondary storage device 108 , when the data objects were created or modified, etc.
  • location information e.g., offsets
  • index 153 includes metadata associated with the secondary copies 116 that is readily available for use from media agent 144 .
  • some or all of the information in index 153 may instead or additionally be stored along with secondary copies 116 in secondary storage device 108 .
  • a secondary storage device 108 can include sufficient information to enable a “bare metal restore,” where the operating system and/or software applications of a failed client computing device 102 or another target may be automatically restored without manually reinstalling individual software packages (including operating systems).
  • index 153 may operate as a cache, it can also be referred to as an “index cache.”
  • information stored in index cache 153 typically comprises data that reflects certain particulars about relatively recent secondary copy operations. After some triggering event, such as after some time elapses or index cache 153 reaches a particular size, certain portions of index cache 153 may be copied or migrated to secondary storage device 108 , e.g., on a least-recently-used basis. This information may be retrieved and uploaded back into index cache 153 or otherwise restored to media agent 144 to facilitate retrieval of data from the secondary storage device(s) 108 .
  • the cached information may include format or containerization information related to archives or other files stored on storage device(s) 108 .
  • media agent 144 generally acts as a coordinator or facilitator of secondary copy operations between client computing devices 102 and secondary storage devices 108 , but does not actually write the data to secondary storage device 108 .
  • storage manager 140 (or media agent 144 ) may instruct a client computing device 102 and secondary storage device 108 to communicate with one another directly.
  • client computing device 102 transmits data directly or via one or more intermediary components to secondary storage device 108 according to the received instructions, and vice versa.
  • Media agent 144 may still receive, process, and/or maintain metadata related to the secondary copy operations, i.e., may continue to build and maintain index 153 .
  • payload data can flow through media agent 144 for the purposes of populating index 153 , but not for writing to secondary storage device 108 .
  • Media agent 144 and/or other components such as storage manager 140 may in some cases incorporate additional functionality, such as data classification, content indexing, deduplication, encryption, compression, and the like. Further details regarding these and other functions are described below.
  • certain functions of system 100 can be distributed amongst various physical and/or logical components.
  • one or more of storage manager 140 , data agents 142 , and media agents 144 may operate on computing devices that are physically separate from one another.
  • This architecture can provide a number of benefits. For instance, hardware and software design choices for each distributed component can be targeted to suit its particular function.
  • the secondary computing devices 106 on which media agents 144 operate can be tailored for interaction with associated secondary storage devices 108 and provide fast index cache operation, among other specific tasks.
  • client computing device(s) 102 can be selected to effectively service applications 110 in order to efficiently produce and store primary data 112 .
  • one or more of the individual components of information management system 100 can be distributed to multiple separate computing devices.
  • database 146 may be migrated to or may otherwise reside on a specialized database server (e.g., an SQL server) separate from a server that implements the other functions of storage manager 140 .
  • This distributed configuration can provide added protection because database 146 can be protected with standard database utilities (e.g., SQL log shipping or database replication) independent from other functions of storage manager 140 .
  • Database 146 can be efficiently replicated to a remote site for use in the event of a disaster or other data loss at the primary site. Or database 146 can be replicated to another computing device within the same site, such as to a higher performance machine in the event that a storage manager host computing device can no longer service the needs of a growing system 100 .
  • FIG. 1 D shows an embodiment of information management system 100 including a plurality of client computing devices 102 and associated data agents 142 as well as a plurality of secondary storage computing devices 106 and associated media agents 144 . Additional components can be added or subtracted based on the evolving needs of system 100 . For instance, depending on where bottlenecks are identified, administrators can add additional client computing devices 102 , secondary storage computing devices 106 , and/or secondary storage devices 108 . Moreover, where multiple fungible components are available, load balancing can be implemented to dynamically address identified bottlenecks. As an example, storage manager 140 may dynamically select which media agents 144 and/or secondary storage devices 108 to use for storage operations based on a processing load analysis of media agents 144 and/or secondary storage devices 108 , respectively.
  • a first media agent 144 may provide failover functionality for a second failed media agent 144 .
  • media agents 144 can be dynamically selected to provide load balancing.
  • Each client computing device 102 can communicate with, among other components, any of the media agents 144 , e.g., as directed by storage manager 140 .
  • each media agent 144 may communicate with, among other components, any of secondary storage devices 108 , e.g., as directed by storage manager 140 .
  • operations can be routed to secondary storage devices 108 in a dynamic and highly flexible manner, to provide load balancing, failover, etc.
  • Further examples of scalable systems capable of dynamic storage operations, load balancing, and failover are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,246,207.
  • certain components may reside and execute on the same computing device.
  • one or more of the components shown in FIG. 1 C may be implemented on the same computing device.
  • a storage manager 140 , one or more data agents 142 , and/or one or more media agents 144 are all implemented on the same computing device.
  • one or more data agents 142 and one or more media agents 144 are implemented on the same computing device, while storage manager 140 is implemented on a separate computing device, etc. without limitation.
  • system 100 can be configured to perform a variety of information management operations, which may also be referred to in some cases as storage management operations or storage operations. These operations can generally include (i) data movement operations, (ii) processing and data manipulation operations, and (iii) analysis, reporting, and management operations.
  • Data movement operations are generally storage operations that involve the copying or migration of data between different locations in system 100 .
  • data movement operations can include operations in which stored data is copied, migrated, or otherwise transferred from one or more first storage devices to one or more second storage devices, such as from primary storage device(s) 104 to secondary storage device(s) 108 , from secondary storage device(s) 108 to different secondary storage device(s) 108 , from secondary storage devices 108 to primary storage devices 104 , or from primary storage device(s) 104 to different primary storage device(s) 104 , or in some cases within the same primary storage device 104 such as within a storage array.
  • Data movement operations can include by way of example, backup operations, archive operations, information lifecycle management operations such as hierarchical storage management operations, replication operations (e.g., continuous data replication), snapshot operations, deduplication or single-instancing operations, auxiliary copy operations, disaster-recovery copy operations, and the like. As will be discussed, some of these operations do not necessarily create distinct copies. Nonetheless, some or all of these operations are generally referred to as “secondary copy operations” for simplicity, because they involve secondary copies. Data movement also comprises restoring secondary copies.
  • a backup operation creates a copy of a version of primary data 112 at a particular point in time (e.g., one or more files or other data units). Each subsequent backup copy 116 (which is a form of secondary copy 116 ) may be maintained independently of the first.
  • a backup generally involves maintaining a version of the copied primary data 112 as well as backup copies 116 .
  • a backup copy in some embodiments is generally stored in a form that is different from the native format, e.g., a backup format. This contrasts to the version in primary data 112 which may instead be stored in a format native to the source application(s) 110 .
  • backup copies can be stored in a format in which the data is compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, and/or otherwise modified from the original native application format.
  • a backup copy may be stored in a compressed backup format that facilitates efficient long-term storage.
  • Backup copies 116 can have relatively long retention periods as compared to primary data 112 , which is generally highly changeable. Backup copies 116 may be stored on media with slower retrieval times than primary storage device 104 . Some backup copies may have shorter retention periods than some other types of secondary copies 116 , such as archive copies (described below). Backups may be stored at an offsite location.
  • Backup operations can include full backups, differential backups, incremental backups, “synthetic full” backups, and/or creating a “reference copy.”
  • a full backup (or “standard full backup”) in some embodiments is generally a complete image of the data to be protected. However, because full backup copies can consume a relatively large amount of storage, it can be useful to use a full backup copy as a baseline and only store changes relative to the full backup copy afterwards.
  • a differential backup operation tracks and stores changes that occurred since the last full backup. Differential backups can grow quickly in size, but can restore relatively efficiently because a restore can be completed in some cases using only the full backup copy and the latest differential copy.
  • An incremental backup operation generally tracks and stores changes since the most recent backup copy of any type, which can greatly reduce storage utilization. In some cases, however, restoring can be lengthy compared to full or differential backups because completing a restore operation may involve accessing a full backup in addition to multiple incremental backups.
  • Synthetic full backups generally consolidate data without directly backing up data from the client computing device.
  • a synthetic full backup is created from the most recent full backup (i.e., standard or synthetic) and subsequent incremental and/or differential backups. The resulting synthetic full backup is identical to what would have been created had the last backup for the subclient been a standard full backup.
  • a synthetic full backup does not actually transfer data from primary storage to the backup media, because it operates as a backup consolidator.
  • a synthetic full backup extracts the index data of each participating subclient. Using this index data and the previously backed up user data images, it builds new full backup images (e.g., bitmaps), one for each subclient. The new backup images consolidate the index and user data stored in the related incremental, differential, and previous full backups into a synthetic backup file that fully represents the subclient (e.g., via pointers) but does not comprise all its constituent data.
  • volume level backup operations generally involve copying of a data volume (e.g., a logical disk or partition) as a whole.
  • information management system 100 generally tracks changes to individual files and includes copies of files in the backup copy.
  • block-level backups files are broken into constituent blocks, and changes are tracked at the block level.
  • system 100 reassembles the blocks into files in a transparent fashion. Far less data may actually be transferred and copied to secondary storage devices 108 during a file-level copy than a volume-level copy.
  • a block-level copy may transfer less data than a file-level copy, resulting in faster execution.
  • restoring a relatively higher-granularity copy can result in longer restore times. For instance, when restoring a block-level copy, the process of locating and retrieving constituent blocks can sometimes take longer than restoring file-level backups.
  • a reference copy may comprise copy(ies) of selected objects from backed up data, typically to help organize data by keeping contextual information from multiple sources together, and/or help retain specific data for a longer period of time, such as for legal hold needs.
  • a reference copy generally maintains data integrity, and when the data is restored, it may be viewed in the same format as the source data.
  • a reference copy is based on a specialized client, individual subclient and associated information management policies (e.g., storage policy, retention policy, etc.) that are administered within system 100 .
  • an archive operation creates an archive copy 116 by both copying and removing source data. Or, seen another way, archive operations can involve moving some or all of the source data to the archive destination. Thus, data satisfying criteria for removal (e.g., data of a threshold age or size) may be removed from source storage.
  • the source data may be primary data 112 or a secondary copy 116 , depending on the situation.
  • archive copies can be stored in a format in which the data is compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, and/or otherwise modified from the format of the original application or source copy. In addition, archive copies may be retained for relatively long periods of time (e.g., years) and, in some cases are never deleted. In certain embodiments, archive copies may be made and kept for extended periods in order to meet compliance regulations.
  • Archiving can also serve the purpose of freeing up space in primary storage device(s) 104 and easing the demand on computational resources on client computing device 102 . Similarly, when a secondary copy 116 is archived, the archive copy can therefore serve the purpose of freeing up space in the source secondary storage device(s) 108 . Examples of data archiving operations are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,107,298.
  • Snapshot operations can provide a relatively lightweight, efficient mechanism for protecting data.
  • a snapshot may be thought of as an “instant” image of primary data 112 at a given point in time, and may include state and/or status information relative to an application 110 that creates/manages primary data 112 .
  • a snapshot may generally capture the directory structure of an object in primary data 112 such as a file or volume or other data set at a particular moment in time and may also preserve file attributes and contents.
  • a snapshot in some cases is created relatively quickly, e.g., substantially instantly, using a minimum amount of file space, but may still function as a conventional file system backup.
  • a “hardware snapshot” (or “hardware-based snapshot”) operation occurs where a target storage device (e.g., a primary storage device 104 or a secondary storage device 108 ) performs the snapshot operation in a self-contained fashion, substantially independently, using hardware, firmware and/or software operating on the storage device itself.
  • the storage device may perform snapshot operations generally without intervention or oversight from any of the other components of the system 100 , e.g., a storage array may generate an “array-created” hardware snapshot and may also manage its storage, integrity, versioning, etc. In this manner, hardware snapshots can off-load other components of system 100 from snapshot processing.
  • An array may receive a request from another component to take a snapshot and then proceed to execute the “hardware snapshot” operations autonomously, preferably reporting success to the requesting component.
  • a “software snapshot” (or “software-based snapshot”) operation occurs where a component in system 100 (e.g., client computing device 102 , etc.) implements a software layer that manages the snapshot operation via interaction with the target storage device. For instance, the component executing the snapshot management software layer may derive a set of pointers and/or data that represents the snapshot. The snapshot management software layer may then transmit the same to the target storage device, along with appropriate instructions for writing the snapshot.
  • a software snapshot product is Microsoft Volume Snapshot Service (VSS), which is part of the Microsoft Windows operating system.
  • snapshots do not actually create another physical copy of all the data as it existed at the particular point in time, but may simply create pointers that map files and directories to specific memory locations (e.g., to specific disk blocks) where the data resides as it existed at the particular point in time.
  • a snapshot copy may include a set of pointers derived from the file system or from an application.
  • the snapshot may be created at the block-level, such that creation of the snapshot occurs without awareness of the file system.
  • Each pointer points to a respective stored data block, so that collectively, the set of pointers reflect the storage location and state of the data object (e.g., file(s) or volume(s) or data set(s)) at the point in time when the snapshot copy was created.
  • An initial snapshot may use only a small amount of disk space needed to record a mapping or other data structure representing or otherwise tracking the blocks that correspond to the current state of the file system. Additional disk space is usually required only when files and directories change later on. Furthermore, when files change, typically only the pointers which map to blocks are copied, not the blocks themselves. For example for “copy-on-write” snapshots, when a block changes in primary storage, the block is copied to secondary storage or cached in primary storage before the block is overwritten in primary storage, and the pointer to that block is changed to reflect the new location of that block. The snapshot mapping of file system data may also be updated to reflect the changed block(s) at that particular point in time.
  • a snapshot includes a full physical copy of all or substantially all of the data represented by the snapshot. Further examples of snapshot operations are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,529,782.
  • a snapshot copy in many cases can be made quickly and without significantly impacting primary computing resources because large amounts of data need not be copied or moved.
  • a snapshot may exist as a virtual file system, parallel to the actual file system. Users in some cases gain read-only access to the record of files and directories of the snapshot. By electing to restore primary data 112 from a snapshot taken at a given point in time, users may also return the current file system to the state of the file system that existed when the snapshot was taken.
  • Replication is another type of secondary copy operation.
  • Some types of secondary copies 116 periodically capture images of primary data 112 at particular points in time (e.g., backups, archives, and snapshots). However, it can also be useful for recovery purposes to protect primary data 112 in a more continuous fashion, by replicating primary data 112 substantially as changes occur.
  • a replication copy can be a mirror copy, for instance, where changes made to primary data 112 are mirrored or substantially immediately copied to another location (e.g., to secondary storage device(s) 108 ). By copying each write operation to the replication copy, two storage systems are kept synchronized or substantially synchronized so that they are virtually identical at approximately the same time. Where entire disk volumes are mirrored, however, mirroring can require significant amount of storage space and utilizes a large amount of processing resources.
  • secondary copy operations are performed on replicated data that represents a recoverable state, or “known good state” of a particular application running on the source system.
  • known good replication copies may be viewed as copies of primary data 112 . This feature allows the system to directly access, copy, restore, back up, or otherwise manipulate the replication copies as if they were the “live” primary data 112 . This can reduce access time, storage utilization, and impact on source applications 110 , among other benefits.
  • system 100 can replicate sections of application data that represent a recoverable state rather than rote copying of blocks of data. Examples of replication operations (e.g., continuous data replication) are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,617,262.
  • Deduplication or single-instance storage is useful to reduce the amount of nonprimary data.
  • some or all of the above-described secondary copy operations can involve deduplication in some fashion.
  • New data is read, broken down into data portions of a selected granularity (e.g., sub-file level blocks, files, etc.), compared with corresponding portions that are already in secondary storage, and only new/changed portions are stored. Portions that already exist are represented as pointers to the already-stored data.
  • a deduplicated secondary copy 116 may comprise actual data portions copied from primary data 112 and may further comprise pointers to already-stored data, which is generally more storage-efficient than a full copy.
  • system 100 may calculate and/or store signatures (e.g., hashes or cryptographically unique IDs) corresponding to the individual source data portions and compare the signatures to already-stored data signatures, instead of comparing entire data portions.
  • signatures e.g., hashes or cryptographically unique IDs
  • deduplication operations may therefore be referred to interchangeably as “single-instancing” operations.
  • deduplication operations can store more than one instance of certain data portions, yet still significantly reduce stored-data redundancy.
  • deduplication portions such as data blocks can be of fixed or variable length. Using variable length blocks can enhance deduplication by responding to changes in the data stream, but can involve more complex processing.
  • system 100 utilizes a technique for dynamically aligning deduplication blocks based on changing content in the data stream, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,364,652.
  • System 100 can deduplicate in a variety of manners at a variety of locations. For instance, in some embodiments, system 100 implements “target-side” deduplication by deduplicating data at the media agent 144 after being received from data agent 142 .
  • media agents 144 are generally configured to manage the deduplication process. For instance, one or more of the media agents 144 maintain a corresponding deduplication database that stores deduplication information (e.g., datablock signatures). Examples of such a configuration are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 9,020,900.
  • “source-side” (or “client-side”) deduplication can also be performed, e.g., to reduce the amount of data to be transmitted by data agent 142 to media agent 144 .
  • Storage manager 140 may communicate with other components within system 100 via network protocols and cloud service provider APIs to facilitate cloud-based deduplication/single instancing, as exemplified in U.S. Pat. No. 8,954,446.
  • Some other deduplication/single instancing techniques are described in U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2006/0224846 and in U.S. Pat. 9,098,495.
  • files and other data over their lifetime move from more expensive quick-access storage to less expensive slower-access storage.
  • Operations associated with moving data through various tiers of storage are sometimes referred to as information lifecycle management (ILM) operations.
  • ILM information lifecycle management
  • HSM hierarchical storage management
  • an HSM operation may involve movement of data from primary storage devices 104 to secondary storage devices 108 , or between tiers of secondary storage devices 108 . With each tier, the storage devices may be progressively cheaper, have relatively slower access/restore times, etc. For example, movement of data between tiers may occur as data becomes less important over time.
  • an HSM operation is similar to archiving in that creating an HSM copy may (though not always) involve deleting some of the source data, e.g., according to one or more criteria related to the source data.
  • an HSM copy may include primary data 112 or a secondary copy 116 that exceeds a given size threshold or a given age threshold.
  • HSM data that is removed or aged from the source is replaced by a logical reference pointer or stub.
  • the reference pointer or stub can be stored in the primary storage device 104 or other source storage device, such as a secondary storage device 108 to replace the deleted source data and to point to or otherwise indicate the new location in (another) secondary storage device 108 .
  • system 100 uses the stub to locate the data and may make recovery of the data appear transparent, even though the HSM data may be stored at a location different from other source data. In this manner, the data appears to the user (e.g., in file system browsing windows and the like) as if it still resides in the source location (e.g., in a primary storage device 104 ).
  • the stub may include metadata associated with the corresponding data, so that a file system and/or application can provide some information about the data object and/or a limited-functionality version (e.g., a preview) of the data object.
  • An auxiliary copy is generally a copy of an existing secondary copy 116 .
  • an initial secondary copy 116 may be derived from primary data 112 or from data residing in secondary storage subsystem 118 , whereas an auxiliary copy is generated from the initial secondary copy 116 .
  • Auxiliary copies provide additional standby copies of data and may reside on different secondary storage devices 108 than the initial secondary copies 116 .
  • auxiliary copies can be used for recovery purposes if initial secondary copies 116 become unavailable. Exemplary auxiliary copy techniques are described in further detail in U.S. Pat. No. 8,230,195.
  • System 100 may also make and retain disaster recovery copies, often as secondary, high-availability disk copies.
  • System 100 may create secondary copies and store them at disaster recovery locations using auxiliary copy or replication operations, such as continuous data replication technologies.
  • disaster recovery locations can be remote from the client computing devices 102 and primary storage devices 104 , remote from some or all of the secondary storage devices 108 , or both.
  • Data manipulation and processing may include encryption and compression as well as integrity marking and checking, formatting for transmission, formatting for storage, etc.
  • Data may be manipulated “client-side” by data agent 142 as well as “target-side” by media agent 144 in the course of creating secondary copy 116 , or conversely in the course of restoring data from secondary to primary.
  • System 100 in some cases is configured to process data (e.g., files or other data objects, primary data 112 , secondary copies 116 , etc.), according to an appropriate encryption algorithm (e.g., Blowfish, Advanced Encryption Standard (AES), Triple Data Encryption Standard (3-DES), etc.) to limit access and provide data security.
  • System 100 in some cases encrypts the data at the client level, such that client computing devices 102 (e.g., data agents 142 ) encrypt the data prior to transferring it to other components, e.g., before sending the data to media agents 144 during a secondary copy operation.
  • client computing device 102 may maintain or have access to an encryption key or passphrase for decrypting the data upon restore.
  • Encryption can also occur when media agent 144 creates auxiliary copies or archive copies. Encryption may be applied in creating a secondary copy 116 of a previously unencrypted secondary copy 116 , without limitation.
  • secondary storage devices 108 can implement built-in, high performance hardware-based encryption.
  • system 100 may also or alternatively compress data in the course of generating a secondary copy 116 .
  • Compression encodes information such that fewer bits are needed to represent the information as compared to the original representation.
  • Compression techniques are well known in the art. Compression operations may apply one or more data compression algorithms. Compression may be applied in creating a secondary copy 116 of a previously uncompressed secondary copy, e.g., when making archive copies or disaster recovery copies. The use of compression may result in metadata that specifies the nature of the compression, so that data may be uncompressed on restore if appropriate.
  • Data analysis, reporting, and management operations can differ from data movement operations in that they do not necessarily involve copying, migration or other transfer of data between different locations in the system.
  • data analysis operations may involve processing (e.g., offline processing) or modification of already stored primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116 .
  • data analysis operations are performed in conjunction with data movement operations.
  • Some data analysis operations include content indexing operations and classification operations which can be useful in leveraging data under management to enhance search and other features.
  • information management system 100 analyzes and indexes characteristics, content, and metadata associated with primary data 112 (“online content indexing”) and/or secondary copies 116 (“off-line content indexing”).
  • Content indexing can identify files or other data objects based on content (e.g., user-defined keywords or phrases, other keywords/phrases that are not defined by a user, etc.), and/or metadata (e.g., email metadata such as “to,” “from,” “cc,” “bcc,” attachment name, received time, etc.).
  • Content indexes may be searched and search results may be restored.
  • System 100 generally organizes and catalogues the results into a content index, which may be stored within media agent database 152 , for example.
  • the content index can also include the storage locations of or pointer references to indexed data in primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116 .
  • Results may also be stored elsewhere in system 100 (e.g., in primary storage device 104 or in secondary storage device 108 ).
  • Such content index data provides storage manager 140 or other components with an efficient mechanism for locating primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116 of data objects that match particular criteria, thus greatly increasing the search speed capability of system 100 .
  • search criteria can be specified by a user through user interface 158 of storage manager 140 .
  • system 100 analyzes data and/or metadata in secondary copies 116 to create an “off-line content index,” this operation has no significant impact on the performance of client computing devices 102 and thus does not take a toll on the production environment.
  • Examples of content indexing techniques are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 8,170,995.
  • One or more components can be configured to scan data and/or associated metadata for classification purposes to populate a database (or other data structure) of information, which can be referred to as a “data classification database” or a “metabase.”
  • a database or other data structure
  • the data classification database(s) can be organized in a variety of different ways, including centralization, logical sub-divisions, and/or physical sub-divisions.
  • one or more data classification databases may be associated with different subsystems or tiers within system 100 . As an example, there may be a first metabase associated with primary storage subsystem 117 and a second metabase associated with secondary storage subsystem 118 .
  • Files or other data objects can be associated with identifiers (e.g., tag entries, etc.) to facilitate searches of stored data objects.
  • identifiers e.g., tag entries, etc.
  • the metabase can also allow efficient, automatic identification of files or other data objects to associate with secondary copy or other information management operations.
  • a metabase can dramatically improve the speed with which system 100 can search through and identify data as compared to other approaches that involve scanning an entire file system. Examples of metabases and data classification operations are provided in U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,734,669 and 7,747,579.
  • Operations management can generally include monitoring and managing the health and performance of system 100 by, without limitation, performing error tracking, generating granular storage/performance metrics (e.g., job success/failure information, deduplication efficiency, etc.), generating storage modeling and costing information, and the like.
  • storage manager 140 or another component in system 100 may analyze traffic patterns and suggest and/or automatically route data to minimize congestion.
  • the system can generate predictions relating to storage operations or storage operation information. Such predictions, which may be based on a trending analysis, may predict various network operations or resource usage, such as network traffic levels, storage media use, use of bandwidth of communication links, use of media agent components, etc. Further examples of traffic analysis, trend analysis, prediction generation, and the like are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453.
  • a master storage manager 140 may track the status of subordinate cells, such as the status of jobs, system components, system resources, and other items, by communicating with storage managers 140 (or other components) in the respective storage operation cells. Moreover, the master storage manager 140 may also track status by receiving periodic status updates from the storage managers 140 (or other components) in the respective cells regarding jobs, system components, system resources, and other items. In some embodiments, a master storage manager 140 may store status information and other information regarding its associated storage operation cells and other system information in its management database 146 and/or index 150 (or in another location).
  • the master storage manager 140 or other component may also determine whether certain storage-related or other criteria are satisfied, and may perform an action or trigger event (e.g., data migration) in response to the criteria being satisfied, such as where a storage threshold is met for a particular volume, or where inadequate protection exists for certain data. For instance, data from one or more storage operation cells is used to dynamically and automatically mitigate recognized risks, and/or to advise users of risks or suggest actions to mitigate these risks.
  • an action or trigger event e.g., data migration
  • an information management policy may specify certain requirements (e.g., that a storage device should maintain a certain amount of free space, that secondary copies should occur at a particular interval, that data should be aged and migrated to other storage after a particular period, that data on a secondary volume should always have a certain level of availability and be restorable within a given time period, that data on a secondary volume may be mirrored or otherwise migrated to a specified number of other volumes, etc.). If a risk condition or other criterion is triggered, the system may notify the user of these conditions and may suggest (or automatically implement) a mitigation action to address the risk.
  • certain requirements e.g., that a storage device should maintain a certain amount of free space, that secondary copies should occur at a particular interval, that data should be aged and migrated to other storage after a particular period, that data on a secondary volume should always have a certain level of availability and be restorable within a given time period, that data on a secondary volume may be mirrored or otherwise migrated to a specified number
  • the system may indicate that data from a primary copy 112 should be migrated to a secondary storage device 108 to free up space on primary storage device 104 .
  • risk factors examples include, but not limited to, risk factors, risk factors, and other triggering criteria.
  • system 100 may also determine whether a metric or other indication satisfies particular storage criteria sufficient to perform an action.
  • a storage policy or other definition might indicate that a storage manager 140 should initiate a particular action if a storage metric or other indication drops below or otherwise fails to satisfy specified criteria such as a threshold of data protection.
  • risk factors may be quantified into certain measurable service or risk levels. For example, certain applications and associated data may be considered to be more important relative to other data and services. Financial compliance data, for example, may be of greater importance than marketing materials, etc. Network administrators may assign priority values or “weights” to certain data and/or applications corresponding to the relative importance. The level of compliance of secondary copy operations specified for these applications may also be assigned a certain value.
  • the health, impact, and overall importance of a service may be determined, such as by measuring the compliance value and calculating the product of the priority value and the compliance value to determine the “service level” and comparing it to certain operational thresholds to determine whether it is acceptable. Further examples of the service level determination are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453.
  • System 100 may additionally calculate data costing and data availability associated with information management operation cells. For instance, data received from a cell may be used in conjunction with hardware-related information and other information about system elements to determine the cost of storage and/or the availability of particular data. Exemplary information generated could include how fast a particular department is using up available storage space, how long data would take to recover over a particular pathway from a particular secondary storage device, costs over time, etc. Moreover, in some embodiments, such information may be used to determine or predict the overall cost associated with the storage of certain information. The cost associated with hosting a certain application may be based, at least in part, on the type of media on which the data resides, for example. Storage devices may be assigned to a particular cost categories, for example. Further examples of costing techniques are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453.
  • Report types may include: scheduling, event management, media management and data aging. Available reports may also include backup history, data aging history, auxiliary copy history, job history, library and drive, media in library, restore history, and storage policy, etc., without limitation. Such reports may be specified and created at a certain point in time as a system analysis, forecasting, or provisioning tool. Integrated reports may also be generated that illustrate storage and performance metrics, risks and storage costing information. Moreover, users may create their own reports based on specific needs.
  • the operations management functionality of system 100 can facilitate planning and decision-making. For example, in some embodiments, a user may view the status of some or all jobs as well as the status of each component of information management system 100 . Users may then plan and make decisions based on this data. For instance, a user may view high-level information regarding secondary copy operations for system 100 , such as job status, component status, resource status (e.g., communication pathways, etc.), and other information. The user may also drill down or use other means to obtain more detailed information regarding a particular component, job, or the like. Further examples are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453.
  • System 100 can also be configured to perform system-wide e-discovery operations in some embodiments.
  • e-discovery operations provide a unified collection and search capability for data in the system, such as data stored in secondary storage devices 108 (e.g., backups, archives, or other secondary copies 116 ).
  • system 100 may construct and maintain a virtual repository for data stored in system 100 that is integrated across source applications 110 , different storage device types, etc.
  • e-discovery utilizes other techniques described herein, such as data classification and/or content indexing.
  • An information management policy 148 can include a data structure or other information source that specifies a set of parameters (e.g., criteria and rules) associated with secondary copy and/or other information management operations.
  • a storage policy generally comprises a data structure or other information source that defines (or includes information sufficient to determine) a set of preferences or other criteria for performing information management operations.
  • Storage policies can include one or more of the following: (1) what data will be associated with the storage policy, e.g., subclient; (2) a destination to which the data will be stored; (3) datapath information specifying how the data will be communicated to the destination; (4) the type of secondary copy operation to be performed; and (5) retention information specifying how long the data will be retained at the destination (see, e.g., FIG. 1 E ).
  • Data associated with a storage policy can be logically organized into subclients, which may represent primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116 .
  • a subclient may represent static or dynamic associations of portions of a data volume.
  • Subclients may represent mutually exclusive portions. Thus, in certain embodiments, a portion of data may be given a label and the association is stored as a static entity in an index, database or other storage location.
  • Subclients may also be used as an effective administrative scheme of organizing data according to data type, department within the enterprise, storage preferences, or the like. Depending on the configuration, subclients can correspond to files, folders, virtual machines, databases, etc. In one exemplary scenario, an administrator may find it preferable to separate e-mail data from financial data using two different subclients.
  • a storage policy can define where data is stored by specifying a target or destination storage device (or group of storage devices). For instance, where the secondary storage device 108 includes a group of disk libraries, the storage policy may specify a particular disk library for storing the subclients associated with the policy. As another example, where the secondary storage devices 108 include one or more tape libraries, the storage policy may specify a particular tape library for storing the subclients associated with the storage policy, and may also specify a drive pool and a tape pool defining a group of tape drives and a group of tapes, respectively, for use in storing the subclient data. While information in the storage policy can be statically assigned in some cases, some or all of the information in the storage policy can also be dynamically determined based on criteria set forth in the storage policy.
  • a particular destination storage device(s) or other parameter of the storage policy may be determined based on characteristics associated with the data involved in a particular secondary copy operation, device availability (e.g., availability of a secondary storage device 108 or a media agent 144 ), network status and conditions (e.g., identified bottlenecks), user credentials, and the like.
  • Datapath information can also be included in the storage policy.
  • the storage policy may specify network pathways and components to utilize when moving the data to the destination storage device(s).
  • the storage policy specifies one or more media agents 144 for conveying data associated with the storage policy between the source and destination.
  • a storage policy can also specify the type(s) of associated operations, such as backup, archive, snapshot, auxiliary copy, or the like.
  • retention parameters can specify how long the resulting secondary copies 116 will be kept (e.g., a number of days, months, years, etc.), perhaps depending on organizational needs and/or compliance criteria.
  • system 100 automatically applies a default configuration to client computing device 102 .
  • the installation script may register the client computing device 102 with storage manager 140 , which in turn applies the default configuration to the new client computing device 102 . In this manner, data protection operations can begin substantially immediately.
  • the default configuration can include a default storage policy, for example, and can specify any appropriate information sufficient to begin data protection operations. This can include a type of data protection operation, scheduling information, a target secondary storage device 108 , data path information (e.g., a particular media agent 144 ), and the like.
  • Scheduling policy 148 Another type of information management policy 148 is a “scheduling policy,” which specifies when and how often to perform operations. Scheduling parameters may specify with what frequency (e.g., hourly, weekly, daily, event-based, etc.) or under what triggering conditions secondary copy or other information management operations are to take place. Scheduling policies in some cases are associated with particular components, such as a subclient, client computing device 102 , and the like.
  • an audit policy (or “security policy”), which comprises preferences, rules and/or criteria that protect sensitive data in system 100 .
  • an audit policy may define “sensitive objects” which are files or data objects that contain particular keywords (e.g., “confidential,” or “privileged”) and/or are associated with particular keywords (e.g., in metadata) or particular flags (e.g., in metadata identifying a document or email as personal, confidential, etc.).
  • An audit policy may further specify rules for handling sensitive objects.
  • an audit policy may require that a reviewer approve the transfer of any sensitive objects to a cloud storage site, and that if approval is denied for a particular sensitive object, the sensitive object should be transferred to a local primary storage device 104 instead.
  • the audit policy may further specify how a secondary storage computing device 106 or other system component should notify a reviewer that a sensitive object is slated for transfer.
  • provisioning policy can include preferences, priorities, rules, and/or criteria that specify how client computing devices 102 (or groups thereof) may utilize system resources, such as available storage on cloud storage and/or network bandwidth.
  • a provisioning policy specifies, for example, data quotas for particular client computing devices 102 (e.g., a number of gigabytes that can be stored monthly, quarterly or annually).
  • Storage manager 140 or other components may enforce the provisioning policy. For instance, media agents 144 may enforce the policy when transferring data to secondary storage devices 108 . If a client computing device 102 exceeds a quota, a budget for the client computing device 102 (or associated department) may be adjusted accordingly or an alert may trigger.
  • information management policies 148 are described as separate policies, one or more of these can be generally combined into a single information management policy 148 .
  • a storage policy may also include or otherwise be associated with one or more scheduling, audit, or provisioning policies or operational parameters thereof.
  • storage policies are typically associated with moving and storing data, other policies may be associated with other types of information management operations. The following is a non-exhaustive list of items that information management policies 148 may specify:
  • Information management policies 148 can additionally specify or depend on historical or current criteria that may be used to determine which rules to apply to a particular data object, system component, or information management operation, such as:
  • FIG. 1 E includes a data flow diagram depicting performance of secondary copy operations by an embodiment of information management system 100 , according to an exemplary storage policy 148 A.
  • System 100 includes a storage manager 140 , a client computing device 102 having a file system data agent 142 A and an email data agent 142 B operating thereon, a primary storage device 104 , two media agents 144 A, 144 B, and two secondary storage devices 108: a disk library 108 A and a tape library 108 B.
  • primary storage device 104 includes primary data 112 A, which is associated with a logical grouping of data associated with a file system (“file system subclient”), and primary data 112 B, which is a logical grouping of data associated with email (“email subclient”).
  • file system subclient file system subclient
  • email subclient email subclient
  • the second media agent 144 B and tape library 108 B are “off-site,” and may be remotely located from the other components in system 100 (e.g., in a different city, office building, etc.).
  • off-site may refer to a magnetic tape located in remote storage, which must be manually retrieved and loaded into a tape drive to be read.
  • information stored on the tape library 108 B may provide protection in the event of a disaster or other failure at the main site(s) where data is stored.
  • the file system subclient 112 A in certain embodiments generally comprises information generated by the file system and/or operating system of client computing device 102 , and can include, for example, file system data (e.g., regular files, file tables, mount points, etc.), operating system data (e.g., registries, event logs, etc.), and the like.
  • the e-mail subclient 112 B can include data generated by an e-mail application operating on client computing device 102 , e.g., mailbox information, folder information, emails, attachments, associated database information, and the like.
  • the subclients can be logical containers, and the data included in the corresponding primary data 112 A and 112 B may or may not be stored contiguously.
  • the exemplary storage policy 148 A includes backup copy preferences or rule set 160 , disaster recovery copy preferences or rule set 162 , and compliance copy preferences or rule set 164 .
  • Backup copy rule set 160 specifies that it is associated with file system subclient 166 and email subclient 168 . Each of subclients 166 and 168 are associated with the particular client computing device 102 .
  • Backup copy rule set 160 further specifies that the backup operation will be written to disk library 108 A and designates a particular media agent 144 A to convey the data to disk library 108 A.
  • backup copy rule set 160 specifies that backup copies created according to rule set 160 are scheduled to be generated hourly and are to be retained for 30 days. In some other embodiments, scheduling information is not included in storage policy 148 A and is instead specified by a separate scheduling policy.
  • Disaster recovery copy rule set 162 is associated with the same two subclients 166 and 168 . However, disaster recovery copy rule set 162 is associated with tape library 108 B, unlike backup copy rule set 160 . Moreover, disaster recovery copy rule set 162 specifies that a different media agent, namely 144 B, will convey data to tape library 108 B. Disaster recovery copies created according to rule set 162 will be retained for 60 days and will be generated daily. Disaster recovery copies generated according to disaster recovery copy rule set 162 can provide protection in the event of a disaster or other catastrophic data loss that would affect the backup copy 116 A maintained on disk library 108 A.
  • Compliance copy rule set 164 is only associated with the email subclient 168 , and not the file system subclient 166 . Compliance copies generated according to compliance copy rule set 164 will therefore not include primary data 112 A from the file system subclient 166 . For instance, the organization may be under an obligation to store and maintain copies of email data for a particular period of time (e.g., 10 years) to comply with state or federal regulations, while similar regulations do not apply to file system data. Compliance copy rule set 164 is associated with the same tape library 108 B and media agent 144 B as disaster recovery copy rule set 162 , although a different storage device or media agent could be used in other embodiments. Finally, compliance copy rule set 164 specifies that the copies it governs will be generated quarterly and retained for 10 years.
  • a logical grouping of secondary copy operations governed by a rule set and being initiated at a point in time may be referred to as a “secondary copy job” (and sometimes may be called a “backup job,” even though it is not necessarily limited to creating only backup copies). Secondary copy jobs may be initiated on demand as well. Steps 1 - 9 below illustrate three secondary copy jobs based on storage policy 148 A.
  • storage manager 140 initiates a backup job according to the backup copy rule set 160 , which logically comprises all the secondary copy operations necessary to effectuate rules 160 in storage policy 148 A every hour, including steps 1 - 4 occurring hourly.
  • a scheduling service running on storage manager 140 accesses backup copy rule set 160 or a separate scheduling policy associated with client computing device 102 and initiates a backup job on an hourly basis.
  • storage manager 140 sends instructions to client computing device 102 (i.e., to both data agent 142 A and data agent 142 B) to begin the backup job.
  • file system data agent 142 A and email data agent 142 B on client computing device 102 respond to instructions from storage manager 140 by accessing and processing the respective subclient primary data 112 A and 112 B involved in the backup copy operation, which can be found in primary storage device 104 .
  • the data agent(s) 142 A, 142 B may format the data into a backup format or otherwise process the data suitable for a backup copy.
  • client computing device 102 communicates the processed file system data (e.g., using file system data agent 142 A) and the processed email data (e.g., using email data agent 142 B) to the first media agent 144 A according to backup copy rule set 160 , as directed by storage manager 140 .
  • Storage manager 140 may further keep a record in management database 146 of the association between media agent 144 A and one or more of: client computing device 102 , file system subclient 112 A, file system data agent 142 A, email subclient 112 B, email data agent 142 B, and/or backup copy 116 A.
  • the target media agent 144 A receives the data-agent-processed data from client computing device 102 , and at step 4 generates and conveys backup copy 116 A to disk library 108 A to be stored as backup copy 116 A, again at the direction of storage manager 140 and according to backup copy rule set 160 .
  • Media agent 144 A can also update its index 153 to include data and/or metadata related to backup copy 116 A, such as information indicating where the backup copy 116 A resides on disk library 108 A, where the email copy resides, where the file system copy resides, data and metadata for cache retrieval, etc.
  • Storage manager 140 may similarly update its index 150 to include information relating to the secondary copy operation, such as information relating to the type of operation, a physical location associated with one or more copies created by the operation, the time the operation was performed, status information relating to the operation, the components involved in the operation, and the like. In some cases, storage manager 140 may update its index 150 to include some or all of the information stored in index 153 of media agent 144 A. At this point, the backup job may be considered complete. After the 30-day retention period expires, storage manager 140 instructs media agent 144 A to delete backup copy 116 A from disk library 108 A and indexes 150 and/or 153 are updated accordingly.
  • storage manager 140 initiates another backup job for a disaster recovery copy according to the disaster recovery rule set 162 .
  • this includes steps 5 - 7 occurring daily for creating disaster recovery copy 116 B.
  • disaster recovery copy 116 B is based on backup copy 116 A and not on primary data 112 A and 112 B.
  • the specified media agent 144 B retrieves the most recent backup copy 116 A from disk library 108 A.
  • disaster recovery copy 116 B is a direct, mirror copy of backup copy 116 A, and remains in the backup format.
  • disaster recovery copy 116 B may be further compressed or encrypted, or may be generated in some other manner, such as by using primary data 112 A and 112 B from primary storage device 104 as sources.
  • the disaster recovery copy operation is initiated once a day and disaster recovery copies 116 B are deleted after 60 days; indexes 153 and/or 150 are updated accordingly when/after each information management operation is executed and/or completed.
  • the present backup job may be considered completed.
  • storage manager 140 initiates another backup job according to compliance rule set 164 , which performs steps 8 - 9 quarterly to create compliance copy 116 C. For instance, storage manager 140 instructs media agent 144 B to create compliance copy 116 C on tape library 108 B, as specified in the compliance copy rule set 164 .
  • compliance copy 116 C is generated using disaster recovery copy 116 B as the source. This is efficient, because disaster recovery copy resides on the same secondary storage device and thus no network resources are required to move the data.
  • compliance copy 116 C is instead generated using primary data 112 B corresponding to the email subclient or using backup copy 116 A from disk library 108 A as source data.
  • compliance copies 116 C are created quarterly, and are deleted after ten years, and indexes 153 and/or 150 are kept up-to-date accordingly.
  • storage manager 140 may permit a user to specify aspects of storage policy 148 A.
  • the storage policy can be modified to include information governance policies to define how data should be managed in order to comply with a certain regulation or business objective.
  • the various policies may be stored, for example, in management database 146 .
  • An information governance policy may align with one or more compliance tasks that are imposed by regulations or business requirements. Examples of information governance policies might include a Sarbanes-Oxley policy, a HIPAA policy, an electronic discovery (e-discovery) policy, and so on.
  • Information governance policies allow administrators to obtain different perspectives on an organization’s online and offline data, without the need for a dedicated data silo created solely for each different viewpoint.
  • the data storage systems herein build an index that reflects the contents of a distributed data set that spans numerous clients and storage devices, including both primary data and secondary copies, and online and offline copies.
  • An organization may apply multiple information governance policies in a top-down manner over that unified data set and indexing schema in order to view and manipulate the data set through different lenses, each of which is adapted to a particular compliance or business goal.
  • An information governance policy may comprise a classification policy, which defines a taxonomy of classification terms or tags relevant to a compliance task and/or business objective.
  • a classification policy may also associate a defined tag with a classification rule.
  • a classification rule defines a particular combination of criteria, such as users who have created, accessed or modified a document or data object; file or application types; content or metadata keywords; clients or storage locations; dates of data creation and/or access; review status or other status within a workflow (e.g., reviewed or unreviewed); modification times or types of modifications; and/or any other data attributes in any combination, without limitation.
  • a classification rule may also be defined using other classification tags in the taxonomy.
  • an e-discovery classification policy might define a classification tag “privileged” that is associated with documents or data objects that (1) were created or modified by legal department staff, or (2) were sent to or received from outside counsel via email, or (3) contain one of the following keywords: “privileged” or “attorney” or “counsel,” or other like terms. Accordingly, all these documents or data objects will be classified as “privileged.”
  • An entity tag may be, for example, any content that matches a defined data mask format.
  • entity tags might include, e.g., social security numbers (e.g., any numerical content matching the formatting mask XXX-XX-XXX), credit card numbers (e.g., content having a 13-16 digit string of numbers), SKU numbers, product numbers, etc.
  • a user may define a classification policy by indicating criteria, parameters or descriptors of the policy via a graphical user interface, such as a form or page with fields to be filled in, pull-down menus or entries allowing one or more of several options to be selected, buttons, sliders, hypertext links or other known user interface tools for receiving user input, etc.
  • a user may define certain entity tags, such as a particular product number or project ID.
  • the classification policy can be implemented using cloud-based techniques.
  • the storage devices may be cloud storage devices, and the storage manager 140 may execute cloud service provider API over a network to classify data stored on cloud storage devices.
  • a restore operation can be initiated involving one or more of secondary copies 116 A, 116 B, and 116 C.
  • a restore operation logically takes a selected secondary copy 116 , reverses the effects of the secondary copy operation that created it, and stores the restored data to primary storage where a client computing device 102 may properly access it as primary data.
  • a media agent 144 and an appropriate data agent 142 e.g., executing on the client computing device 102 ) perform the tasks needed to complete a restore operation.
  • data that was encrypted, compressed, and/or deduplicated in the creation of secondary copy 116 will be correspondingly rehydrated (reversing deduplication), uncompressed, and unencrypted into a format appropriate to primary data.
  • Metadata stored within or associated with the secondary copy 116 may be used during the restore operation.
  • restored data should be indistinguishable from other primary data 112 .
  • the restored data has fully regained the native format that may make it immediately usable by application 110 .
  • a user may manually initiate a restore of backup copy 116 A, e.g., by interacting with user interface 158 of storage manager 140 or with a web-based console with access to system 100 .
  • Storage manager 140 may accesses data in its index 150 and/or management database 146 (and/or the respective storage policy 148 A) associated with the selected backup copy 116 A to identify the appropriate media agent 144 A and/or secondary storage device 108 A where the secondary copy resides.
  • the user may be presented with a representation (e.g., stub, thumbnail, listing, etc.) and metadata about the selected secondary copy, in order to determine whether this is the appropriate copy to be restored, e.g., date that the original primary data was created.
  • Storage manager 140 will then instruct media agent 144 A and an appropriate data agent 142 on the target client computing device 102 to restore secondary copy 116 A to primary storage device 104 .
  • a media agent may be selected for use in the restore operation based on a load balancing algorithm, an availability based algorithm, or other criteria.
  • the selected media agent e.g., 144 A, retrieves secondary copy 116 A from disk library 108 A. For instance, media agent 144 A may access its index 153 to identify a location of backup copy 116 A on disk library 108 A, or may access location information residing on disk library 108 A itself.
  • a backup copy 116 A that was recently created or accessed may be cached to speed up the restore operation.
  • media agent 144 A accesses a cached version of backup copy 116 A residing in index 153 , without having to access disk library 108 A for some or all of the data.
  • the media agent 144 A communicates the data to the requesting client computing device 102 .
  • file system data agent 142 A and email data agent 142 B may unpack (e.g., restore from a backup format to the native application format) the data in backup copy 116 A and restore the unpackaged data to primary storage device 104 .
  • secondary copies 116 may be restored to the same volume or folder in primary storage device 104 from which the secondary copy was derived; to another storage location or client computing device 102 ; to shared storage, etc.
  • the data may be restored so that it may be used by an application 110 of a different version/vintage from the application that created the original primary data 112 .
  • secondary copies 116 can vary depending on the embodiment.
  • secondary copies 116 are formatted as a series of logical data units or “chunks” (e.g., 512 MB, 1 GB, 2 GB, 4 GB, or 8 GB chunks). This can facilitate efficient communication and writing to secondary storage devices 108 , e.g., according to resource availability. For example, a single secondary copy 116 may be written on a chunk-by-chunk basis to one or more secondary storage devices 108 .
  • users can select different chunk sizes, e.g., to improve throughput to tape storage devices.
  • each chunk can include a header and a payload.
  • the payload can include files (or other data units) or subsets thereof included in the chunk, whereas the chunk header generally includes metadata relating to the chunk, some or all of which may be derived from the payload.
  • media agent 144 , storage manager 140 , or other component may divide files into chunks and generate headers for each chunk by processing the files.
  • Headers can include a variety of information such as file and/or volume identifier(s), offset(s), and/or other information associated with the payload data items, a chunk sequence number, etc.
  • chunk headers can also be stored to index 153 of the associated media agent(s) 144 and/or to index 150 associated with storage manager 140 . This can be useful for providing faster processing of secondary copies 116 during browsing, restores, or other operations.
  • the secondary storage device 108 returns an indication of receipt, e.g., to media agent 144 and/or storage manager 140 , which may update their respective indexes 153 , 150 accordingly.
  • chunks may be processed (e.g., by media agent 144 ) according to the information in the chunk header to reassemble the files.
  • Data can also be communicated within system 100 in data channels that connect client computing devices 102 to secondary storage devices 108 .
  • These data channels can be referred to as “data streams,” and multiple data streams can be employed to parallelize an information management operation, improving data transfer rate, among other advantages.
  • Example data formatting techniques including techniques involving data streaming, chunking, and the use of other data structures in creating secondary copies are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,315,923, 8,156,086, and 8,578,120.
  • FIGS. 1 F and 1 G are diagrams of example data streams 170 and 171 , respectively, which may be employed for performing information management operations.
  • data agent 142 forms data stream 170 from source data associated with a client computing device 102 (e.g., primary data 112 ).
  • Data stream 170 is composed of multiple pairs of stream header 172 and stream data (or stream payload) 174 .
  • Data streams 170 and 171 shown in the illustrated example are for a single-instanced storage operation, and a stream payload 174 therefore may include both single-instance (SI) data and/or non-SI data.
  • a stream header 172 includes metadata about the stream payload 174 .
  • This metadata may include, for example, a length of the stream payload 174 , an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is encrypted, an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is compressed, an archive file identifier (ID), an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is single instanceable, and an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is a start of a block of data.
  • ID archive file identifier
  • data stream 171 has the stream header 172 and stream payload 174 aligned into multiple data blocks.
  • the data blocks are of size 64 KB.
  • the first two stream header 172 and stream payload 174 pairs comprise a first data block of size 64 KB.
  • the first stream header 172 indicates that the length of the succeeding stream payload 174 is 63 KB and that it is the start of a data block.
  • the next stream header 172 indicates that the succeeding stream payload 174 has a length of 1 KB and that it is not the start of a new data block.
  • Immediately following stream payload 174 is a pair comprising an identifier header 176 and identifier data 178 .
  • the identifier header 176 includes an indication that the succeeding identifier data 178 includes the identifier for the immediately previous data block.
  • the identifier data 178 includes the identifier that the data agent 142 generated for the data block.
  • the data stream 171 also includes other stream header 172 and stream payload 174 pairs, which may be for SI data and/or non-SI data.
  • FIG. 1 H is a diagram illustrating data structures 180 that may be used to store blocks of SI data and non-SI data on a storage device (e.g., secondary storage device 108 ).
  • data structures 180 do not form part of a native file system of the storage device.
  • Data structures 180 include one or more volume folders 182 , one or more chunk folders 184 / 185 within the volume folder 182 , and multiple files within chunk folder 184 .
  • Each chunk folder 184 / 185 includes a metadata file 186 / 187 , a metadata index file 188 / 189 , one or more container files 190 / 191 / 193 , and a container index file 192 / 194 .
  • Metadata file 186 / 187 stores non-SI data blocks as well as links to SI data blocks stored in container files.
  • Metadata index file 188 / 189 stores an index to the data in the metadata file 186 / 187 .
  • Container files 190 / 191 / 193 store SI data blocks.
  • Container index file 192 / 194 stores an index to container files 190 / 191 / 193 .
  • container index file 192 / 194 stores an indication of whether a corresponding block in a container file 190 / 191 / 193 is referred to by a link in a metadata file 186 / 187 .
  • data block B 2 in the container file 190 is referred to by a link in metadata file 187 in chunk folder 185 .
  • the corresponding index entry in container index file 192 indicates that data block B 2 in container file 190 is referred to.
  • data block B 1 in container file 191 is referred to by a link in metadata file 187 , and so the corresponding index entry in container index file 192 indicates that this data block is referred to.
  • data structures 180 illustrated in FIG. 1 H may have been created as a result of separate secondary copy operations involving two client computing devices 102 .
  • a first secondary copy operation on a first client computing device 102 could result in the creation of the first chunk folder 184
  • a second secondary copy operation on a second client computing device 102 could result in the creation of the second chunk folder 185 .
  • Container files 190 / 191 in the first chunk folder 184 would contain the blocks of SI data of the first client computing device 102 .
  • the second secondary copy operation on the data of the second client computing device 102 would result in media agent 144 storing primarily links to the data blocks of the first client computing device 102 that are already stored in the container files 190 / 191 . Accordingly, while a first secondary copy operation may result in storing nearly all of the data subject to the operation, subsequent secondary storage operations involving similar data may result in substantial data storage space savings, because links to already stored data blocks can be stored instead of additional instances of data blocks.
  • a sparse file is a type of file that may include empty space (e.g., a sparse file may have real data within it, such as at the beginning of the file and/or at the end of the file, but may also have empty space in it that is not storing actual data, such as a contiguous range of bytes all having a value of zero).
  • container files 190 / 191 / 193 be sparse files allows media agent 144 to free up space in container files 190 / 191 / 193 when blocks of data in container files 190 / 191 / 193 no longer need to be stored on the storage devices.
  • media agent 144 creates a new container file 190 / 191 / 193 when a container file 190 / 191 / 193 either includes 100 blocks of data or when the size of the container file 190 exceeds 50MB.
  • media agent 144 creates a new container file 190 / 191 / 193 when a container file 190 / 191 / 193 satisfies other criteria (e.g., it contains from approx.
  • a file on which a secondary copy operation is performed may comprise a large number of data blocks.
  • a 100 MB file may comprise 400 data blocks of size 256 KB. If such a file is to be stored, its data blocks may span more than one container file, or even more than one chunk folder.
  • a database file of 20 GB may comprise over 40,000 data blocks of size 512 KB. If such a database file is to be stored, its data blocks will likely span multiple container files, multiple chunk folders, and potentially multiple volume folders. Restoring such files may require accessing multiple container files, chunk folders, and/or volume folders to obtain the requisite data blocks.
  • FIG. 2 A illustrates a system 200 configured to address these and other issues by using backup or other secondary copy data to synchronize a source subsystem 201 (e.g., a production site) with a destination subsystem 203 (e.g., a failover site).
  • a source subsystem 201 e.g., a production site
  • a destination subsystem 203 e.g., a failover site
  • live synchronization and/or “live synchronization replication.”
  • the source client computing devices 202 a include one or more virtual machines (or “VMs”) executing on one or more corresponding VM host computers 205 a , though the source need not be virtualized.
  • the destination site 203 may be at a location that is remote from the production site 201 , or may be located in the same data center, without limitation.
  • One or more of the production site 201 and destination site 203 may reside at data centers at known geographic locations, or alternatively may operate “in the cloud.”
  • FIG. 2 A illustrates an embodiment of a data flow which may be orchestrated at the direction of one or more storage managers (not shown).
  • the source data agent(s) 242 a and source media agent(s) 244 a work together to write backup or other secondary copies of the primary data generated by the source client computing devices 202 a into the source secondary storage device(s) 208 a .
  • the backup/secondary copies are retrieved by the source media agent(s) 244 a from secondary storage.
  • source media agent(s) 244 a communicate the backup/secondary copies across a network to the destination media agent(s) 244 b in destination subsystem 203 .
  • the data can be copied from source to destination in an incremental fashion, such that only changed blocks are transmitted, and in some cases multiple incremental backups are consolidated at the source so that only the most current changed blocks are transmitted to and applied at the destination.
  • An example of live synchronization of virtual machines using the “incremental forever” approach is found in U.S. Pat. Application No. 62/265,339 entitled “Live Synchronization and Management of Virtual Machines across Computing and Virtualization Platforms and Using Live Synchronization to Support Disaster Recovery.”
  • a deduplicated copy can be employed to further reduce network traffic from source to destination.
  • the system can utilize the deduplicated copy techniques described in U.S. Pat. No. 9,239,687, entitled “Systems and Methods for Retaining and Using Data Block Signatures in Data Protection Operations.”
  • destination media agent(s) 244 b write the received backup/secondary copy data to the destination secondary storage device(s) 208 b .
  • the synchronization is completed when the destination media agent(s) and destination data agent(s) 242 b restore the backup/secondary copy data to the destination client computing device(s) 202 b .
  • the destination client computing device(s) 202 b may be kept “warm” awaiting activation in case failure is detected at the source.
  • This synchronization/replication process can incorporate the techniques described in U.S. Pat. Application No. 14/721,971, entitled “Replication Using Deduplicated Secondary Copy Data.”
  • the synchronized copies can be viewed as mirror or replication copies.
  • the production site 201 is not burdened with the synchronization operations. Because the destination site 203 can be maintained in a synchronized “warm” state, the downtime for switching over from the production site 201 to the destination site 203 is substantially less than with a typical restore from secondary storage.
  • the production site 201 may flexibly and efficiently fail over, with minimal downtime and with relatively up-to-date data, to a destination site 203 , such as a cloud-based failover site.
  • the destination site 203 can later be reverse synchronized back to the production site 201 , such as after repairs have been implemented or after the failure has passed.
  • FIG. 2 B illustrates an information management system 200 having an architecture that provides such advantages, and incorporates use of a standard file system protocol between primary and secondary storage subsystems 217 , 218 .
  • NFS network file system
  • CIFS Common Internet File System
  • data agent 242 can co-reside with media agent 244 on the same server (e.g., a secondary storage computing device such as component 106 ), or in some other location in secondary storage subsystem 218 .
  • server e.g., a secondary storage computing device such as component 106
  • secondary storage subsystem 218 allocates an NFS network path to the client computing device 202 or to one or more target applications 210 running on client computing device 202 .
  • the client computing device 202 mounts the designated NFS path and writes data to that NFS path.
  • the NFS path may be obtained from NFS path data 215 stored locally at the client computing device 202 , and which may be a copy of or otherwise derived from NFS path data 219 stored in the secondary storage subsystem 218 .
  • Storage manager 240 can include a pseudo-client manager 217 , which coordinates the process by, among other things, communicating information relating to client computing device 202 and application 210 (e.g., application type, client computing device identifier, etc.) to data agent 242 , obtaining appropriate NFS path data from the data agent 242 (e.g., NFS path information), and delivering such data to client computing device 202 .
  • information relating to client computing device 202 and application 210 e.g., application type, client computing device identifier, etc.
  • NFS path data e.g., NFS path information
  • client computing device 202 reads from the designated NFS network path, and the read request is translated by data agent 242 .
  • the data agent 242 then works with media agent 244 to retrieve, re-process (e.g., re-hydrate, decompress, decrypt), and forward the requested data to client computing device 202 using NFS.
  • re-process e.g., re-hydrate, decompress, decrypt
  • the illustrative architecture effectively decouples the client computing devices 202 from the installed components of system 200 , improving both scalability and plug-ability of system 200 .
  • the secondary storage subsystem 218 in such environments can be treated simply as a read/write NFS target for primary storage subsystem 217 , without the need for information management software to be installed on client computing devices 202 .
  • an enterprise implementing a cloud production computing environment can add VM client computing devices 202 without installing and configuring specialized information management software on these VMs. Rather, backups and restores are achieved transparently, where the new VMs simply write to and read from the designated NFS path.
  • FIG. 2 C shows a block diagram of an example of a highly scalable, managed data pool architecture useful in accommodating such data growth.
  • the illustrated system 200 which may be referred to as a “web-scale” architecture according to certain embodiments, can be readily incorporated into both open compute/storage and common-cloud architectures.
  • the illustrated system 200 includes a grid 245 of media agents 244 logically organized into a control tier 231 and a secondary or storage tier 233 .
  • Media agents assigned to the storage tier 233 can be configured to manage a secondary storage pool 208 as a deduplication store, and be configured to receive client write and read requests from the primary storage subsystem 217 , and direct those requests to the secondary tier 233 for servicing.
  • media agents CMA 1 -CMA 3 in the control tier 231 maintain and consult one or more deduplication databases 247 , which can include deduplication information (e.g., data block hashes, data block links, file containers for deduplicated files, etc.) sufficient to read deduplicated files from secondary storage pool 208 and write deduplicated files to secondary storage pool 208 .
  • deduplication information e.g., data block hashes, data block links, file containers for deduplicated files, etc.
  • system 200 can incorporate any of the deduplication systems and methods shown and described in U.S. Pat. No. 9,020,900, entitled “Distributed Deduplicated Storage System,” and U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2014/0201170, entitled “High Availability Distributed Deduplicated Storage System.”
  • Media agents SMA 1 -SMA 6 assigned to the secondary tier 233 receive write and read requests from media agents CMA 1 -CMA 3 in control tier 231 , and access secondary storage pool 208 to service those requests.
  • Media agents CMA 1 -CMA 3 in control tier 231 can also communicate with secondary storage pool 208 , and may execute read and write requests themselves (e.g., in response to requests from other control media agents CMA 1 -CMA 3 ) in addition to issuing requests to media agents in secondary tier 233 .
  • deduplication database(s) 247 can in some cases reside in storage devices in secondary storage pool 208 .
  • each of the media agents 244 (e.g., CMA 1 -CMA 3 , SMA 1 -SMA 6 , etc.) in grid 245 can be allocated a corresponding dedicated partition 251 A- 251 I, respectively, in secondary storage pool 208 .
  • Each partition 251 can include a first portion 253 containing data associated with (e.g., stored by) media agent 244 corresponding to the respective partition 251 .
  • System 200 can also implement a desired level of replication, thereby providing redundancy in the event of a failure of a media agent 244 in grid 245 .
  • each partition 251 can further include a second portion 255 storing one or more replication copies of the data associated with one or more other media agents 244 in the grid.
  • System 200 can also be configured to allow for seamless addition of media agents 244 to grid 245 via automatic configuration.
  • a storage manager (not shown) or other appropriate component may determine that it is appropriate to add an additional node to control tier 231 , and perform some or all of the following: (i) assess the capabilities of a newly added or otherwise available computing device as satisfying a minimum criteria to be configured as or hosting a media agent in control tier 231 ; (ii) confirm that a sufficient amount of the appropriate type of storage exists to support an additional node in control tier 231 (e.g., enough disk drive capacity exists in storage pool 208 to support an additional deduplication database 247 ); (iii) install appropriate media agent software on the computing device and configure the computing device according to a pre-determined template; (iv) establish a partition 251 in the storage pool 208 dedicated to the newly established media agent 244 ; and (v) build any appropriate data structures (e.g., an instance of deduplication database 247 ).
  • FIGS. 2 A, 2 B, and 2 C may be implemented in any combination and permutation to satisfy data storage management and information management needs at one or more locations and/or data centers.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating operations 1 - 5 depicting logical data pathways for backing up cloud-based VMs in the prior art.
  • FIG. 3 depicts: storage device 108 comprising one or more secondary copies 116 ; storage manager 140 ; media agent 144 comprising media agent index 153 ; and cloud-based data processing platform 301 comprising: data agent 142 , “live” data storage 303 , e.g., Amazon’s Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS), comprising live volume 312 and snapshot volume 318 , mass storage 305 , e.g., Amazon S 3 , comprising snapshots 316 , and cloud-based live VM 310 .
  • Operations or steps 1 - 5 also are depicted by numbered one-way arrows.
  • Storage device 108 comprises one or more secondary copies 116 . These are described in more detail elsewhere herein.
  • Storage manager 140 is described in more detail elsewhere herein.
  • Storage manager 140 is in communication with data agent 142 and media agent 144 , as depicted by the two-way arrows therebetween.
  • Data agent 142 illustratively a virtual server data agent (“VSA”) associated with one or more cloud-based virtual machines such as VM 310 , is described in more detail elsewhere herein.
  • VSA virtual server data agent
  • Data agent 142 illustratively executes “in the cloud” within cloud data processing platform 301 .
  • Media agent 144 is described in more detail elsewhere herein.
  • Media agent illustratively executes in a data center, preferably logically proximate to storage device 108 , with which data agent 144 is associated and vice versa.
  • Media agent 144 comprises media agent index 153 , which is also described in more detail elsewhere herein.
  • Cloud-based data processing platform 301 is a data processing infrastructure that comprises resources for data processing (e.g., computing devices) operating in a “cloud” setting rather than in a customer’s data center.
  • cloud 301 is embodied as Amazon Web Services (“AWS”), but the invention is not so limited.
  • Live data storage 303 comprises data storage resources used “live” by cloud-based virtual machines.
  • live data storage 303 is embodied as Amazon’s Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS), though the invention is not so limited.
  • Amazon’s Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) provides block-level storage volumes for use with EC2 (Elastic Compute Cloud) instances in Amazon Web Services (AWS).
  • An EC2 instance is a virtual machine in AWS lingo.
  • Other cloud providers offer equivalent cloud-based block-level storage volumes within the respective cloud data processing environment.
  • Mass storage 305 comprises cloud-based data storage resources for a variety of data objects, without limitation.
  • mass storage 305 is embodied as Amazon Simple Storage Service (or “S 3 ”), though the invention is not so limited.
  • Cloud-based live VM 310 is a virtual machine (VM) that executes “in the cloud,” i.e., on cloud 301 .
  • VM 310 is embodied as an EC2 (Elastic Compute Cloud) instances in Amazon Web Services (AWS).
  • AWS Amazon Web Services
  • live we mean that the VM is operational, executing commands, and generally acting as a data processing resource.
  • Live volume 312 is closely associated with live VM 310 and stores the active data used and generated by VM 310 .
  • Live volume 312 is referred to as “production” volume, because it is in active use as a data resource for live VM 310 .
  • Live volume 312 is configured as a data volume within live data storage 303 , illustratively embodied as Amazon’s Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS), though the invention is not so limited.
  • Amazon EBS Elastic Block Store
  • Snapshots 316 are any number of individual snapshots, each one representing a point-in-time image of live volume 312 . Snapshots of a data volume are well known in the art. Illustratively, each snapshot 316 is configured in mass storage 305 , illustratively embodied as Amazon Simple Storage Service (or “S 3 ”), though the invention is not so limited. Illustratively, each snapshot 316 is taken at live data storage 303 (e.g., using native utilities available in cloud 301 ) and stored to mass storage 305 (e.g., again using native utilities available in cloud 301 ). Illustratively, these operations are described as Step 1 . Each snapshot 316 is uniquely identified and furthermore is associated with the source live volume 312 that it represents. There is no limit to the number of distinct live volumes 312 and no limit on how many associated snapshots 316 are respectively associated therewith.
  • S 3 Amazon Simple Storage Service
  • Snapshot volume 318 (or “snap volume 318 ”) stores data copied thereto from a snapshot 316 according to Step 2 .
  • Snapshot volume 318 is configured as a data volume within live data storage 303 , illustratively embodied as Amazon’s Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS), though the invention is not so limited. Snapshot volume 318 is not in use by live VM 310 . Rather, as is shown later, snapshot volume 318 acts as a source of data for later backup operations (backup source). Illustratively, the snapshots 316 and the snapshot volume 318 are taken, stored, and/or created by the cloud utilities as instructed by data agent 142 .
  • Amazon EBS Amazon’s Elastic Block Store
  • Numbered one-way arrows 1 - 5 depict operations or operational steps (or “steps”) occurring between the depicted components according to a prior art approach.
  • incremental backup operations for VMs operating in the cloud are substantially faster.
  • a utility is injected into and executes on a live VM operating in the cloud. Time is saved in performing the backup operation first by pre-warming the backup’s source volume in parallel with the injected utility analyzing the VM’s live volume, and second by skipping read operations for extents deemed to be unchanged since a preceding backup.
  • the illustrative approach benefits streaming backups as well as the so-called “backup copy” features available from the illustrative data storage management system.
  • FIG. 4 A is a block diagram illustrating some salient portions of a system 400 for using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up VM backup operations, according to an illustrative embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 A depicts: storage device 108 comprising one or more secondary copies 116 ; storage manager 140 ; “live” data storage 303 , e.g., Amazon’s Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS), comprising live volume 312 and snapshot volume 318 ; mass storage 305 , e.g., Amazon S 3 , comprising snapshots 316 and extent table 420 ; cloud-based live VM 310 ; data agent 442 ; and media agent 444 comprising media agent index 453 .
  • “live” data storage 303 e.g., Amazon’s Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS)
  • mass storage 305 e.g., Amazon S 3 , comprising snapshots 316 and extent table 420
  • cloud-based live VM 310 data agent
  • Cloud 301 (not shown here) comprises live data storage 303 and mass storage 305 and also hosts live VM 310 and enhanced VSA data agent 442 .
  • the components are interconnected at least in part as depicted by the arrows.
  • the connections are made possible by suitable data communications and networking infrastructure, such as described in regard to communications pathways 114 , though any suitable communication pathways that are known in the art can be implemented in an embodiment.
  • Extent table 420 is a data structure that is based upon information in live volume 312 and stored to mass storage 305 .
  • Extent table 420 comprises information for each extent (grouping of data, e.g., sized at 4MB) in live volume 312 , including a respective checksum designated the live-CRC (or “L_CRC”) and identifying so-called “holes,” which are data extents comprising no/null data. Because a hole is known to be “empty” or free of substantive data, no CRC need be calculated for it and certain later processing steps are skipped, so it is important according to the illustrative embodiment to know where the holes are in live volume 312 .
  • Data agent 442 is an enhanced VSA data agent, analogous to VSA data agent 142 , and additionally comprising other functionality for operating in system 400 , such as checksum analysis feature 430 described in more detail in FIG. 4 B and subsequent figures.
  • the snapshots 316 and the snapshot volume 318 are taken, stored, and/or created by the cloud utilities as instructed by data agent 442 .
  • data agent 442 executes on a VM in the same virtualized environment as the target VM being backed up, though the invention is not limited to VM-hosted data agents 442 .
  • data agent 442 executes on a computing device that is not in a virtualized computing environment or in a cloud-based computing environment.
  • Data agent 442 is sometimes referred to herein as a “proxy” or “VSA proxy.”
  • Media agent 444 is analogous to media agent 144 and additionally comprises other information and functionality for operating in system 400 , such as “F_CRC” table 440 , and features for creating it, updating it, and transmitting it to data agent 442 as described in more detail in FIG. 4 B and subsequent figures.
  • Media agent index 453 is a data structure that is populated by and resides in media agent 444 .
  • Media agent index 453 is analogous to media agent 153 and additionally comprises other information for operating in system 400 , such as “F_CRC” table 440 , which is described in more detail in FIG. 4 B .
  • FIG. 4 B is a block diagram illustrating some salient portions of a system 400 for using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up VM backup operations, including operations B 1 , B 2 , C, D, and E, according to an illustrative embodiment of the present invention.
  • the same components depicted in FIG. 4 A are shown here as well, plus: injected utility 410 operating in live VM 310 ; checksum analysis module 430 operating in enhanced VSA data agent 442 ; and F_CRC table 440 residing in media agent 444 , illustratively within media agent index 453 , though the invention is not so limited.
  • the illustrative embodiments are shown in the context of cloud-based computing environments and cloud-based storage provided by so-called public cloud service providers, some embodiments can be constructed without using public clouds; in such scenarios the cloud environments are privately owned and/or operated by the owner/operator of the data storage management system. Thus, the invention is not limited to public cloud scenarios.
  • the illustrative utility 410 can operate in any virtual machine implementation without limitation.
  • Injected utility 410 is a functional module (utility) that executes on live VM 310 .
  • Injected utility 410 is injected into VM 310 by data agent 442 in Step A.
  • One embodiment is the CVVMChecksum.exe utility devised by the present inventors.
  • Checksum analysis module 430 is a functional module that executes on the underlying computing device hosting data agent 442 .
  • Checksum analysis module 430 is a feature added to data agent 442 . Because cyclic redundancy check (CRC) is used as the checksum embodiment here, module 430 is sometimes referred to as the “CRC checker” or “CRC analyzer.”
  • F_CRC table 440 (or “full CRC table 440 ” or “full extent table 440 ” or “table 440 ”) is a data structure illustratively residing in media agent 444 , illustratively within media agent index 453 , though the invention is not so limited.
  • Media agent 444 illustratively generates F_CRC table 440 initially when a full backup is executed, i.e., a respective F_CRC value is stored in F_CRC for each extent in the full backup. This is followed by subsequent updates to the F_CRC values entered from the most recent backup.
  • F_CRC is the checksum value in the media agent index 453 obtained from the most recent backup executed by the media agent 444 .
  • Table 440 is illustratively generated initially when a full backup is executed, i.e., a respective checksum is stored for each extent in the full backup, followed by subsequent updates to the checksum values entered from the most recent backup.
  • F_CRC is the checksum value in the media agent index obtained from the most recent backup executed by the media agent. Accordingly, the checksums populated into table 440 vary in timing, as only the latest checksum from a backup is populated thereinto. When a given extent does not change and is not backed up, its older checksum persists in table 440 .
  • the approach comprises:
  • FIG. 5 depicts some salient operations of an illustrative method 500 for using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up VM backup operations in system 400 , according to an illustrative embodiment of the present invention.
  • the recited operations in method 500 are performed by one or more of the aforementioned components and/or features of system 400 , as described in more detail below.
  • snapshots 316 are taken of live volume 312 and stored to cloud-based mass storage 305 .
  • This operation generally corresponds to Step 1 depicted in FIG. 4 B .
  • the snapshots are taken and stored by native utilities available in cloud computing environment 301 , in response to instructions given by enhanced data agent 442 .
  • data agent 442 issues instructions that indicate which live volume 312 is to be snapshotted and where the resulting snapshot 316 is to be stored.
  • the periodicity is flexible and administrable, and the frequency of snapshots depends largely on customer needs and the nature of the data in target live volume 312 .
  • snapshots are taken hourly, but the invention allows for any time interval.
  • enhanced VSA data agent 442 which is associated with live VM 310 , determines that live VM 310 lacks utility 410 and proceeds to inject said utility 410 into live VM 310 .
  • This operation generally corresponds to Step A depicted in FIG. 4 B .
  • Techniques for injecting an executable utility into a cloud-based virtual machine such as live VM 310 are well known in the art. However, the functionality of injected utility 410 was devised by the present inventors and is described in more detail in another figure herein. Moreover, even though it is not depicted in FIG. 4 B , the executable code for utility 410 is initially stored in data agent 442 , and from there is injected into any number of targeted live VMs 310 .
  • injected utility 410 is launched, i.e., begins executing, on live VM 410 .
  • a trigger is transmitted by data agent 442 to launch injected utility 410 .
  • live volume 312 is analyzed concurrently with pre-warming of snapshot volume 318 , the operations including Steps B 1 and B 2 . More details are given in a subsequent figure.
  • a checksum is calculated for every extent in snapshot volume 318 , and is referred to herein as the “S_CRC” value.
  • the S_CRC value is used in some embodiments.
  • an incremental backup operation is launched using snap volume 318 as the source and resulting in one or more secondary copies 116 stored to one or more storage devices 108 .
  • the present incremental backup operation reads only changed extents from snapshot volume 318 , wherein unchanged extents and extents identified as “holes” are not read. This provides more time savings.
  • the prior art approach of FIG. 3 requires all the data from snapshot 318 be read into data agent 142 (see, e.g., Step 3 ). More details are given in a subsequent figure.
  • media agent 444 stores one or more secondary copies 116 resulting from the incremental backup operation to a storage device 108 and updates its index to reflect the most recent F_CRC values from the incremental backup.
  • This operation generally corresponds to Step 5 depicted in FIG. 4 B .
  • their respective checksums embodied as CRC values
  • CRC values their respective checksums
  • These checksum values are later fed back to data agent 442 (see, e.g., Step D) to be analyzed in a subsequent incremental backup operation.
  • Control passes back to block 510 for handling later backups of live volume 312 .
  • FIG. 6 depicts some salient operations in block 510 of method 500 .
  • Block 510 is directed at concurrently analyzing live volume 312 and pre-warming snapshot volume 318 .
  • Time is saved by the concurrent execution of operations B 1 and B 2 , including pre-warming the backup source volume (snapshot volume 318 ) before the backup operation starts and while VM 310 is live.
  • an extent-by-extent analysis of live volume 312 is performed illustratively by injected utility 410 executing on live VM 310 .
  • the analysis includes identifying extents that are “holes” and so indicating in extent table 420 .
  • the analysis further includes calculating a checksum for each extent in live volume 312 that is not a “hole.” For any given extent, the corresponding checksum (illustratively embodied as a CRC value) is designated “L_CRC” or “live CRC” and is stored to extent table 420 .
  • a checksum need not be expressly calculated for extents that are determined to be “holes” thus saving some amount of time in populating extent table 420 , though the invention is not so limited and in some embodiments a checksum is calculated here for every extent in live volume 312 .
  • This operation generally corresponds to Step B 1 depicted in FIG. 4 B .
  • extent table 420 is stored to mass storage 305 illustratively as performed and/or directed by injected utility 410 .
  • block 608 is depicted here as distinct from block 606 , the invention is not so limited.
  • extent table 420 is maintained in mass storage 305 and updated as each checksum is calculated, thus effectively combining blocks 606 and 608 into one collective operation corresponding to Step B 1 depicted in FIG. 4 B .
  • snapshot volume 318 is pre-warmed extent-by-extent from the most recent snapshot 316 , illustratively as performed and/or directed by injected utility 410 .
  • This operation begins as soon as snapshot 316 is taken and in parallel with the checksum computations populating extent table 420 . This operation generally corresponds to Step B 2 depicted in FIG. 4 B .
  • pre-warming of snap volume 318 ends at the earliest of the completion of block 608 (updating extent table 420 ) or pre-warming of snap volume 318 . Whichever of these two operations has not completed when pre-warming ends will resume at block 520 .
  • pre-warming operation 612 ends when both extent table 608 has completed updating (block 608 ) and snapshot volume 318 has been fully pre-warmed from snapshot 316 (block 610 ).
  • FIG. 7 depicts some salient operations in block 520 of method 500 .
  • Time is saved by skipping reads from snapshot volume 318 that is the source for the backup operation, i.e., unchanged extents are not read into data agent 442 .
  • Block 520 is directed at executing the present incremental backup operation using snap volume 318 as the backup source and reading only changed extents from snapshot volume 318 .
  • extents that are unchanged and extents identified as “holes” are not read into data agent 442 , which substantially reduces the amount of data that needs to be transferred to data agent 442 and takes less time than reading in snapshot volume 318 in its entirety.
  • the initial trigger to begin the present backup operation is provided by storage manager 140 , which illustratively managers and orchestrates storage management operations, including backup jobs, in data storage management system 400 . Accordingly, storage manager 140 notifies data agent 442 and media agent 444 that a backup job is to be started. In alternative embodiments, this trigger/notification is provided before block 520 begins, but the invention is not so limited and earlier operations in method 500 can be performed on an ongoing basis before the present backup job is triggered.
  • live volume extent table 420 illustratively comprising the live CRC values and indications of extent “holes” present in live volume 312 , is fetched into data agent 442 . Illustratively this operation is directed and/or performed by injected utility 410 operating on live VM 310 . In some other embodiments, utility 410 instructs data agent 442 to fetch table 420 from mass storage 305 .
  • Block 702 generally corresponds to Step C depicted in FIG. 4 B .
  • full extent table 440 illustratively comprising checksum values for the most recent backup handled by media agent 444 , is fetched into data agent 442 from media agent 444 .
  • this operation is directed and/or performed by injected utility 410 operating on live VM 310 .
  • injected utility 410 instructs media agent 444 to transmit table 440 to data agent 442 .
  • utility 410 instructs data agent 442 to request table 440 from media agent 444 .
  • Block 704 generally corresponds to Step D depicted in FIG. 4 B .
  • Step D follows Step C, but the invention is not so limited and in other embodiments Step C and D are performed substantially concurrently, while in yet other embodiments Step C follows Step D. Since both live extent table 420 and full extent table 440 are needed for the next operation, the precise ordering of Step C relative to Step D is not a requirement of the present invention so long as both tables are made available to checksum analysis module 430 in data agent 442 in preparation for Step E.
  • data agent 442 compares for each extent the corresponding entries in tables 420 (live extent table) and 440 (full CRC table). Thus, for a given extent EXT, data agent 442 (e.g., using checksum analysis module 430 ) determines whether the corresponding entry in full CRC table 440 (F_CRC) is the same as the corresponding entry in live extent table 420 (L_CRC). These entries would be the same if the given extent EXT checksum (e.g., CRC value) is unchanged in the live volume 312 relative to the most recent backup processed by media agent 444 ; if so, control passes to block 708 . If extent EXT is identified as a “hole” in live extent table 420 , there is no need to read in null data, so control also passes to block 708 .
  • F_CRC full CRC table 440
  • L_CRC live extent table
  • extent EXT in live extent table 420 is not identified as a “hole” and its checksum (L_CRC) is different from the corresponding entry in full CRC table 440 (F_CRC)
  • data agent 442 e.g., using checksum analysis module 430
  • extent EXT in live volume 312 has changed relative to the most recent backup processed by media agent 444 , i.e., extent EXT is a “changed extent” or “changed data” or comprises new data and control passes to block 710 .
  • the value of the S_CRC checksum (computed for extents in snapshot volume 318 ) also is considered in the comparison as follows:
  • data agent 442 skips reading extent EXT from snapshot volume 318 and control passes back to block 706 for analyzing the next extent.
  • the savings in time can be substantial and greatly reduce the duration of the present backup operation.
  • Block 710 is reached when data agent 442 (e.g., using checksum analysis module) detects a current change in the given extent EXT in live volume 312 , i.e., detects a changed extent. Accordingly, data agent 442 proceeds to read extent EXT from snapshot volume 318 . It should be noted that no data can be read from (i.e., the read request cannot be served) from snapshot volume 318 until a given extent EXT has been initialized from snapshot 316 . If extent EXT has been pre-warmed in block 610 (Step B 2 ) before data agent 442 issues a read request for extent EXT to snapshot volume 318 , then the tread request is served immediately.
  • data agent 442 e.g., using checksum analysis module
  • Block 610 In some cases where block 610 ended before the entire snapshot volume 318 was pre-warmed, some extents still remain to be initialized from snapshot 316 before the read request can be served to data agent 442 . In such cases, data agent 442 will experience a delay while waiting for the initialization. After the read request has been served to data agent 442 , control passes back to block 706 for analyzing the next extent.
  • Block 710 generally corresponds to Step E depicted in FIG. 4 B .
  • data agent 442 processes the extent EXT read in at block 710 for backup and transmits the resulting processed data to media agent 444 for further processing.
  • an extent read from snapshot volume 318 might be analyzed for deduplication, may be compressed, may be encrypted, may be indexed and/or flagged at data agent 442 , and/or may be framed and/or encapsulated for transmission to media agent 444 .
  • Processing an extent for backup and transmitting the resulting processed data to media agent 444 is performed according to techniques known in the art for data agents such as described in regard to data agents 142 .
  • Block 712 generally corresponds to Step 4 depicted in FIG. 4 B .
  • media agent 444 receives the processed data transmitted thereto by data agent 442 and further processes the data for backup.
  • data received from data agent 442 might be analyzed for deduplication, may be compressed, may be encrypted, may be indexed and/or flagged at media agent 444 , and/or may be added into secondary copy 116 , which media agent 444 is preparing for storage.
  • Processing an extent for backup at media agent 444 is performed according to techniques known in the art for media agents such as described in regard to media agents 144 . See also block 522 .
  • a method comprising: injecting an executable utility into cloud-based virtual machines (VMs) that are subject to backups by a data storage management system tasked with protecting the cloud-based VMs and their associated data (e.g., vmdk, vhd, etc.), wherein a given VM is live; analyzing by the injected utility a given VM’s live volume to discover data extents therein, and for each data extent computes a respective checksum and determines whether the extent is a “hole” comprising null data; using the checksums to identify changed data extents in successive snapshots of the live volume, so that only changed data extents will be read and backed up in incremental backups; and performing an incremental backup operation of a data volume initialized from a snapshot taken of the live volume.
  • VMs cloud-based virtual machines
  • the above-recited method wherein time is saved in performing the incremental backup operation first by pre-warming the backup’s source data volume in parallel with the utility analyzing the live volume, and second by skipping read operations from the source data volume for extents unchanged since a preceding backup.
  • a system comprising components for performing the above-recited method.
  • a non-transitory computer-readable medium storing instructions, which when executed by at least one computing device, perform the above-recited method.
  • a method comprising: injecting an executable utility into cloud-based virtual machines (VMs) that are subject to backups by a data storage management system tasked with protecting the cloud-based VMs and their associated data (e.g., vmdk, vhd, etc.), wherein a given VM is operational; analyzing by the injected utility the given VM’s live volume to discover data extents therein, and for each data extent computing a respective checksum and determining whether the data extent is a “hole” comprising null data; concurrently with the analyzing, initializing a data volume from a snapshot of the live volume, wherein the data volume is a source for an incremental backup operation.
  • VMs cloud-based virtual machines
  • the above-recited method further comprising: using the checksums to identify changed data extents in the data volume relative to a preceding backup operation; and backing up only the identified changed data extents from the data volume, wherein no read requests are issued for any data extent in the data volume that is a hole or is unchanged since the preceding backup operation, thereby saving time in performing the backup operation.
  • time for performing the backup operation is saved by initializing the data volume concurrently with the utility analyzing the live volume, and by skipping read operations from the data volume for data extents unchanged since the preceding backup.
  • a system comprising components for performing the above-recited method.
  • a non-transitory computer-readable medium storing instructions, which when executed by at least one computing device, perform the above-recited method.
  • a method comprising: injecting a utility into a virtual machine that is associated with a first data volume that comprises data generated by and used by the virtual machine (e.g., vmdk, vhd, etc.), wherein the injecting is performed by a data agent that is associated with the virtual machine; taking a first snapshot of the first data volume, wherein the first data volume comprises a plurality of data groupings (e.g., extents); concurrently: (i) generating a first data structure that comprises for each data grouping in the first data volume one of: a respective checksum and a respective indication that the data grouping is null data (a “hole”), and (ii) pre-warming at least in part a second data volume, from the first snapshot, by copying data groupings from the first snapshot to the second data volume; determining by the data agent, based at least in part on information in the first data structure, a first set of data groupings among the plurality of data groupings in the second snapshot
  • the above-recited method further comprising: reading by the data agent from the second data volume only the changed first set of data groupings, and skipping reading any data groupings in the second data volume that (a) are null data or (b) are unchanged relative to the preceding backup operation of the second data volume; and based on the changed first set of data groupings read from the second data volume, generating by the data agent in conjunction with a media agent a secondary copy of the second data volume, which secondary copy represents an incremental backup copy of the first data volume at a point in time when the first snapshot was taken.
  • the above-recited method further comprising: updating the second data structure by the media agent to reflect a respective checksum for each data grouping backed up in the secondary copy.
  • the above-recited method wherein the determining that the first set of data groupings among the plurality of data groupings in the second snapshot are changed relative to the preceding backup operation of the second data volume is further based on a second data structure, obtained from the media agent, which comprises for each data grouping in the first data volume a respective checksum populated thereinto in an earlier backup operation, thereby enabling the data agent to compare, for a given data grouping, a checksum of the first data volume against an earlier and most recently populated checksum.
  • time for performing the backup operation is saved by initializing the data volume concurrently with the utility analyzing the live volume, and by skipping read operations from the data volume for data extents unchanged since the preceding backup.
  • pre-warming of the second data volume comprises, for a given data grouping in the second data volume, initializing the data grouping in the second data volume from a corresponding data grouping in the first snapshot before the given data grouping can be read from the second data volume.
  • the utility performs, while the virtual machine is in active operation: (i) the generating of the first data structure, and (ii) the pre-warming at least in part of the second data volume.
  • the above-recited method wherein the utility causes the taking of the first snapshot.
  • the above-recited method wherein the data agent executes on another virtual machine that is distinct from the virtual machine that the utility is injected into.
  • the above-recited method wherein the generating of the secondary copy is part of a second backup operation that follows the preceding backup operation, and wherein the second backup operation is initiated by a storage manager in communication with the data agent and with the media agent.
  • a storage manager initiates the generating of the secondary copy and also initiates one or more earlier backup operations, including the preceding backup operation, that are performed by the data agent in conjunction with the media agent.
  • the above-recited method wherein the virtual machine and the data agent operate in a cloud-based computing environment, and wherein the first data volume and the second data volume are configured in the cloud-based computing environment.
  • the above-recited method wherein the virtual machine executes on a computing device comprising one or more processors and computing memory.
  • the above-recited method wherein the data agent executes on a first computing device comprising one or more processors and computing memory, and wherein the first computing device operates in a cloud-based computing environment, and further wherein the first computing device is distinct from a second computing device that hosts the virtual machine and comprises one or more processors and computer memory and which second computing device also operates in the cloud-based computing environment.
  • the above-recited method wherein the first snapshot and the first data structure are stored in cloud-based mass storage.
  • the above-recited method wherein the first snapshot and the first data structure are stored in cloud-based mass storage as directed by the utility.
  • a method using a utility injected into an actively operating virtual machine for a first backup operation of a first data volume that comprises data generated by and used by the virtual machine comprising: taking a first snapshot of the first data volume, wherein the first data volume comprises a plurality of data extents, and wherein the first snapshot is stored to cloud-based mass storage; concurrently performing by the utility executing on the virtual machine: (i) computing a respective checksum for each data extent in the first data volume, and storing the computed checksums to a first table in the cloud-based mass storage, wherein the first table stores an indication that a given data extent is null data instead of storing a computed checksum therefor, thereby skipping the computing of the checksum for data extents that are null data, and (ii) pre-warming at least in part a second data volume, from the first snapshot, by copying data extents from the first snapshot to the second data
  • the above-recited method further comprising: obtaining by a data agent that is associated with the virtual machine, the first table from the cloud-based mass storage.
  • the above-recited method further comprising: obtaining by the data agent, from a media agent, a second table comprising a respective checksum corresponding to each data extent in the first volume, wherein a given checksum in the second table was computed when the corresponding data extent was last backed up by the media agent in a preceding backup operation.
  • the above-recited method further comprising: determining by the data agent, based on the first table and the second table, data extents in the second volume that are changed relative to a preceding backup operation; reading by the data agent from the second data volume only the changed data extents, and skipping reading any data extents in the second data volume that (a) are null data or (b) are unchanged relative to the preceding backup; and performing the first backup operation, by the data agent in conjunction with the media agent, resulting in a secondary copy based on the changed data extents read from the second data volume, wherein the secondary copy represents an incremental backup copy of the first data volume at a point in time when the first snapshot was taken.
  • the above-recited method wherein the data agent injects the utility into the virtual machine when the data agent receives an instruction to perform the first backup operation.
  • the above-recited method further comprising: updating the second table by the media agent to reflect the respective checksums for each data extent backed up in the secondary copy.
  • the determining by the data agent, based on the first table and the second table, of the data extents in the second volume that are changed relative to a preceding backup operation comprises: comparing, for each data extent, a checksum in the first table and a corresponding checksum in the second table.
  • determining by the data agent, based on the first table and the second table, of the data extents in the second volume that are changed relative to a preceding backup operation comprises: comparing, for each data extent, information in the first table and corresponding information in the second table.
  • the determining by the data agent, based the first table and the second table, the data extents in the second volume that are changed relative to a preceding backup operation comprises comparing, for each data extent, a first checksum in the first table and a corresponding second checksum in the second table; and when the first checksum differs from the corresponding second checksum, determining by the data agent that the respective data extent is changed since the second table last populated the second checksum therefor in a preceding backup operation.
  • the determining by the data agent, based on the first table and the second table, the data extents in the second volume that are changed relative to a preceding backup operation comprises: comparing, for each data extent, a first checksum in the first table and a corresponding second checksum in the second table; and when the first checksum is the same as the corresponding second checksum, determining by the data agent that the respective data extent is unchanged since the second table last populated the second checksum therefor in a preceding backup operation.
  • the determining by the data agent, based on the first table and the second table, the data extents in the second volume that are changed relative to a preceding backup operation comprises: comparing, for each data extent, first information in the first table and corresponding second information in the second table; and when the first information and the second information both indicate that the respective data extent is null data, determining by the data agent that the respective data extent is unchanged since the second table last populated the second information therefor in a preceding backup operation.
  • the pre-warming of the second data volume comprises, for a given data extent in the second data volume, initializing the data extent in the second data volume from a corresponding data extent in the first snapshot before the given data extent can be read from the second data volume.
  • the utility causes the taking of the first snapshot.
  • the data agent executes on another virtual machine that is distinct from the virtual machine that the utility is injected into.
  • a storage manager initiates the first backup operation and also initiates one or more preceding backup operations performed by the data agent in conjunction with the media agent.
  • the above-recited method wherein the virtual machine and the data agent operate in a cloud-based computing environment, and wherein the first data volume and the second data volume are configured in the cloud-based computing environment.
  • the above-recited method wherein the virtual machine executes on a computing device comprising one or more processors and computing memory.
  • the above-recited method wherein the data agent executes on a first computing device comprising one or more processors and computing memory, and wherein the first computing device operates in a cloud-based computing environment, and further wherein the first computing device is distinct from a second computing device that hosts the virtual machine and comprises one or more processors and computer memory and which second computing device also operates in the cloud-based computing environment.
  • the above-recited method wherein the first snapshot and the first table are stored in cloud-based mass storage as directed by the utility.
  • a system comprising: a first virtual machine associated with a first data volume that comprises data generated by and used by the first virtual machine (e.g., vmdk, vhd, etc.), wherein the first virtual machine hosts a utility injected into the first virtual machine by a data agent associated with the first virtual machine, and wherein the first virtual machine executes on a first computing device; the data agent, executing on one of a second computing device and a second virtual machine executing on the second computing device, wherein the second computing device is distinct from the first computing device; wherein the utility is configured to: cause a first snapshot of the first data volume to be taken, wherein the first snapshot comprises a plurality of data groupings (e.g., extents), and concurrently: (i) generate a first data structure that comprises for each data grouping in the first data volume one of: a respective checksum and a respective indication that the data grouping is null data (a “hole”), and (ii) pre-warm at least in part
  • the data agent is configured to determine that the first set of data groupings in the second data volume are changed relative to the preceding backup operation of the second data volume further based on a second data structure, obtained from the media agent, which comprises for each data grouping corresponding to the first data volume a respective checksum populated thereinto in an earlier backup operation, thereby enabling the data agent to compare, for a given data grouping, a checksum of the first data volume against an earlier and most recently populated checksum.
  • the utility pre-warms a given data grouping in the second data volume by initializing the data grouping in the second data volume from a corresponding data grouping in the first snapshot before the given data grouping can be read by the data agent from the second data volume.
  • the system further comprises a storage manager in communication with the data agent and with the media agent, wherein the storage manager is configured to: initiate a second backup operation in which the secondary copy is generated.
  • the system further comprises a storage manager in communication with the data agent and with the media agent, wherein the storage manager is configured to: initiate the generating of the secondary copy and also to initiate one or more preceding backup operations performed by the data agent in conjunction with the media agent.
  • a system for using a utility injected into an actively operating virtual machine for a first backup operation of a first data volume that comprises data generated by and used by the virtual machine comprising: a first virtual machine associated with a first data volume that comprises data generated by and used by the first virtual machine, wherein the first virtual machine hosts a utility injected into the first virtual machine by a data agent associated with the first virtual machine, and wherein the first virtual machine executes on a first computing device; the data agent, executing on one of a second computing device and a second virtual machine executing on the second computing device, wherein the second computing device is distinct from the first computing device; wherein the utility is configured to: cause a first snapshot of the first data volume to be taken, wherein the first snapshot comprises a plurality of data extents, and wherein the first snapshot is stored to cloud-based mass storage, concurrently: (i) compute a respective checksum for each data extent in the first data volume
  • the media agent is configured to update the second table to reflect the respective checksums for each data extent backed up in the secondary copy.
  • the data agent is configured to inject the utility into the virtual machine when the data agent receives an instruction to perform the first backup operation.
  • the data agent is further configured to compare, for each data extent, a checksum in the first table and a corresponding checksum in the second table.
  • the data agent is further configured to: compare, for each data extent, information in the first table and corresponding information in the second table.
  • the data agent is further configured to: compare, for each data extent, a first checksum in the first table and a corresponding second checksum in the second table; and when the first checksum differs from the corresponding second checksum, the data agent is configured to determine that the respective data extent is changed since the second table last populated the second checksum therefor in a preceding backup operation.
  • the data agent is further configured to: compare, for each data extent, a first checksum in the first table and a corresponding second checksum in the second table; and when the first checksum is the same as the corresponding second checksum, the data agent is configured to determine that the respective data extent is unchanged since the second table last populated the second checksum therefor in a preceding backup operation.
  • the data agent is further configured to: compare, for each data extent, first information in the first table and corresponding second information in the second table; and when the first information and the second information both indicate that the respective data extent is null data, the data agent is configured to determine that the respective data extent is unchanged since the second table last populated the second information therefor in a preceding backup operation.
  • pre-warming of the second data volume comprises, for a given data extent in the second data volume, initializing the data extent in the second data volume from a corresponding data extent in the first snapshot before the given data extent can be read by the data agent from the second data volume.
  • system further comprises a storage manager that is configured to initiate the generating of the first backup operation and also to initiate one or more preceding backup operations performed by the data agent in conjunction with the media agent.
  • the first virtual machine and the data agent operate in a cloud-based computing environment, and wherein the first data volume and the second data volume are configured in the cloud-based computing environment.
  • the data agent executes on a first computing device comprising one or more processors and computing memory, and wherein the first computing device operates in a cloud-based computing environment, and further wherein the first computing device is distinct from a second computing device that hosts the virtual machine and comprises one or more processors and computer memory and which second computing device also operates in the cloud-based computing environment.
  • the first snapshot and the first table are stored in cloud-based mass storage as directed by the utility.
  • a system or systems may operate according to one or more of the methods and/or computer-readable media recited in the preceding paragraphs.
  • a method or methods may operate according to one or more of the systems and/or computer-readable media recited in the preceding paragraphs.
  • a computer-readable medium or media, excluding transitory propagating signals may cause one or more computing devices having one or more processors and non-transitory computer-readable memory to operate according to one or more of the systems and/or methods recited in the preceding paragraphs.
  • Conditional language such as, among others, “can,” “could,” “might,” or “may,” unless specifically stated otherwise, or otherwise understood within the context as used, is generally intended to convey that certain embodiments include, while other embodiments do not include, certain features, elements and/or steps. Thus, such conditional language is not generally intended to imply that features, elements and/or steps are in any way required for one or more embodiments or that one or more embodiments necessarily include logic for deciding, with or without user input or prompting, whether these features, elements and/or steps are included or are to be performed in any particular embodiment.
  • the words “comprise,” “comprising,” and the like are to be construed in an inclusive sense, as opposed to an exclusive or exhaustive sense, i.e., in the sense of “including, but not limited to.”
  • the terms “connected,” “coupled,” or any variant thereof means any connection or coupling, either direct or indirect, between two or more elements; the coupling or connection between the elements can be physical, logical, or a combination thereof.
  • the words “herein,” “above,” “below,” and words of similar import when used in this application, refer to this application as a whole and not to any particular portions of this application.
  • words using the singular or plural number may also include the plural or singular number respectively.
  • the word “or” in reference to a list of two or more items covers all of the following interpretations of the word: any one of the items in the list, all of the items in the list, and any combination of the items in the list.
  • the term “and/or” in reference to a list of two or more items covers all of the following interpretations of the word: any one of the items in the list, all of the items in the list, and any combination of the items in the list.
  • certain operations, acts, events, or functions of any of the algorithms described herein can be performed in a different sequence, can be added, merged, or left out altogether (e.g., not all are necessary for the practice of the algorithms).
  • operations, acts, functions, or events can be performed concurrently, e.g., through multi-threaded processing, interrupt processing, or multiple processors or processor cores or on other parallel architectures, rather than sequentially.
  • Systems and modules described herein may comprise software, firmware, hardware, or any combination(s) of software, firmware, or hardware suitable for the purposes described.
  • Software and other modules may reside and execute on servers, workstations, personal computers, computerized tablets, PDAs, and other computing devices suitable for the purposes described herein.
  • Software and other modules may be accessible via local computer memory, via a network, via a browser, or via other means suitable for the purposes described herein.
  • Data structures described herein may comprise computer files, variables, programming arrays, programming structures, or any electronic information storage schemes or methods, or any combinations thereof, suitable for the purposes described herein.
  • User interface elements described herein may comprise elements from graphical user interfaces, interactive voice response, command line interfaces, and other suitable interfaces.
  • processing of the various components of the illustrated systems can be distributed across multiple machines, networks, and other computing resources. Two or more components of a system can be combined into fewer components.
  • Various components of the illustrated systems can be implemented in one or more virtual machines, rather than in dedicated computer hardware systems and/or computing devices.
  • the data repositories shown can represent physical and/or logical data storage, including, e.g., storage area networks or other distributed storage systems.
  • the connections between the components shown represent possible paths of data flow, rather than actual connections between hardware. While some examples of possible connections are shown, any of the subset of the components shown can communicate with any other subset of components in various implementations.
  • Embodiments are also described above with reference to flow chart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (systems) and computer program products.
  • Each block of the flow chart illustrations and/or block diagrams, and combinations of blocks in the flow chart illustrations and/or block diagrams may be implemented by computer program instructions.
  • Such instructions may be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, specially-equipped computer (e.g., comprising a high-performance database server, a graphics subsystem, etc.) or other programmable data processing apparatus to produce a machine, such that the instructions, which execute via the processor(s) of the computer or other programmable data processing apparatus, create means for implementing the acts specified in the flow chart and/or block diagram block or blocks.
  • These computer program instructions may also be stored in a non-transitory computer-readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including instruction means which implement the acts specified in the flow chart and/or block diagram block or blocks.
  • the computer program instructions may also be loaded to a computing device or other programmable data processing apparatus to cause operations to be performed on the computing device or other programmable apparatus to produce a computer implemented process such that the instructions which execute on the computing device or other programmable apparatus provide steps for implementing the acts specified in the flow chart and/or block diagram block or blocks.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Software Systems (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Data Mining & Analysis (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Information Retrieval, Db Structures And Fs Structures Therefor (AREA)

Abstract

An executable utility is injected into cloud-based virtual machines (VMs) that are subject to backups by a data storage management system tasked with protecting the cloud-based VMs and their associated data. The utility is injected into a target VM which is “live” and operating. The utility analyzes the VM’s live volume to discover data extents therein, and for each extent computes a respective checksum and determines whether the extent is a “hole.” Afterwards, checksums help identify changed data in successive snapshots of the live volume, so that only changed data will be read and backed up in incremental backups. Time is saved in performing the backup operation first by pre-warming the backup’s source volume in parallel with the utility analyzing the live volume, and second by skipping read operations for extents unchanged since a preceding backup. The resulting incremental backup operation is sped up as compared to prior art approaches.

Description

    INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE TO ANY PRIORITY APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a continuation of U.S. Pat. App. No. 17/105,347 filed on Nov. 25, 2020, which is a continuation of U.S. Pat. App. No. 15/981,739 filed on May 16, 2018 (now U.S. Pat. 10,877,928 B2) which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Pat. App. No. 62/639,867 filed on Mar. 7, 2018, all of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. Any and all applications for which a foreign or domestic priority claim is identified in the Application Data Sheet of the present application are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entireties under 37 CFR 1.57.
  • COPYRIGHT NOTICE
  • A portion of the disclosure of this patent document contains material which is subject to copyright protection. The copyright owner has no objection to the facsimile reproduction by anyone of the patent document and/or the patent disclosure as it appears in the United States Patent and Trademark Office patent file and/or records, but otherwise reserves all copyrights whatsoever.
  • BACKGROUND
  • Businesses recognize the commercial value of their data and seek reliable, cost-effective ways to protect the information stored on their computer networks while minimizing impact on productivity. A company might back up critical computing systems such as databases, file servers, web servers, virtual machines, and so on as part of a daily, weekly, or monthly maintenance schedule. The company may similarly protect computing systems used by its employees, such as those used by an accounting department, marketing department, engineering department, and so forth. Given the rapidly expanding volume of data under management, companies also continue to seek innovative techniques for managing data growth, for example by migrating data to lower-cost storage over time, reducing redundant data, pruning lower priority data, etc. Enterprises also increasingly view their stored data as a valuable asset and look for solutions that leverage their data. For instance, data analysis capabilities, information management, improved data presentation and access features, and the like, are in increasing demand.
  • SUMMARY
  • Backup operations of cloud-based virtual machines (VMs) orchestrated by a data storage management system can take excessively long to complete due to functional limitations in the cloud service provider’s data processing platform that hosts the VMs. A backup operation creates a secondary copy of a VM that is streamed or otherwise transmitted to secondary storage away from the VM platform. In this way, the VM and its associated data (e.g., vmdk, vhd, etc.) is protected and saved to a distinct secondary storage medium from which it can be restored to a suitable destination in case the VM’s native environment fails. The data storage management system instructs the cloud-based VM environment to take successive snapshots of live VM volumes; these are stored to cloud-based mass storage. The data storage management system causes a data storage volume (so-called “snapshot volume”) to be created in the cloud-based VM environment, and populates it with data from a snapshot in cloud-based mass storage so that the snapshot volume becomes a source for backup. A problem arises when the data storage management system attempts to launch a backup operation, because the snapshot volume with access to the snapshot in mass storage is initially “cold” and input/output (I/O) latency is high on initial access to such “cold storage.” The backup operation is thus substantially slowed while waiting for the snapshot volume to be populated/initialized with data from the snapshot in mass storage. This initialization step is known in the art as “pre-warming.” Even though the pre-warming delay is an artifact of the cloud service provider’s data storage service, customers perceive slowness in the backup operation as a failure of the data storage management system.
  • The present inventors devised an approach that speeds up these backup operations by using a special-purpose utility injected into the “live” VM to be backed up. Accordingly, the utility causes a snapshot volume that is a backup source to be pre-warmed from a snapshot while the utility gathers key information from the VM’s live volume. This parallelism saves time in performing the backup operation. More time is saved at a later stage, when the backup operation reads from the snapshot volume only data that is changed from a preceding backup, rather than reading the entire snapshot volume that is the backup source, which was the traditional approach in the prior art. Recent experimental results using an illustrative embodiment on customer VMs running on Amazon AWS showed a 50% reduction in delays for VM backups as compared to the prior art. These results demonstrate that the illustrative embodiments according to the present invention provide a substantial technological improvement over the prior art.
  • The illustrative data storage management system comprises a specialized data agent, illustratively an enhanced virtual server data agent (“VSA”) that executes on a VM running in the same cloud computing environment as the target VM to be backed up. The VSA is sometimes referred to herein as a “proxy.” The VSA is responsible for certain actions. In conjunction with an illustrative media agent, the VSA performs full and incremental backup operations for the target VM as described herein. The backup operations are generally managed by a storage manager component, which manages the data storage management system as a whole, and in particular instructs the VSA and media agent in performing backup and restore operations, as well as other storage management operations. The media agent illustratively executes on a computing device distinct from the VM that hosts the VSA; the media agent’s host can be a VM in the target VM’s cloud computing environment or a data center-based computing device outside the cloud, without limitation. The storage manager likewise operates outside the target VM’s cloud computing environment, but the invention is not so limited.
  • Here is a more detailed example of the I/O latency problem in an Amazon cloud computing environment. Amazon’s Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) provides block-level storage volumes for use with EC2 (Elastic Compute Cloud) instances in Amazon Web Services (AWS). An EC2 instance is a virtual machine in AWS lingo. EBS data storage resources are immediately allocated to the user upon “adding” the storage to the VM (instance) being created. But when these EBS data blocks are accessed for the first time, I/O latency can increase by as much as 50% over ordinary performance levels. The reason is that before it is released for use, each EBS block must first be wiped clean, which slows down the initial access. One solution that is well-known in the art is to “pre-warm” or initialize these blocks before use by a given VM. Pre-warming does not eliminate I/O latency, but performs the slow initialization steps before the EBS storage volume is put into “live” production. Thus the I/O latency is not observable or experienced in the production environment only if the VM goes live after pre-warming.
  • Likewise, when Amazon’s AWS cloud computing platform needs EBS data blocks in volumes restored from snapshots, the data blocks must first be initialized (i.e., written to the EBS volume from the snapshot) before the blocks are readable. This preliminary action takes time and causes a significant increase in the latency of an I/O operation the first time each block is accessed in the EBS volume. The I/O latency again can be hidden from view by reading from all of the blocks before using the EBS volume created from a snapshot, i.e., by pre-warming before use.
  • Thus, the workarounds in the prior art hide the I/O latency from the user experience by pre-warming the storage volume before going live. The delay is still there, but it occurs before the VM begins operating. However, these prior art workarounds do not help the problem faced by storage management systems tasked with protecting cloud-based VMs and their associated data. The I/O latency problem arises when the data storage management system needs to use VM snapshots in order to begin backup operations. Because the data storage volumes accessing the snapshots are “cold” and I/O latency is high on initial access to “cold storage,” the I/O latency problem introduces substantial delays into the backup operations, which delays are disruptive to customer operations and are also highly visible to data center operators.
  • Example Embodiment. The approach according to an illustrative embodiment is to take advantage of the fact that the source VM is active and operating (“live”) within the cloud computing platform, e.g., an EC2 instance running on AWS and using EBS storage resources as one or more “live volumes.” For simplicity, we’ll refer to a VM’s live volume in the singular even though in some embodiments a VM has a plurality of associated live volumes. The illustrative data storage management system initially takes a full backup of a target VM and its associated cloud-based live volume - as captured in an initial snapshot of the live volume. The illustrative data storage management system then takes successive incremental backups, which are based on corresponding successive snapshots of the live volume. The initial full backup operation creates an index of checksums calculated for each extent (group of data blocks) from the live volume. The indexed checksums are used later for identifying subsequent changes that occurred in the VM’s live volume.
  • A target VM is selected that operates on a cloud service provider’s data processing platform. The utility is injected into the target VM while the target VM is “live.” The utility analyzes the VM’s live volume to discover data extents therein, and for each extent computes a respective checksum and determines whether the extent is a “hole.” Afterwards, checksums are used to identify changed data in successive snapshots of the live volume, so that only the changed data will be read and backed up in incremental backups. Time is saved in performing the backup operation first by pre-warming the backup’s source volume in parallel with the utility analyzing the live volume, and second by skipping read operations for extents deemed to be unchanged since a preceding backup. The result is that the incremental backup operation is sped up as compared to prior art approaches.
  • An illustrative executable utility is injected into the target VM. Illustratively the injecting is performed by an enhanced data agent (e.g., VSA), which then causes the utility to begin executing on the live VM. The utility reads the VM’s live volume to discover extent information therein and for each extent computes a respective checksum, e.g., using cyclic redundancy check (CRC) or another scheme, without limitation. Afterwards, in reference to each successive snapshot of the live volume, checksums are computed and used to identify changes to the live volume, so that only changed data will be used for and backed up in a subsequent incremental backup. Snapshot volumes, which are populated from the successive snapshots of the live volume and are the sources for each incremental backup operation, are pre-warmed by the utility when it runs on the target live VM. This is done in parallel with analyzing the live volume. The backup operation can then proceed at the best data rate available from the cloud service provider rather than waiting to initialize the snapshot volume. By running the illustrative utility while the VM is live and in production, the pre-warming/initialization step occurs in parallel with ordinary data processing and does not hold up access to the snapshot volume when the backup operation requires access. The result is substantially shorter duration of the overall backup operation as it moves data from cloud-based storage (e.g., EBS) to off-cloud or other secondary storage media where the secondary copy(ies) generated in the backup operation is/are stored. Thus, the backup operation can start and complete in substantially less time than waiting for the entire snapshot volume to initialize. More time is saved later after the backup operation begins by using the checksums to determine which extents in the snapshot remained unchanged since a preceding backup and declining to read them from the snapshot volume, thus saving time on read operations. In the prior art, the VSA had to read every extent from the snapshot volume in order to determine whether it had changed, whereas according to the illustrative embodiment, the checksum analysis allows the VSA proxy to skip reading unchanged extents from the snapshot volume.
  • These examples are illustrative and neither the problem nor the invention is limited to Amazon/AWS/EBS scenarios. Other cloud service providers and cloud-based technologies can also benefit from one or more illustrative embodiments of the present invention. Additional details can be found in FIGS. 3-6 herein.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating an exemplary information management system.
  • FIG. 1B is a detailed view of a primary storage device, a secondary storage device, and some examples of primary data and secondary copy data.
  • FIG. 1C is a block diagram of an exemplary information management system including a storage manager, one or more data agents, and one or more media agents.
  • FIG. 1D is a block diagram illustrating a scalable information management system.
  • FIG. 1E illustrates certain secondary copy operations according to an exemplary storage policy.
  • FIGS. 1F-1H are block diagrams illustrating suitable data structures that may be employed by the information management system.
  • FIG. 2A illustrates a system and technique for synchronizing primary data to a destination such as a failover site using secondary copy data.
  • FIG. 2B illustrates an information management system architecture incorporating use of a network file system (NFS) protocol for communicating between the primary and secondary storage subsystems.
  • FIG. 2C is a block diagram of an example of a highly scalable managed data pool architecture.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating operations 1-5 depicting a logical data pathway for backing up cloud-based VMs in the prior art.
  • FIG. 4A is a block diagram illustrating some salient portions of a system 400 for using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up VM backup operations, according to an illustrative embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4B is a block diagram illustrating some salient portions of a system 400 for using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up VM backup operations, including operations B1, B2, C, D, and E, according to an illustrative embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 depicts some salient operations of an illustrative method 500 for using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up VM backup operations in system 400, according to an illustrative embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 depicts some salient operations in block 510 of method 500.
  • FIG. 7 depicts some salient operations in block 520 of method 500.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • More details can be found in the section entitled USING UTILITIES INJECTED INTO CLOUD-BASED VIRTUAL MACHINES FOR SPEEDING UP VIRTUAL MACHINE BACKUP OPERATIONS and in FIG. 4A-7 herein. Components and functionality for using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up virtual machine backup operations may be configured and/or incorporated into information management systems such as those described herein in FIGS. 1A-1H and 2A-2C as well as FIG. 3 .
  • Various embodiments described herein are intimately tied to, enabled by, and would not exist except for, computer technology. For example, the extent by extent analysis of a VM’s live volume, executed in parallel with pre-warming a volume from a snapshot in mass storage, described herein in reference to various embodiments cannot reasonably be performed by humans alone, without the computer technology upon which they are implemented. Recent experimental results using an illustrative embodiment on customer VMs running on Amazon AWS showed a 50% reduction in delays for VM backups as compared to the prior art. These results demonstrate that the illustrative embodiments according to the present invention provide a substantial technological improvement over the prior art.
  • Information Management System Overview
  • With the increasing importance of protecting and leveraging data, organizations simply cannot risk losing critical data. Moreover, runaway data growth and other modern realities make protecting and managing data increasingly difficult. There is therefore a need for efficient, powerful, and user-friendly solutions for protecting and managing data and for smart and efficient management of data storage. Depending on the size of the organization, there may be many data production sources which are under the purview of tens, hundreds, or even thousands of individuals. In the past, individuals were sometimes responsible for managing and protecting their own data, and a patchwork of hardware and software point solutions may have been used in any given organization. These solutions were often provided by different vendors and had limited or no interoperability. Certain embodiments described herein address these and other shortcomings of prior approaches by implementing scalable, unified, organization-wide information management, including data storage management.
  • FIG. 1A shows one such information management system 100 (or “system 100”), which generally includes combinations of hardware and software configured to protect and manage data and metadata that are generated and used by computing devices in system 100. System 100 may be referred to in some embodiments as a “storage management system” or a “data storage management system.” System 100 performs information management operations, some of which may be referred to as “storage operations” or “data storage operations,” to protect and manage the data residing in and/or managed by system 100. The organization that employs system 100 may be a corporation or other business entity, non-profit organization, educational institution, household, governmental agency, or the like.
  • Generally, the systems and associated components described herein may be compatible with and/or provide some or all of the functionality of the systems and corresponding components described in one or more of the following U.S. patents/publications and patent applications assigned to Commvault Systems, Inc., each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety herein:
    • U.S. Pat. No. 7,035,880, entitled “Modular Backup and Retrieval System Used in Conjunction With a Storage Area Network”;
    • U.S. Pat. No. 7,107,298, entitled “System And Method For Archiving Objects In An Information Store”;
    • U.S. Pat. No. 7,246,207, entitled “System and Method for Dynamically Performing Storage Operations in a Computer Network”;
    • U.S. Pat. No. 7,315,923, entitled “System And Method For Combining Data Streams In Pipelined Storage Operations In A Storage Network”;
    • U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, entitled “Hierarchical Systems and Methods for Providing a Unified View of Storage Information”;
    • U.S. Pat. No. 7,395,282, entitled “Hierarchical Backup and Retrieval System”;
    • U.S. Pat. No. 7,529,782, entitled “System and Methods for Performing a Snapshot and for Restoring Data”;
    • U.S. Pat. No. 7,617,262, entitled “System and Methods for Monitoring Application Data in a Data Replication System”;
    • U.S. Pat. No. 7,734,669, entitled “Managing Copies Of Data”;
    • U.S. Pat. No. 7,747,579, entitled “Metabase for Facilitating Data Classification”;
    • U.S. Pat. No. 8,156,086, entitled “Systems And Methods For Stored Data Verification”;
    • U.S. Pat. No. 8,170,995, entitled “Method and System for Offline Indexing of Content and Classifying Stored Data”;
    • U.S. Pat. No. 8,230,195, entitled “System And Method For Performing Auxiliary Storage Operations”;
    • U.S. Pat. No. 8,285,681, entitled “Data Object Store and Server for a Cloud Storage Environment, Including Data Deduplication and Data Management Across Multiple Cloud Storage Sites”;
    • U.S. Pat. No. 8,307,177, entitled “Systems And Methods For Management Of Virtualization Data”;
    • U.S. Pat. No. 8,364,652, entitled “Content-Aligned, Block-Based Deduplication”;
    • U.S. Pat. No. 8,578,120, entitled “Block-Level Single Instancing”;
    • U.S. Patent No. 8,954,446, entitled “Client-Side Repository in a Networked Deduplicated Storage System”;
    • U.S. Pat. No. 9,020,900, entitled “Distributed Deduplicated Storage System”;
    • U.S. Pat. No. 9,098,495, entitled “Application-Aware and Remote Single Instance Data Management”;
    • U.S. Pat. No. 9,239,687, entitled “Systems and Methods for Retaining and Using Data Block Signatures in Data Protection Operations”;
    • U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2006/0224846, entitled “System and Method to Support Single Instance Storage Operations”;
    • U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2014/0201170, entitled “High Availability Distributed Deduplicated Storage System”;
    • U.S. Pat. Application No. 14/721,971, entitled “Replication Using Deduplicated Secondary Copy Data” (applicant docket no. 100.422.US1.145; attorney docket no. COMMV.252A);
    • U.S. Pat. Application No. 62/265,339 entitled “Live Synchronization and Management of Virtual Machines across Computing and Virtualization Platforms and Using Live Synchronization to Support Disaster Recovery” (applicant docket no. 100.487.USP1.160; attorney docket no. COMMV.277PR);
    • U.S. Patent Application No. 62/273,286 entitled “Redundant and Robust Distributed Deduplication Data Storage System” (applicant docket no. 100.489.USP1.135; attorney docket no. COMMV.279PR);
    • U.S. Pat. Application No. 62/294,920, entitled “Data Protection Operations Based on Network Path Information” (applicant docket no. 100.497.USP1.105; attorney docket no. COMMV.283PR);
    • U.S. Pat. Application No. 62/297,057, entitled “Data Restoration Operations Based on Network Path Information” (applicant docket no. 100.498.USP1.105; attorney docket no. COMMV.284PR); and
    • U.S. Patent Application No. 62/387,384, entitled “Application-Level Live Synchronization Across Computing Platforms Including Synchronizing Co-Resident Applications To Disparate Standby Destinations And Selectively Synchronizing Some Applications And Not Others” (applicant docket no. 100.500.USP1.105; attorney docket no. COMMV.286PR).
  • System 100 includes computing devices and computing technologies. For instance, system 100 can include one or more client computing devices 102 and secondary storage computing devices 106, as well as storage manager 140 or a host computing device for it. Computing devices can include, without limitation, one or more: workstations, personal computers, desktop computers, or other types of generally fixed computing systems such as mainframe computers, servers, and minicomputers. Other computing devices can include mobile or portable computing devices, such as one or more laptops, tablet computers, personal data assistants, mobile phones (such as smartphones), and other mobile or portable computing devices such as embedded computers, set top boxes, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable computers, etc. Servers can include mail servers, file servers, database servers, virtual machine servers, and web servers. Any given computing device comprises one or more processors (e.g., CPU and/or single-core or multi-core processors), as well as corresponding non-transitory computer memory (e.g., random-access memory (RAM)) for storing computer programs which are to be executed by the one or more processors. Other computer memory for mass storage of data may be packaged/configured with the computing device (e.g., an internal hard disk) and/or may be external and accessible by the computing device (e.g., network-attached storage, a storage array, etc.). In some cases, a computing device includes cloud computing resources, which may be implemented as virtual machines. For instance, one or more virtual machines may be provided to the organization by a third-party cloud service vendor.
  • In some embodiments, computing devices can include one or more virtual machine(s) running on a physical host computing device (or “host machine”) operated by the organization. As one example, the organization may use one virtual machine as a database server and another virtual machine as a mail server, both virtual machines operating on the same host machine. A Virtual machine (“VM”) is a software implementation of a computer that does not physically exist and is instead instantiated in an operating system of a physical computer (or host machine) to enable applications to execute within the VM’s environment, i.e., a VM emulates a physical computer. A VM includes an operating system and associated virtual resources, such as computer memory and processor(s). A hypervisor operates between the VM and the hardware of the physical host machine and is generally responsible for creating and running the VMs. Hypervisors are also known in the art as virtual machine monitors or a virtual machine managers or “VMMs”, and may be implemented in software, firmware, and/or specialized hardware installed on the host machine. Examples of hypervisors include ESX Server, by VMware, Inc. of Palo Alto, California; Microsoft Virtual Server and Microsoft Windows Server Hyper-V, both by Microsoft Corporation of Redmond, Washington; Sun xVM by Oracle America Inc. of Santa Clara, California; and Xen by Citrix Systems, Santa Clara, California. The hypervisor provides resources to each virtual operating system such as a virtual processor, virtual memory, a virtual network device, and a virtual disk. Each virtual machine has one or more associated virtual disks. The hypervisor typically stores the data of virtual disks in files on the file system of the physical host machine, called virtual machine disk files (“VMDK” in VMware lingo) or virtual hard disk image files (in Microsoft lingo). For example, VMware’s ESX Server provides the Virtual Machine File System (VMFS) for the storage of virtual machine disk files. A virtual machine reads data from and writes data to its virtual disk much the way that a physical machine reads data from and writes data to a physical disk. Examples of techniques for implementing information management in a cloud computing environment are described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,285,681. Examples of techniques for implementing information management in a virtualized computing environment are described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,307,177.
  • Information management system 100 can also include electronic data storage devices, generally used for mass storage of data, including, e.g., primary storage devices 104 and secondary storage devices 108. Storage devices can generally be of any suitable type including, without limitation, disk drives, storage arrays (e.g., storage-area network (SAN) and/or network-attached storage (NAS) technology), semiconductor memory (e.g., solid state storage devices), network attached storage (NAS) devices, tape libraries, or other magnetic, non-tape storage devices, optical media storage devices, DNA/RNA-based memory technology, combinations of the same, etc. In some embodiments, storage devices form part of a distributed file system. In some cases, storage devices are provided in a cloud storage environment (e.g., a private cloud or one operated by a third-party vendor), whether for primary data or secondary copies or both.
  • Depending on context, the term “information management system” can refer to generally all of the illustrated hardware and software components in FIG. 1C, or the term may refer to only a subset of the illustrated components. For instance, in some cases, system 100 generally refers to a combination of specialized components used to protect, move, manage, manipulate, analyze, and/or process data and metadata generated by client computing devices 102. However, system 100 in some cases does not include the underlying components that generate and/or store primary data 112, such as the client computing devices 102 themselves, and the primary storage devices 104. Likewise secondary storage devices 108 (e.g., a third-party provided cloud storage environment) may not be part of system 100. As an example, “information management system” or “storage management system” may sometimes refer to one or more of the following components, which will be described in further detail below: storage manager, data agent, and media agent.
  • One or more client computing devices 102 may be part of system 100, each client computing device 102 having an operating system and at least one application 110 and one or more accompanying data agents executing thereon; and associated with one or more primary storage devices 104 storing primary data 112. Client computing device(s) 102 and primary storage devices 104 may generally be referred to in some cases as primary storage subsystem 117.
  • Client Computing Devices, Clients, and Subclients
  • Typically, a variety of sources in an organization produce data to be protected and managed. As just one illustrative example, in a corporate environment such data sources can be employee workstations and company servers such as a mail server, a web server, a database server, a transaction server, or the like. In system 100, data generation sources include one or more client computing devices 102. A computing device that has a data agent 142 installed and operating on it is generally referred to as a “client computing device” 102, and may include any type of computing device, without limitation. A client computing device 102 may be associated with one or more users and/or user accounts.
  • A “client” is a logical component of information management system 100, which may represent a logical grouping of one or more data agents installed on a client computing device 102. Storage manager 140 recognizes a client as a component of system 100, and in some embodiments, may automatically create a client component the first time a data agent 142 is installed on a client computing device 102. Because data generated by executable component(s) 110 is tracked by the associated data agent 142 so that it may be properly protected in system 100, a client may be said to generate data and to store the generated data to primary storage, such as primary storage device 104. However, the terms “client” and “client computing device” as used herein do not imply that a client computing device 102 is necessarily configured in the client/server sense relative to another computing device such as a mail server, or that a client computing device 102 cannot be a server in its own right. As just a few examples, a client computing device 102 can be and/or include mail servers, file servers, database servers, virtual machine servers, and/or web servers.
  • Each client computing device 102 may have application(s) 110 executing thereon which generate and manipulate the data that is to be protected from loss and managed in system 100. Applications 110 generally facilitate the operations of an organization, and can include, without limitation, mail server applications (e.g., Microsoft Exchange Server), file system applications, mail client applications (e.g., Microsoft Exchange Client), database applications or database management systems (e.g., SQL, Oracle, SAP, Lotus Notes Database), word processing applications (e.g., Microsoft Word), spreadsheet applications, financial applications, presentation applications, graphics and/or video applications, browser applications, mobile applications, entertainment applications, and so on. Each application 110 may be accompanied by an application-specific data agent 142, though not all data agents 142 are application-specific or associated with only application. A file manager application, e.g., Microsoft Windows Explorer, may be considered an application 110 and may be accompanied by its own data agent 142. Client computing devices 102 can have at least one operating system (e.g., Microsoft Windows, Mac OS X, iOS, IBM z/OS, Linux, other Unix-based operating systems, etc.) installed thereon, which may support or host one or more file systems and other applications 110. In some embodiments, a virtual machine that executes on a host client computing device 102 may be considered an application 110 and may be accompanied by a specific data agent 142 (e.g., virtual server data agent).
  • Client computing devices 102 and other components in system 100 can be connected to one another via one or more electronic communication pathways 114. For example, a first communication pathway 114 may communicatively couple client computing device 102 and secondary storage computing device 106; a second communication pathway 114 may communicatively couple storage manager 140 and client computing device 102; and a third communication pathway 114 may communicatively couple storage manager 140 and secondary storage computing device 106, etc. (see, e.g., FIG. 1A and FIG. 1C). A communication pathway 114 can include one or more networks or other connection types including one or more of the following, without limitation: the Internet, a wide area network (WAN), a local area network (LAN), a Storage Area Network (SAN), a Fibre Channel (FC) connection, a Small Computer System Interface (SCSI) connection, a virtual private network (VPN), a token ring or TCP/IP based network, an intranet network, a point-to-point link, a cellular network, a wireless data transmission system, a two-way cable system, an interactive kiosk network, a satellite network, a broadband network, a baseband network, a neural network, a mesh network, an ad hoc network, other appropriate computer or telecommunications networks, combinations of the same or the like. Communication pathways 114 in some cases may also include application programming interfaces (APIs) including, e.g., cloud service provider APIs, virtual machine management APIs, and hosted service provider APIs. The underlying infrastructure of communication pathways 114 may be wired and/or wireless, analog and/or digital, or any combination thereof; and the facilities used may be private, public, third-party provided, or any combination thereof, without limitation.
  • A “subclient” is a logical grouping of all or part of a client’s primary data 112. In general, a subclient may be defined according to how the subclient data is to be protected as a unit in system 100. For example, a subclient may be associated with a certain storage policy. A given client may thus comprise several subclients, each subclient associated with a different storage policy. For example, some files may form a first subclient that requires compression and deduplication and is associated with a first storage policy. Other files of the client may form a second subclient that requires a different retention schedule as well as encryption, and may be associated with a different, second storage policy. As a result, though the primary data may be generated by the same application 110 and may belong to one given client, portions of the data may be assigned to different subclients for distinct treatment by system 100. More detail on subclients is given in regard to storage policies below.
  • Primary Data and Exemplary Primary Storage Devices
  • Primary data 112 is generally production data or “live” data generated by the operating system and/or applications 110 executing on client computing device 102. Primary data 112 is generally stored on primary storage device(s) 104 and is organized via a file system operating on the client computing device 102. Thus, client computing device(s) 102 and corresponding applications 110 may create, access, modify, write, delete, and otherwise use primary data 112. Primary data 112 is generally in the native format of the source application 110. Primary data 112 is an initial or first stored body of data generated by the source application 110. Primary data 112 in some cases is created substantially directly from data generated by the corresponding source application 110. It can be useful in performing certain tasks to organize primary data 112 into units of different granularities. In general, primary data 112 can include files, directories, file system volumes, data blocks, extents, or any other hierarchies or organizations of data objects. As used herein, a “data object” can refer to (i) any file that is currently addressable by a file system or that was previously addressable by the file system (e.g., an archive file), and/or to (ii) a subset of such a file (e.g., a data block, an extent, etc.). Primary data 112 may include structured data (e.g., database files), unstructured data (e.g., documents), and/or semi-structured data. See, e.g., FIG. 1B.
  • It can also be useful in performing certain functions of system 100 to access and modify metadata within primary data 112. Metadata generally includes information about data objects and/or characteristics associated with the data objects. For simplicity herein, it is to be understood that, unless expressly stated otherwise, any reference to primary data 112 generally also includes its associated metadata, but references to metadata generally do not include the primary data. Metadata can include, without limitation, one or more of the following: the data owner (e.g., the client or user that generates the data), the last modified time (e.g., the time of the most recent modification of the data object), a data object name (e.g., a file name), a data object size (e.g., a number of bytes of data), information about the content (e.g., an indication as to the existence of a particular search term), user-supplied tags, to/from information for email (e.g., an email sender, recipient, etc.), creation date, file type (e.g., format or application type), last accessed time, application type (e.g., type of application that generated the data object), location/network (e.g., a current, past or future location of the data object and network pathways to/from the data object), geographic location (e.g., GPS coordinates), frequency of change (e.g., a period in which the data object is modified), business unit (e.g., a group or department that generates, manages or is otherwise associated with the data object), aging information (e.g., a schedule, such as a time period, in which the data object is migrated to secondary or long term storage), boot sectors, partition layouts, file location within a file folder directory structure, user permissions, owners, groups, access control lists (ACLs), system metadata (e.g., registry information), combinations of the same or other similar information related to the data object. In addition to metadata generated by or related to file systems and operating systems, some applications 110 and/or other components of system 100 maintain indices of metadata for data objects, e.g., metadata associated with individual email messages. The use of metadata to perform classification and other functions is described in greater detail below.
  • Primary storage devices 104 storing primary data 112 may be relatively fast and/or expensive technology (e.g., flash storage, a disk drive, a hard-disk storage array, solid state memory, etc.), typically to support high-performance live production environments. Primary data 112 may be highly changeable and/or may be intended for relatively short term retention (e.g., hours, days, or weeks). According to some embodiments, client computing device 102 can access primary data 112 stored in primary storage device 104 by making conventional file system calls via the operating system. Each client computing device 102 is generally associated with and/or in communication with one or more primary storage devices 104 storing corresponding primary data 112. A client computing device 102 is said to be associated with or in communication with a particular primary storage device 104 if it is capable of one or more of: routing and/or storing data (e.g., primary data 112) to the primary storage device 104, coordinating the routing and/or storing of data to the primary storage device 104, retrieving data from the primary storage device 104, coordinating the retrieval of data from the primary storage device 104, and modifying and/or deleting data in the primary storage device 104. Thus, a client computing device 102 may be said to access data stored in an associated storage device 104.
  • Primary storage device 104 may be dedicated or shared. In some cases, each primary storage device 104 is dedicated to an associated client computing device 102, e.g., a local disk drive. In other cases, one or more primary storage devices 104 can be shared by multiple client computing devices 102, e.g., via a local network, in a cloud storage implementation, etc. As one example, primary storage device 104 can be a storage array shared by a group of client computing devices 102, such as EMC Clariion, EMC Symmetrix, EMC Celerra, Dell EqualLogic, IBM XIV, NetApp FAS, HP EVA, and HP 3PAR.
  • System 100 may also include hosted services (not shown), which may be hosted in some cases by an entity other than the organization that employs the other components of system 100. For instance, the hosted services may be provided by online service providers. Such service providers can provide social networking services, hosted email services, or hosted productivity applications or other hosted applications such as software-as-a-service (SaaS), platform-as-a-service (PaaS), application service providers (ASPs), cloud services, or other mechanisms for delivering functionality via a network. As it services users, each hosted service may generate additional data and metadata, which may be managed by system 100, e.g., as primary data 112. In some cases, the hosted services may be accessed using one of the applications 110. As an example, a hosted mail service may be accessed via browser running on a client computing device 102.
  • Secondary Copies and Exemplary Secondary Storage Devices
  • Primary data 112 stored on primary storage devices 104 may be compromised in some cases, such as when an employee deliberately or accidentally deletes or overwrites primary data 112. Or primary storage devices 104 can be damaged, lost, or otherwise corrupted. For recovery and/or regulatory compliance purposes, it is therefore useful to generate and maintain copies of primary data 112. Accordingly, system 100 includes one or more secondary storage computing devices 106 and one or more secondary storage devices 108 configured to create and store one or more secondary copies 116 of primary data 112 including its associated metadata. The secondary storage computing devices 106 and the secondary storage devices 108 may be referred to as secondary storage subsystem 118.
  • Secondary copies 116 can help in search and analysis efforts and meet other information management goals as well, such as: restoring data and/or metadata if an original version is lost (e.g., by deletion, corruption, or disaster); allowing point-in-time recovery; complying with regulatory data retention and electronic discovery (e-discovery) requirements; reducing utilized storage capacity in the production system and/or in secondary storage; facilitating organization and search of data; improving user access to data files across multiple computing devices and/or hosted services; and implementing data retention and pruning policies.
  • A secondary copy 116 can comprise a separate stored copy of data that is derived from one or more earlier-created stored copies (e.g., derived from primary data 112 or from another secondary copy 116). Secondary copies 116 can include point-in-time data, and may be intended for relatively long-term retention before some or all of the data is moved to other storage or discarded. In some cases, a secondary copy 116 may be in a different storage device than other previously stored copies; and/or may be remote from other previously stored copies. Secondary copies 116 can be stored in the same storage device as primary data 112. For example, a disk array capable of performing hardware snapshots stores primary data 112 and creates and stores hardware snapshots of the primary data 112 as secondary copies 116. Secondary copies 116 may be stored in relatively slow and/or lower cost storage (e.g., magnetic tape). A secondary copy 116 may be stored in a backup or archive format, or in some other format different from the native source application format or other format of primary data 112.
  • Secondary storage computing devices 106 may index secondary copies 116 (e.g., using a media agent 144), enabling users to browse and restore at a later time and further enabling the lifecycle management of the indexed data. After creation of a secondary copy 116 that represents certain primary data 112, a pointer or other location indicia (e.g., a stub) may be placed in primary data 112, or be otherwise associated with primary data 112, to indicate the current location of a particular secondary copy 116. Since an instance of a data object or metadata in primary data 112 may change over time as it is modified by application 110 (or hosted service or the operating system), system 100 may create and manage multiple secondary copies 116 of a particular data object or metadata, each copy representing the state of the data object in primary data 112 at a particular point in time. Moreover, since an instance of a data object in primary data 112 may eventually be deleted from primary storage device 104 and the file system, system 100 may continue to manage point-in-time representations of that data object, even though the instance in primary data 112 no longer exists. For virtual machines, the operating system and other applications 110 of client computing device(s) 102 may execute within or under the management of virtualization software (e.g., a VMM), and the primary storage device(s) 104 may comprise a virtual disk created on a physical storage device. System 100 may create secondary copies 116 of the files or other data objects in a virtual disk file and/or secondary copies 116 of the entire virtual disk file itself (e.g., of an entire .vmdk file).
  • Secondary copies 116 are distinguishable from corresponding primary data 112. First, secondary copies 116 can be stored in a different format from primary data 112 (e.g., backup, archive, or other non-native format). For this or other reasons, secondary copies 116 may not be directly usable by applications 110 or client computing device 102 (e.g., via standard system calls or otherwise) without modification, processing, or other intervention by system 100 which may be referred to as “restore” operations. Secondary copies 116 may have been processed by data agent 142 and/or media agent 144 in the course of being created (e.g., compression, deduplication, encryption, integrity markers, indexing, formatting, application-aware metadata, etc.), and thus secondary copy 116 may represent source primary data 112 without necessarily being exactly identical to the source.
  • Second, secondary copies 116 may be stored on a secondary storage device 108 that is inaccessible to application 110 running on client computing device 102 and/or hosted service. Some secondary copies 116 may be “offline copies,” in that they are not readily available (e.g., not mounted to tape or disk). Offline copies can include copies of data that system 100 can access without human intervention (e.g., tapes within an automated tape library, but not yet mounted in a drive), and copies that the system 100 can access only with some human intervention (e.g., tapes located at an offsite storage site).
  • Using Intermediate Devices for Creating Secondary Copies - Secondary Storage Computing Devices
  • Creating secondary copies can be challenging when hundreds or thousands of client computing devices 102 continually generate large volumes of primary data 112 to be protected. Also, there can be significant overhead involved in the creation of secondary copies 116. Moreover, specialized programmed intelligence and/or hardware capability is generally needed for accessing and interacting with secondary storage devices 108. Client computing devices 102 may interact directly with a secondary storage device 108 to create secondary copies 116, but in view of the factors described above, this approach can negatively impact the ability of client computing device 102 to serve/service application 110 and produce primary data 112. Further, any given client computing device 102 may not be optimized for interaction with certain secondary storage devices 108.
  • Thus, system 100 may include one or more software and/or hardware components which generally act as intermediaries between client computing devices 102 (that generate primary data 112) and secondary storage devices 108 (that store secondary copies 116). In addition to off-loading certain responsibilities from client computing devices 102, these intermediate components provide other benefits. For instance, as discussed further below with respect to FIG. 1D, distributing some of the work involved in creating secondary copies 116 can enhance scalability and improve system performance. For instance, using specialized secondary storage computing devices 106 and media agents 144 for interfacing with secondary storage devices 108 and/or for performing certain data processing operations can greatly improve the speed with which system 100 performs information management operations and can also improve the capacity of the system to handle large numbers of such operations, while reducing the computational load on the production environment of client computing devices 102. The intermediate components can include one or more secondary storage computing devices 106 as shown in FIG. 1A and/or one or more media agents 144. Media agents are discussed further below (e.g., with respect to FIGS. 1C-1E). These special-purpose components of system 100 comprise specialized programmed intelligence and/or hardware capability for writing to, reading from, instructing, communicating with, or otherwise interacting with secondary storage devices 108.
  • Secondary storage computing device(s) 106 can comprise any of the computing devices described above, without limitation. In some cases, secondary storage computing device(s) 106 also include specialized hardware componentry and/or software intelligence (e.g., specialized interfaces) for interacting with certain secondary storage device(s) 108 with which they may be specially associated.
  • To create a secondary copy 116 involving the copying of data from primary storage subsystem 117 to secondary storage subsystem 118, client computing device 102 may communicate the primary data 112 to be copied (or a processed version thereof generated by a data agent 142) to the designated secondary storage computing device 106, via a communication pathway 114. Secondary storage computing device 106 in turn may further process and convey the data or a processed version thereof to secondary storage device 108. One or more secondary copies 116 may be created from existing secondary copies 116, such as in the case of an auxiliary copy operation, described further below. Exemplary Primary Data and an Exemplary Secondary Copy
  • FIG. 1B is a detailed view of some specific examples of primary data stored on primary storage device(s) 104 and secondary copy data stored on secondary storage device(s) 108, with other components of the system removed for the purposes of illustration. Stored on primary storage device(s) 104 are primary data 112 objects including word processing documents 119A-B, spreadsheets 120, presentation documents 122, video files 124, image files 126, email mailboxes 128 (and corresponding email messages 129A-C), HTML/XML or other types of markup language files 130, databases 132 and corresponding tables or other data structures 133A-133C. Some or all primary data 112 objects are associated with corresponding metadata (e.g., “Meta1-11”), which may include file system metadata and/or application-specific metadata. Stored on the secondary storage device(s) 108 are secondary copy 116 data objects 134A-C which may include copies of or may otherwise represent corresponding primary data 112.
  • Secondary copy data objects 134A-C can individually represent more than one primary data object. For example, secondary copy data object 134A represents three separate primary data objects 133C, 122, and 129C (represented as 133C', 122', and 129C', respectively, and accompanied by corresponding metadata Meta 11, Meta 3, and Meta 8, respectively). Moreover, as indicated by the prime mark ('), secondary storage computing devices 106 or other components in secondary storage subsystem 118 may process the data received from primary storage subsystem 117 and store a secondary copy including a transformed and/or supplemented representation of a primary data object and/or metadata that is different from the original format, e.g., in a compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, or other modified format. For instance, secondary storage computing devices 106 can generate new metadata or other information based on said processing, and store the newly generated information along with the secondary copies. Secondary copy data object 134B represents primary data objects 120, 133B, and 119A as 120', 133B', and 119A', respectively, accompanied by corresponding metadata Meta 2, Meta 10, and Meta 1, respectively. Also, secondary copy data object 134C represents primary data objects 133A, 119B, and 129A as 133A', 119B', and 129A', respectively, accompanied by corresponding metadata Meta 9, Meta 5, and Meta 6, respectively.
  • Exemplary Information Management System Architecture
  • System 100 can incorporate a variety of different hardware and software components, which can in turn be organized with respect to one another in many different configurations, depending on the embodiment. There are critical design choices involved in specifying the functional responsibilities of the components and the role of each component in system 100. Such design choices can impact how system 100 performs and adapts to data growth and other changing circumstances. FIG. 1C shows a system 100 designed according to these considerations and includes: storage manager 140, one or more data agents 142 executing on client computing device(s) 102 and configured to process primary data 112, and one or more media agents 144 executing on one or more secondary storage computing devices 106 for performing tasks involving secondary storage devices 108.
  • Storage Manager
  • Storage manager 140 is a centralized storage and/or information manager that is configured to perform certain control functions and also to store certain critical information about system 100 - hence storage manager 140 is said to manage system 100. As noted, the number of components in system 100 and the amount of data under management can be large. Managing the components and data is therefore a significant task, which can grow unpredictably as the number of components and data scale to meet the needs of the organization. For these and other reasons, according to certain embodiments, responsibility for controlling system 100, or at least a significant portion of that responsibility, is allocated to storage manager 140. Storage manager 140 can be adapted independently according to changing circumstances, without having to replace or re-design the remainder of the system. Moreover, a computing device for hosting and/or operating as storage manager 140 can be selected to best suit the functions and networking needs of storage manager 140. These and other advantages are described in further detail below and with respect to FIG. 1D.
  • Storage manager 140 may be a software module or other application hosted by a suitable computing device. In some embodiments, storage manager 140 is itself a computing device that performs the functions described herein. Storage manager 140 comprises or operates in conjunction with one or more associated data structures such as a dedicated database (e.g., management database 146), depending on the configuration. The storage manager 140 generally initiates, performs, coordinates, and/or controls storage and other information management operations performed by system 100, e.g., to protect and control primary data 112 and secondary copies 116. In general, storage manager 140 is said to manage system 100, which includes communicating with, instructing, and controlling in some circumstances components such as data agents 142 and media agents 144, etc.
  • As shown by the dashed arrowed lines 114 in FIG. 1C, storage manager 140 may communicate with, instruct, and/or control some or all elements of system 100, such as data agents 142 and media agents 144. In this manner, storage manager 140 manages the operation of various hardware and software components in system 100. In certain embodiments, control information originates from storage manager 140 and status as well as index reporting is transmitted to storage manager 140 by the managed components, whereas payload data and metadata are generally communicated between data agents 142 and media agents 144 (or otherwise between client computing device(s) 102 and secondary storage computing device(s) 106), e.g., at the direction of and under the management of storage manager 140. Control information can generally include parameters and instructions for carrying out information management operations, such as, without limitation, instructions to perform a task associated with an operation, timing information specifying when to initiate a task, data path information specifying what components to communicate with or access in carrying out an operation, and the like. In other embodiments, some information management operations are controlled or initiated by other components of system 100 (e.g., by media agents 144 or data agents 142), instead of or in combination with storage manager 140.
  • According to certain embodiments, storage manager 140 provides one or more of the following functions:
    • communicating with data agents 142 and media agents 144, including transmitting instructions, messages, and/or queries, as well as receiving status reports, index information, messages, and/or queries, and responding to same;
    • initiating execution of information management operations;
    • initiating restore and recovery operations;
    • managing secondary storage devices 108 and inventory/capacity of the same;
    • allocating secondary storage devices 108 for secondary copy operations;
    • reporting, searching, and/or classification of data in system 100;
    • monitoring completion of and status reporting related to information management operations and jobs;
    • tracking movement of data within system 100;
    • tracking age information relating to secondary copies 116, secondary storage devices 108, comparing the age information against retention guidelines, and initiating data pruning when appropriate;
    • tracking logical associations between components in system 100;
    • protecting metadata associated with system 100, e.g., in management database 146;
    • implementing job management, schedule management, event management, alert management, reporting, job history maintenance, user security management, disaster recovery management, and/or user interfacing for system administrators and/or end users of system 100;
    • sending, searching, and/or viewing of log files; and
    • implementing operations management functionality.
  • Storage manager 140 may maintain an associated database 146 (or “storage manager database 146" or “management database 146") of management-related data and information management policies 148. Database 146 is stored in computer memory accessible by storage manager 140. Database 146 may include a management index 150 (or “index 150") or other data structure(s) that may store: logical associations between components of the system; user preferences and/or profiles (e.g., preferences regarding encryption, compression, or deduplication of primary data or secondary copies; preferences regarding the scheduling, type, or other aspects of secondary copy or other operations; mappings of particular information management users or user accounts to certain computing devices or other components, etc.; management tasks; media containerization; other useful data; and/or any combination thereof. For example, storage manager 140 may use index 150 to track logical associations between media agents 144 and secondary storage devices 108 and/or movement of data to/from secondary storage devices 108. For instance, index 150 may store data associating a client computing device 102 with a particular media agent 144 and/or secondary storage device 108, as specified in an information management policy 148.
  • Administrators and others may configure and initiate certain information management operations on an individual basis. But while this may be acceptable for some recovery operations or other infrequent tasks, it is often not workable for implementing ongoing organization-wide data protection and management. Thus, system 100 may utilize information management policies 148 for specifying and executing information management operations on an automated basis. Generally, an information management policy 148 can include a stored data structure or other information source that specifies parameters (e.g., criteria and rules) associated with storage management or other information management operations. Storage manager 140 can process an information management policy 148 and/or index 150 and, based on the results, identify an information management operation to perform, identify the appropriate components in system 100 to be involved in the operation (e.g., client computing devices 102 and corresponding data agents 142, secondary storage computing devices 106 and corresponding media agents 144, etc.), establish connections to those components and/or between those components, and/or instruct and control those components to carry out the operation. In this manner, system 100 can translate stored information into coordinated activity among the various computing devices in system 100.
  • Management database 146 may maintain information management policies 148 and associated data, although information management policies 148 can be stored in computer memory at any appropriate location outside management database 146. For instance, an information management policy 148 such as a storage policy may be stored as metadata in a media agent database 152 or in a secondary storage device 108 (e.g., as an archive copy) for use in restore or other information management operations, depending on the embodiment. Information management policies 148 are described further below. According to certain embodiments, management database 146 comprises a relational database (e.g., an SQL database) for tracking metadata, such as metadata associated with secondary copy operations (e.g., what client computing devices 102 and corresponding subclient data were protected and where the secondary copies are stored and which media agent 144 performed the storage operation(s)). This and other metadata may additionally be stored in other locations, such as at secondary storage computing device 106 or on the secondary storage device 108, allowing data recovery without the use of storage manager 140 in some cases. Thus, management database 146 may comprise data needed to kick off secondary copy operations (e.g., storage policies, schedule policies, etc.), status and reporting information about completed jobs (e.g., status and error reports on yesterday’s backup jobs), and additional information sufficient to enable restore and disaster recovery operations (e.g., media agent associations, location indexing, content indexing, etc.).
  • Storage manager 140 may include a jobs agent 156, a user interface 158, and a management agent 154, all of which may be implemented as interconnected software modules or application programs. These are described further below.
  • Jobs agent 156 in some embodiments initiates, controls, and/or monitors the status of some or all information management operations previously performed, currently being performed, or scheduled to be performed by system 100. A job is a logical grouping of information management operations such as daily storage operations scheduled for a certain set of subclients (e.g., generating incremental block-level backup copies 116 at a certain time every day for database files in a certain geographical location). Thus, jobs agent 156 may access information management policies 148 (e.g., in management database 146) to determine when, where, and how to initiate/control jobs in system 100.
  • Storage Manager User Interfaces
  • User interface 158 may include information processing and display software, such as a graphical user interface (GUI), an application program interface (API), and/or other interactive interface(s) through which users and system processes can retrieve information about the status of information management operations or issue instructions to storage manager 140 and other components. Via user interface 158, users may issue instructions to the components in system 100 regarding performance of secondary copy and recovery operations. For example, a user may modify a schedule concerning the number of pending secondary copy operations. As another example, a user may employ the GUI to view the status of pending secondary copy jobs or to monitor the status of certain components in system 100 (e.g., the amount of capacity left in a storage device). Storage manager 140 may track information that permits it to select, designate, or otherwise identify content indices, deduplication databases, or similar databases or resources or data sets within its information management cell (or another cell) to be searched in response to certain queries. Such queries may be entered by the user by interacting with user interface 158.
  • Various embodiments of information management system 100 may be configured and/or designed to generate user interface data usable for rendering the various interactive user interfaces described. The user interface data may be used by system 100 and/or by another system, device, and/or software program (for example, a browser program), to render the interactive user interfaces. The interactive user interfaces may be displayed on, for example, electronic displays (including, for example, touch-enabled displays), consoles, etc., whether direct-connected to storage manager 140 or communicatively coupled remotely, e.g., via an internet connection. The present disclosure describes various embodiments of interactive and dynamic user interfaces, some of which may be generated by user interface agent 158, and which are the result of significant technological development. The user interfaces described herein may provide improved human-computer interactions, allowing for significant cognitive and ergonomic efficiencies and advantages over previous systems, including reduced mental workloads, improved decision-making, and the like. User interface 158 may operate in a single integrated view or console (not shown). The console may support a reporting capability for generating a variety of reports, which may be tailored to a particular aspect of information management.
  • User interfaces are not exclusive to storage manager 140 and in some embodiments a user may access information locally from a computing device component of system 100. For example, some information pertaining to installed data agents 142 and associated data streams may be available from client computing device 102. Likewise, some information pertaining to media agents 144 and associated data streams may be available from secondary storage computing device 106.
  • Storage Manager Management Agent
  • Management agent 154 can provide storage manager 140 with the ability to communicate with other components within system 100 and/or with other information management cells via network protocols and application programming interfaces (APIs) including, e.g., HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, REST, virtualization software APIs, cloud service provider APIs, and hosted service provider APIs, without limitation. Management agent 154 also allows multiple information management cells to communicate with one another. For example, system 100 in some cases may be one information management cell in a network of multiple cells adjacent to one another or otherwise logically related, e.g., in a WAN or LAN. With this arrangement, the cells may communicate with one another through respective management agents 154. Inter-cell communications and hierarchy is described in greater detail in e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453.
  • Information Management Cell
  • An “information management cell” (or “storage operation cell” or “cell”) may generally include a logical and/or physical grouping of a combination of hardware and software components associated with performing information management operations on electronic data, typically one storage manager 140 and at least one data agent 142 (executing on a client computing device 102) and at least one media agent 144 (executing on a secondary storage computing device 106). For instance, the components shown in FIG. 1C may together form an information management cell. Thus, in some configurations, a system 100 may be referred to as an information management cell or a storage operation cell. A given cell may be identified by the identity of its storage manager 140, which is generally responsible for managing the cell.
  • Multiple cells may be organized hierarchically, so that cells may inherit properties from hierarchically superior cells or be controlled by other cells in the hierarchy (automatically or otherwise). Alternatively, in some embodiments, cells may inherit or otherwise be associated with information management policies, preferences, information management operational parameters, or other properties or characteristics according to their relative position in a hierarchy of cells. Cells may also be organized hierarchically according to function, geography, architectural considerations, or other factors useful or desirable in performing information management operations. For example, a first cell may represent a geographic segment of an enterprise, such as a Chicago office, and a second cell may represent a different geographic segment, such as a New York City office. Other cells may represent departments within a particular office, e.g., human resources, finance, engineering, etc. Where delineated by function, a first cell may perform one or more first types of information management operations (e.g., one or more first types of secondary copies at a certain frequency), and a second cell may perform one or more second types of information management operations (e.g., one or more second types of secondary copies at a different frequency and under different retention rules). In general, the hierarchical information is maintained by one or more storage managers 140 that manage the respective cells (e.g., in corresponding management database(s) 146).
  • Data Agents
  • A variety of different applications 110 can operate on a given client computing device 102, including operating systems, file systems, database applications, e-mail applications, and virtual machines, just to name a few. And, as part of the process of creating and restoring secondary copies 116, the client computing device 102 may be tasked with processing and preparing the primary data 112 generated by these various applications 110. Moreover, the nature of the processing/preparation can differ across application types, e.g., due to inherent structural, state, and formatting differences among applications 110 and/or the operating system of client computing device 102. Each data agent 142 is therefore advantageously configured in some embodiments to assist in the performance of information management operations based on the type of data that is being protected at a client-specific and/or application-specific level.
  • Data agent 142 is a component of information system 100 and is generally directed by storage manager 140 to participate in creating or restoring secondary copies 116. Data agent 142 may be a software program (e.g., in the form of a set of executable binary files) that executes on the same client computing device 102 as the associated application 110 that data agent 142 is configured to protect. Data agent 142 is generally responsible for managing, initiating, or otherwise assisting in the performance of information management operations in reference to its associated application(s) 110 and corresponding primary data 112 which is generated/accessed by the particular application(s) 110. For instance, data agent 142 may take part in copying, archiving, migrating, and/or replicating of certain primary data 112 stored in the primary storage device(s) 104. Data agent 142 may receive control information from storage manager 140, such as commands to transfer copies of data objects and/or metadata to one or more media agents 144. Data agent 142 also may compress, deduplicate, and encrypt certain primary data 112, as well as capture application-related metadata before transmitting the processed data to media agent 144. Data agent 142 also may receive instructions from storage manager 140 to restore (or assist in restoring) a secondary copy 116 from secondary storage device 108 to primary storage 104, such that the restored data may be properly accessed by application 110 in a suitable format as though it were primary data 112.
  • Each data agent 142 may be specialized for a particular application 110. For instance, different individual data agents 142 may be designed to handle Microsoft Exchange data, Lotus Notes data, Microsoft Windows file system data, Microsoft Active Directory Objects data, SQL Server data, SharePoint data, Oracle database data, SAP database data, virtual machines and/or associated data, and other types of data. A file system data agent, for example, may handle data files and/or other file system information. If a client computing device 102 has two or more types of data 112, a specialized data agent 142 may be used for each data type. For example, to backup, migrate, and/or restore all of the data on a Microsoft Exchange server, the client computing device 102 may use: (1) a Microsoft Exchange Mailbox data agent 142 to back up the Exchange mailboxes; (2) a Microsoft Exchange Database data agent 142 to back up the Exchange databases; (3) a Microsoft Exchange Public Folder data agent 142 to back up the Exchange Public Folders; and (4) a Microsoft Windows File System data agent 142 to back up the file system of client computing device 102. In this example, these specialized data agents 142 are treated as four separate data agents 142 even though they operate on the same client computing device 102. Other examples may include archive management data agents such as a migration archiver or a compliance archiver, Quick Recovery® agents, and continuous data replication agents. Application-specific data agents 142 can provide improved performance as compared to generic agents. For instance, because application-specific data agents 142 may only handle data for a single software application, the design, operation, and performance of the data agent 142 can be streamlined. The data agent 142 may therefore execute faster and consume less persistent storage and/or operating memory than data agents designed to generically accommodate multiple different software applications 110.
  • Each data agent 142 may be configured to access data and/or metadata stored in the primary storage device(s) 104 associated with data agent 142 and its host client computing device 102, and process the data appropriately. For example, during a secondary copy operation, data agent 142 may arrange or assemble the data and metadata into one or more files having a certain format (e.g., a particular backup or archive format) before transferring the file(s) to a media agent 144 or other component. The file(s) may include a list of files or other metadata. In some embodiments, a data agent 142 may be distributed between client computing device 102 and storage manager 140 (and any other intermediate components) or may be deployed from a remote location or its functions approximated by a remote process that performs some or all of the functions of data agent 142. In addition, a data agent 142 may perform some functions provided by media agent 144. Other embodiments may employ one or more generic data agents 142 that can handle and process data from two or more different applications 110, or that can handle and process multiple data types, instead of or in addition to using specialized data agents 142. For example, one generic data agent 142 may be used to back up, migrate and restore Microsoft Exchange Mailbox data and Microsoft Exchange Database data, while another generic data agent may handle Microsoft Exchange Public Folder data and Microsoft Windows File System data.
  • Media Agents
  • As noted, off-loading certain responsibilities from client computing devices 102 to intermediate components such as secondary storage computing device(s) 106 and corresponding media agent(s) 144 can provide a number of benefits including improved performance of client computing device 102, faster and more reliable information management operations, and enhanced scalability. In one example which will be discussed further below, media agent 144 can act as a local cache of recently-copied data and/or metadata stored to secondary storage device(s) 108, thus improving restore capabilities and performance for the cached data.
  • Media agent 144 is a component of system 100 and is generally directed by storage manager 140 in creating and restoring secondary copies 116. Whereas storage manager 140 generally manages system 100 as a whole, media agent 144 provides a portal to certain secondary storage devices 108, such as by having specialized features for communicating with and accessing certain associated secondary storage device 108. Media agent 144 may be a software program (e.g., in the form of a set of executable binary files) that executes on a secondary storage computing device 106. Media agent 144 generally manages, coordinates, and facilitates the transmission of data between a data agent 142 (executing on client computing device 102) and secondary storage device(s) 108 associated with media agent 144. For instance, other components in the system may interact with media agent 144 to gain access to data stored on associated secondary storage device(s) 108, (e.g., to browse, read, write, modify, delete, or restore data). Moreover, media agents 144 can generate and store information relating to characteristics of the stored data and/or metadata, or can generate and store other types of information that generally provides insight into the contents of the secondary storage devices 108 - generally referred to as indexing of the stored secondary copies 116. Each media agent 144 may operate on a dedicated secondary storage computing device 106, while in other embodiments a plurality of media agents 144 may operate on the same secondary storage computing device 106.
  • A media agent 144 may be associated with a particular secondary storage device 108 if that media agent 144 is capable of one or more of: routing and/or storing data to the particular secondary storage device 108; coordinating the routing and/or storing of data to the particular secondary storage device 108; retrieving data from the particular secondary storage device 108; coordinating the retrieval of data from the particular secondary storage device 108; and modifying and/or deleting data retrieved from the particular secondary storage device 108. Media agent 144 in certain embodiments is physically separate from the associated secondary storage device 108. For instance, a media agent 144 may operate on a secondary storage computing device 106 in a distinct housing, package, and/or location from the associated secondary storage device 108. In one example, a media agent 144 operates on a first server computer and is in communication with a secondary storage device(s) 108 operating in a separate rack-mounted RAID-based system.
  • A media agent 144 associated with a particular secondary storage device 108 may instruct secondary storage device 108 to perform an information management task. For instance, a media agent 144 may instruct a tape library to use a robotic arm or other retrieval means to load or eject a certain storage media, and to subsequently archive, migrate, or retrieve data to or from that media, e.g., for the purpose of restoring data to a client computing device 102. As another example, a secondary storage device 108 may include an array of hard disk drives or solid state drives organized in a RAID configuration, and media agent 144 may forward a logical unit number (LUN) and other appropriate information to the array, which uses the received information to execute the desired secondary copy operation. Media agent 144 may communicate with a secondary storage device 108 via a suitable communications link, such as a SCSI or Fibre Channel link.
  • Each media agent 144 may maintain an associated media agent database 152. Media agent database 152 may be stored to a disk or other storage device (not shown) that is local to the secondary storage computing device 106 on which media agent 144 executes. In other cases, media agent database 152 is stored separately from the host secondary storage computing device 106. Media agent database 152 can include, among other things, a media agent index 153 (see, e.g., FIG. 1C). In some cases, media agent index 153 does not form a part of and is instead separate from media agent database 152.
  • Media agent index 153 (or “index 153") may be a data structure associated with the particular media agent 144 that includes information about the stored data associated with the particular media agent and which may be generated in the course of performing a secondary copy operation or a restore. Index 153 provides a fast and efficient mechanism for locating/browsing secondary copies 116 or other data stored in secondary storage devices 108 without having to access secondary storage device 108 to retrieve the information from there. For instance, for each secondary copy 116, index 153 may include metadata such as a list of the data objects (e.g., files/subdirectories, database objects, mailbox objects, etc.), a logical path to the secondary copy 116 on the corresponding secondary storage device 108, location information (e.g., offsets) indicating where the data objects are stored in the secondary storage device 108, when the data objects were created or modified, etc. Thus, index 153 includes metadata associated with the secondary copies 116 that is readily available for use from media agent 144. In some embodiments, some or all of the information in index 153 may instead or additionally be stored along with secondary copies 116 in secondary storage device 108. In some embodiments, a secondary storage device 108 can include sufficient information to enable a “bare metal restore,” where the operating system and/or software applications of a failed client computing device 102 or another target may be automatically restored without manually reinstalling individual software packages (including operating systems).
  • Because index 153 may operate as a cache, it can also be referred to as an “index cache.” In such cases, information stored in index cache 153 typically comprises data that reflects certain particulars about relatively recent secondary copy operations. After some triggering event, such as after some time elapses or index cache 153 reaches a particular size, certain portions of index cache 153 may be copied or migrated to secondary storage device 108, e.g., on a least-recently-used basis. This information may be retrieved and uploaded back into index cache 153 or otherwise restored to media agent 144 to facilitate retrieval of data from the secondary storage device(s) 108. In some embodiments, the cached information may include format or containerization information related to archives or other files stored on storage device(s) 108.
  • In some alternative embodiments media agent 144 generally acts as a coordinator or facilitator of secondary copy operations between client computing devices 102 and secondary storage devices 108, but does not actually write the data to secondary storage device 108. For instance, storage manager 140 (or media agent 144) may instruct a client computing device 102 and secondary storage device 108 to communicate with one another directly. In such a case, client computing device 102 transmits data directly or via one or more intermediary components to secondary storage device 108 according to the received instructions, and vice versa. Media agent 144 may still receive, process, and/or maintain metadata related to the secondary copy operations, i.e., may continue to build and maintain index 153. In these embodiments, payload data can flow through media agent 144 for the purposes of populating index 153, but not for writing to secondary storage device 108. Media agent 144 and/or other components such as storage manager 140 may in some cases incorporate additional functionality, such as data classification, content indexing, deduplication, encryption, compression, and the like. Further details regarding these and other functions are described below.
  • Distributed, Scalable Architecture
  • As described, certain functions of system 100 can be distributed amongst various physical and/or logical components. For instance, one or more of storage manager 140, data agents 142, and media agents 144 may operate on computing devices that are physically separate from one another. This architecture can provide a number of benefits. For instance, hardware and software design choices for each distributed component can be targeted to suit its particular function. The secondary computing devices 106 on which media agents 144 operate can be tailored for interaction with associated secondary storage devices 108 and provide fast index cache operation, among other specific tasks. Similarly, client computing device(s) 102 can be selected to effectively service applications 110 in order to efficiently produce and store primary data 112.
  • Moreover, in some cases, one or more of the individual components of information management system 100 can be distributed to multiple separate computing devices. As one example, for large file systems where the amount of data stored in management database 146 is relatively large, database 146 may be migrated to or may otherwise reside on a specialized database server (e.g., an SQL server) separate from a server that implements the other functions of storage manager 140. This distributed configuration can provide added protection because database 146 can be protected with standard database utilities (e.g., SQL log shipping or database replication) independent from other functions of storage manager 140. Database 146 can be efficiently replicated to a remote site for use in the event of a disaster or other data loss at the primary site. Or database 146 can be replicated to another computing device within the same site, such as to a higher performance machine in the event that a storage manager host computing device can no longer service the needs of a growing system 100.
  • The distributed architecture also provides scalability and efficient component utilization. FIG. 1D shows an embodiment of information management system 100 including a plurality of client computing devices 102 and associated data agents 142 as well as a plurality of secondary storage computing devices 106 and associated media agents 144. Additional components can be added or subtracted based on the evolving needs of system 100. For instance, depending on where bottlenecks are identified, administrators can add additional client computing devices 102, secondary storage computing devices 106, and/or secondary storage devices 108. Moreover, where multiple fungible components are available, load balancing can be implemented to dynamically address identified bottlenecks. As an example, storage manager 140 may dynamically select which media agents 144 and/or secondary storage devices 108 to use for storage operations based on a processing load analysis of media agents 144 and/or secondary storage devices 108, respectively.
  • Where system 100 includes multiple media agents 144 (see, e.g., FIG. 1D), a first media agent 144 may provide failover functionality for a second failed media agent 144. In addition, media agents 144 can be dynamically selected to provide load balancing. Each client computing device 102 can communicate with, among other components, any of the media agents 144, e.g., as directed by storage manager 140. And each media agent 144 may communicate with, among other components, any of secondary storage devices 108, e.g., as directed by storage manager 140. Thus, operations can be routed to secondary storage devices 108 in a dynamic and highly flexible manner, to provide load balancing, failover, etc. Further examples of scalable systems capable of dynamic storage operations, load balancing, and failover are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,246,207.
  • While distributing functionality amongst multiple computing devices can have certain advantages, in other contexts it can be beneficial to consolidate functionality on the same computing device. In alternative configurations, certain components may reside and execute on the same computing device. As such, in other embodiments, one or more of the components shown in FIG. 1C may be implemented on the same computing device. In one configuration, a storage manager 140, one or more data agents 142, and/or one or more media agents 144 are all implemented on the same computing device. In other embodiments, one or more data agents 142 and one or more media agents 144 are implemented on the same computing device, while storage manager 140 is implemented on a separate computing device, etc. without limitation.
  • Exemplary Types of Information Management Operations, Including Storage Operations
  • In order to protect and leverage stored data, system 100 can be configured to perform a variety of information management operations, which may also be referred to in some cases as storage management operations or storage operations. These operations can generally include (i) data movement operations, (ii) processing and data manipulation operations, and (iii) analysis, reporting, and management operations.
  • Data Movement Operations, Including Secondary Copy Operations
  • Data movement operations are generally storage operations that involve the copying or migration of data between different locations in system 100. For example, data movement operations can include operations in which stored data is copied, migrated, or otherwise transferred from one or more first storage devices to one or more second storage devices, such as from primary storage device(s) 104 to secondary storage device(s) 108, from secondary storage device(s) 108 to different secondary storage device(s) 108, from secondary storage devices 108 to primary storage devices 104, or from primary storage device(s) 104 to different primary storage device(s) 104, or in some cases within the same primary storage device 104 such as within a storage array.
  • Data movement operations can include by way of example, backup operations, archive operations, information lifecycle management operations such as hierarchical storage management operations, replication operations (e.g., continuous data replication), snapshot operations, deduplication or single-instancing operations, auxiliary copy operations, disaster-recovery copy operations, and the like. As will be discussed, some of these operations do not necessarily create distinct copies. Nonetheless, some or all of these operations are generally referred to as “secondary copy operations” for simplicity, because they involve secondary copies. Data movement also comprises restoring secondary copies.
  • Backup Operations
  • A backup operation creates a copy of a version of primary data 112 at a particular point in time (e.g., one or more files or other data units). Each subsequent backup copy 116 (which is a form of secondary copy 116) may be maintained independently of the first. A backup generally involves maintaining a version of the copied primary data 112 as well as backup copies 116. Further, a backup copy in some embodiments is generally stored in a form that is different from the native format, e.g., a backup format. This contrasts to the version in primary data 112 which may instead be stored in a format native to the source application(s) 110. In various cases, backup copies can be stored in a format in which the data is compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, and/or otherwise modified from the original native application format. For example, a backup copy may be stored in a compressed backup format that facilitates efficient long-term storage. Backup copies 116 can have relatively long retention periods as compared to primary data 112, which is generally highly changeable. Backup copies 116 may be stored on media with slower retrieval times than primary storage device 104. Some backup copies may have shorter retention periods than some other types of secondary copies 116, such as archive copies (described below). Backups may be stored at an offsite location.
  • Backup operations can include full backups, differential backups, incremental backups, “synthetic full” backups, and/or creating a “reference copy.” A full backup (or “standard full backup”) in some embodiments is generally a complete image of the data to be protected. However, because full backup copies can consume a relatively large amount of storage, it can be useful to use a full backup copy as a baseline and only store changes relative to the full backup copy afterwards.
  • A differential backup operation (or cumulative incremental backup operation) tracks and stores changes that occurred since the last full backup. Differential backups can grow quickly in size, but can restore relatively efficiently because a restore can be completed in some cases using only the full backup copy and the latest differential copy.
  • An incremental backup operation generally tracks and stores changes since the most recent backup copy of any type, which can greatly reduce storage utilization. In some cases, however, restoring can be lengthy compared to full or differential backups because completing a restore operation may involve accessing a full backup in addition to multiple incremental backups.
  • Synthetic full backups generally consolidate data without directly backing up data from the client computing device. A synthetic full backup is created from the most recent full backup (i.e., standard or synthetic) and subsequent incremental and/or differential backups. The resulting synthetic full backup is identical to what would have been created had the last backup for the subclient been a standard full backup. Unlike standard full, incremental, and differential backups, however, a synthetic full backup does not actually transfer data from primary storage to the backup media, because it operates as a backup consolidator. A synthetic full backup extracts the index data of each participating subclient. Using this index data and the previously backed up user data images, it builds new full backup images (e.g., bitmaps), one for each subclient. The new backup images consolidate the index and user data stored in the related incremental, differential, and previous full backups into a synthetic backup file that fully represents the subclient (e.g., via pointers) but does not comprise all its constituent data.
  • Any of the above types of backup operations can be at the volume level, file level, or block level. Volume level backup operations generally involve copying of a data volume (e.g., a logical disk or partition) as a whole. In a file-level backup, information management system 100 generally tracks changes to individual files and includes copies of files in the backup copy. For block-level backups, files are broken into constituent blocks, and changes are tracked at the block level. Upon restore, system 100 reassembles the blocks into files in a transparent fashion. Far less data may actually be transferred and copied to secondary storage devices 108 during a file-level copy than a volume-level copy. Likewise, a block-level copy may transfer less data than a file-level copy, resulting in faster execution. However, restoring a relatively higher-granularity copy can result in longer restore times. For instance, when restoring a block-level copy, the process of locating and retrieving constituent blocks can sometimes take longer than restoring file-level backups.
  • A reference copy may comprise copy(ies) of selected objects from backed up data, typically to help organize data by keeping contextual information from multiple sources together, and/or help retain specific data for a longer period of time, such as for legal hold needs. A reference copy generally maintains data integrity, and when the data is restored, it may be viewed in the same format as the source data. In some embodiments, a reference copy is based on a specialized client, individual subclient and associated information management policies (e.g., storage policy, retention policy, etc.) that are administered within system 100.
  • Archive Operations
  • Because backup operations generally involve maintaining a version of the copied primary data 112 and also maintaining backup copies in secondary storage device(s) 108, they can consume significant storage capacity. To reduce storage consumption, an archive operation according to certain embodiments creates an archive copy 116 by both copying and removing source data. Or, seen another way, archive operations can involve moving some or all of the source data to the archive destination. Thus, data satisfying criteria for removal (e.g., data of a threshold age or size) may be removed from source storage. The source data may be primary data 112 or a secondary copy 116, depending on the situation. As with backup copies, archive copies can be stored in a format in which the data is compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, and/or otherwise modified from the format of the original application or source copy. In addition, archive copies may be retained for relatively long periods of time (e.g., years) and, in some cases are never deleted. In certain embodiments, archive copies may be made and kept for extended periods in order to meet compliance regulations.
  • Archiving can also serve the purpose of freeing up space in primary storage device(s) 104 and easing the demand on computational resources on client computing device 102. Similarly, when a secondary copy 116 is archived, the archive copy can therefore serve the purpose of freeing up space in the source secondary storage device(s) 108. Examples of data archiving operations are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,107,298.
  • Snapshot Operations
  • Snapshot operations can provide a relatively lightweight, efficient mechanism for protecting data. From an end-user viewpoint, a snapshot may be thought of as an “instant” image of primary data 112 at a given point in time, and may include state and/or status information relative to an application 110 that creates/manages primary data 112. In one embodiment, a snapshot may generally capture the directory structure of an object in primary data 112 such as a file or volume or other data set at a particular moment in time and may also preserve file attributes and contents. A snapshot in some cases is created relatively quickly, e.g., substantially instantly, using a minimum amount of file space, but may still function as a conventional file system backup.
  • A “hardware snapshot” (or “hardware-based snapshot”) operation occurs where a target storage device (e.g., a primary storage device 104 or a secondary storage device 108) performs the snapshot operation in a self-contained fashion, substantially independently, using hardware, firmware and/or software operating on the storage device itself. For instance, the storage device may perform snapshot operations generally without intervention or oversight from any of the other components of the system 100, e.g., a storage array may generate an “array-created” hardware snapshot and may also manage its storage, integrity, versioning, etc. In this manner, hardware snapshots can off-load other components of system 100 from snapshot processing. An array may receive a request from another component to take a snapshot and then proceed to execute the “hardware snapshot” operations autonomously, preferably reporting success to the requesting component.
  • A “software snapshot” (or “software-based snapshot”) operation, on the other hand, occurs where a component in system 100 (e.g., client computing device 102, etc.) implements a software layer that manages the snapshot operation via interaction with the target storage device. For instance, the component executing the snapshot management software layer may derive a set of pointers and/or data that represents the snapshot. The snapshot management software layer may then transmit the same to the target storage device, along with appropriate instructions for writing the snapshot. One example of a software snapshot product is Microsoft Volume Snapshot Service (VSS), which is part of the Microsoft Windows operating system.
  • Some types of snapshots do not actually create another physical copy of all the data as it existed at the particular point in time, but may simply create pointers that map files and directories to specific memory locations (e.g., to specific disk blocks) where the data resides as it existed at the particular point in time. For example, a snapshot copy may include a set of pointers derived from the file system or from an application. In some other cases, the snapshot may be created at the block-level, such that creation of the snapshot occurs without awareness of the file system. Each pointer points to a respective stored data block, so that collectively, the set of pointers reflect the storage location and state of the data object (e.g., file(s) or volume(s) or data set(s)) at the point in time when the snapshot copy was created.
  • An initial snapshot may use only a small amount of disk space needed to record a mapping or other data structure representing or otherwise tracking the blocks that correspond to the current state of the file system. Additional disk space is usually required only when files and directories change later on. Furthermore, when files change, typically only the pointers which map to blocks are copied, not the blocks themselves. For example for “copy-on-write” snapshots, when a block changes in primary storage, the block is copied to secondary storage or cached in primary storage before the block is overwritten in primary storage, and the pointer to that block is changed to reflect the new location of that block. The snapshot mapping of file system data may also be updated to reflect the changed block(s) at that particular point in time. In some other cases, a snapshot includes a full physical copy of all or substantially all of the data represented by the snapshot. Further examples of snapshot operations are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,529,782. A snapshot copy in many cases can be made quickly and without significantly impacting primary computing resources because large amounts of data need not be copied or moved. In some embodiments, a snapshot may exist as a virtual file system, parallel to the actual file system. Users in some cases gain read-only access to the record of files and directories of the snapshot. By electing to restore primary data 112 from a snapshot taken at a given point in time, users may also return the current file system to the state of the file system that existed when the snapshot was taken.
  • Replication Operations
  • Replication is another type of secondary copy operation. Some types of secondary copies 116 periodically capture images of primary data 112 at particular points in time (e.g., backups, archives, and snapshots). However, it can also be useful for recovery purposes to protect primary data 112 in a more continuous fashion, by replicating primary data 112 substantially as changes occur. In some cases a replication copy can be a mirror copy, for instance, where changes made to primary data 112 are mirrored or substantially immediately copied to another location (e.g., to secondary storage device(s) 108). By copying each write operation to the replication copy, two storage systems are kept synchronized or substantially synchronized so that they are virtually identical at approximately the same time. Where entire disk volumes are mirrored, however, mirroring can require significant amount of storage space and utilizes a large amount of processing resources.
  • According to some embodiments, secondary copy operations are performed on replicated data that represents a recoverable state, or “known good state” of a particular application running on the source system. For instance, in certain embodiments, known good replication copies may be viewed as copies of primary data 112. This feature allows the system to directly access, copy, restore, back up, or otherwise manipulate the replication copies as if they were the “live” primary data 112. This can reduce access time, storage utilization, and impact on source applications 110, among other benefits. Based on known good state information, system 100 can replicate sections of application data that represent a recoverable state rather than rote copying of blocks of data. Examples of replication operations (e.g., continuous data replication) are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,617,262.
  • Deduplication/Single-Instancing Operations
  • Deduplication or single-instance storage is useful to reduce the amount of nonprimary data. For instance, some or all of the above-described secondary copy operations can involve deduplication in some fashion. New data is read, broken down into data portions of a selected granularity (e.g., sub-file level blocks, files, etc.), compared with corresponding portions that are already in secondary storage, and only new/changed portions are stored. Portions that already exist are represented as pointers to the already-stored data. Thus, a deduplicated secondary copy 116 may comprise actual data portions copied from primary data 112 and may further comprise pointers to already-stored data, which is generally more storage-efficient than a full copy.
  • In order to streamline the comparison process, system 100 may calculate and/or store signatures (e.g., hashes or cryptographically unique IDs) corresponding to the individual source data portions and compare the signatures to already-stored data signatures, instead of comparing entire data portions. In some cases, only a single instance of each data portion is stored, and deduplication operations may therefore be referred to interchangeably as “single-instancing” operations. Depending on the implementation, however, deduplication operations can store more than one instance of certain data portions, yet still significantly reduce stored-data redundancy. Depending on the embodiment, deduplication portions such as data blocks can be of fixed or variable length. Using variable length blocks can enhance deduplication by responding to changes in the data stream, but can involve more complex processing. In some cases, system 100 utilizes a technique for dynamically aligning deduplication blocks based on changing content in the data stream, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,364,652.
  • System 100 can deduplicate in a variety of manners at a variety of locations. For instance, in some embodiments, system 100 implements “target-side” deduplication by deduplicating data at the media agent 144 after being received from data agent 142. In some such cases, media agents 144 are generally configured to manage the deduplication process. For instance, one or more of the media agents 144 maintain a corresponding deduplication database that stores deduplication information (e.g., datablock signatures). Examples of such a configuration are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 9,020,900. Instead of or in combination with “target-side” deduplication, “source-side” (or “client-side”) deduplication can also be performed, e.g., to reduce the amount of data to be transmitted by data agent 142 to media agent 144. Storage manager 140 may communicate with other components within system 100 via network protocols and cloud service provider APIs to facilitate cloud-based deduplication/single instancing, as exemplified in U.S. Pat. No. 8,954,446. Some other deduplication/single instancing techniques are described in U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2006/0224846 and in U.S. Pat. 9,098,495.
  • Information Lifecycle Management and Hierarchical Storage Management
  • In some embodiments, files and other data over their lifetime move from more expensive quick-access storage to less expensive slower-access storage. Operations associated with moving data through various tiers of storage are sometimes referred to as information lifecycle management (ILM) operations.
  • One type of ILM operation is a hierarchical storage management (HSM) operation, which generally automatically moves data between classes of storage devices, such as from high-cost to low-cost storage devices. For instance, an HSM operation may involve movement of data from primary storage devices 104 to secondary storage devices 108, or between tiers of secondary storage devices 108. With each tier, the storage devices may be progressively cheaper, have relatively slower access/restore times, etc. For example, movement of data between tiers may occur as data becomes less important over time. In some embodiments, an HSM operation is similar to archiving in that creating an HSM copy may (though not always) involve deleting some of the source data, e.g., according to one or more criteria related to the source data. For example, an HSM copy may include primary data 112 or a secondary copy 116 that exceeds a given size threshold or a given age threshold. Often, and unlike some types of archive copies, HSM data that is removed or aged from the source is replaced by a logical reference pointer or stub. The reference pointer or stub can be stored in the primary storage device 104 or other source storage device, such as a secondary storage device 108 to replace the deleted source data and to point to or otherwise indicate the new location in (another) secondary storage device 108.
  • For example, files are generally moved between higher and lower cost storage depending on how often the files are accessed. When a user requests access to HSM data that has been removed or migrated, system 100 uses the stub to locate the data and may make recovery of the data appear transparent, even though the HSM data may be stored at a location different from other source data. In this manner, the data appears to the user (e.g., in file system browsing windows and the like) as if it still resides in the source location (e.g., in a primary storage device 104). The stub may include metadata associated with the corresponding data, so that a file system and/or application can provide some information about the data object and/or a limited-functionality version (e.g., a preview) of the data object.
  • An HSM copy may be stored in a format other than the native application format (e.g., compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, and/or otherwise modified). In some cases, copies which involve the removal of data from source storage and the maintenance of stub or other logical reference information on source storage may be referred to generally as “online archive copies.” On the other hand, copies which involve the removal of data from source storage without the maintenance of stub or other logical reference information on source storage may be referred to as “off-line archive copies.” Examples of HSM and ILM techniques are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453.
  • Auxiliary Copy Operations
  • An auxiliary copy is generally a copy of an existing secondary copy 116. For instance, an initial secondary copy 116 may be derived from primary data 112 or from data residing in secondary storage subsystem 118, whereas an auxiliary copy is generated from the initial secondary copy 116. Auxiliary copies provide additional standby copies of data and may reside on different secondary storage devices 108 than the initial secondary copies 116. Thus, auxiliary copies can be used for recovery purposes if initial secondary copies 116 become unavailable. Exemplary auxiliary copy techniques are described in further detail in U.S. Pat. No. 8,230,195.
  • Disaster-Recovery Copy Operations
  • System 100 may also make and retain disaster recovery copies, often as secondary, high-availability disk copies. System 100 may create secondary copies and store them at disaster recovery locations using auxiliary copy or replication operations, such as continuous data replication technologies. Depending on the particular data protection goals, disaster recovery locations can be remote from the client computing devices 102 and primary storage devices 104, remote from some or all of the secondary storage devices 108, or both.
  • Data Manipulation, Including Encryption and Compression
  • Data manipulation and processing may include encryption and compression as well as integrity marking and checking, formatting for transmission, formatting for storage, etc. Data may be manipulated “client-side” by data agent 142 as well as “target-side” by media agent 144 in the course of creating secondary copy 116, or conversely in the course of restoring data from secondary to primary.
  • Encryption Operations
  • System 100 in some cases is configured to process data (e.g., files or other data objects, primary data 112, secondary copies 116, etc.), according to an appropriate encryption algorithm (e.g., Blowfish, Advanced Encryption Standard (AES), Triple Data Encryption Standard (3-DES), etc.) to limit access and provide data security. System 100 in some cases encrypts the data at the client level, such that client computing devices 102 (e.g., data agents 142) encrypt the data prior to transferring it to other components, e.g., before sending the data to media agents 144 during a secondary copy operation. In such cases, client computing device 102 may maintain or have access to an encryption key or passphrase for decrypting the data upon restore. Encryption can also occur when media agent 144 creates auxiliary copies or archive copies. Encryption may be applied in creating a secondary copy 116 of a previously unencrypted secondary copy 116, without limitation. In further embodiments, secondary storage devices 108 can implement built-in, high performance hardware-based encryption.
  • Compression Operations
  • Similar to encryption, system 100 may also or alternatively compress data in the course of generating a secondary copy 116. Compression encodes information such that fewer bits are needed to represent the information as compared to the original representation. Compression techniques are well known in the art. Compression operations may apply one or more data compression algorithms. Compression may be applied in creating a secondary copy 116 of a previously uncompressed secondary copy, e.g., when making archive copies or disaster recovery copies. The use of compression may result in metadata that specifies the nature of the compression, so that data may be uncompressed on restore if appropriate.
  • Data Analysis, Reporting, and Management Operations
  • Data analysis, reporting, and management operations can differ from data movement operations in that they do not necessarily involve copying, migration or other transfer of data between different locations in the system. For instance, data analysis operations may involve processing (e.g., offline processing) or modification of already stored primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116. However, in some embodiments data analysis operations are performed in conjunction with data movement operations. Some data analysis operations include content indexing operations and classification operations which can be useful in leveraging data under management to enhance search and other features.
  • Classification Operations / Content Indexing
  • In some embodiments, information management system 100 analyzes and indexes characteristics, content, and metadata associated with primary data 112 (“online content indexing”) and/or secondary copies 116 (“off-line content indexing”). Content indexing can identify files or other data objects based on content (e.g., user-defined keywords or phrases, other keywords/phrases that are not defined by a user, etc.), and/or metadata (e.g., email metadata such as “to,” “from,” “cc,” “bcc,” attachment name, received time, etc.). Content indexes may be searched and search results may be restored.
  • System 100 generally organizes and catalogues the results into a content index, which may be stored within media agent database 152, for example. The content index can also include the storage locations of or pointer references to indexed data in primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116. Results may also be stored elsewhere in system 100 (e.g., in primary storage device 104 or in secondary storage device 108). Such content index data provides storage manager 140 or other components with an efficient mechanism for locating primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116 of data objects that match particular criteria, thus greatly increasing the search speed capability of system 100. For instance, search criteria can be specified by a user through user interface 158 of storage manager 140. Moreover, when system 100 analyzes data and/or metadata in secondary copies 116 to create an “off-line content index,” this operation has no significant impact on the performance of client computing devices 102 and thus does not take a toll on the production environment. Examples of content indexing techniques are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 8,170,995.
  • One or more components, such as a content index engine, can be configured to scan data and/or associated metadata for classification purposes to populate a database (or other data structure) of information, which can be referred to as a “data classification database” or a “metabase.” Depending on the embodiment, the data classification database(s) can be organized in a variety of different ways, including centralization, logical sub-divisions, and/or physical sub-divisions. For instance, one or more data classification databases may be associated with different subsystems or tiers within system 100. As an example, there may be a first metabase associated with primary storage subsystem 117 and a second metabase associated with secondary storage subsystem 118. In other cases, metabase(s) may be associated with individual components, e.g., client computing devices 102 and/or media agents 144. In some embodiments, a data classification database may reside as one or more data structures within management database 146, may be otherwise associated with storage manager 140, and/or may reside as a separate component. In some cases, metabase(s) may be included in separate database(s) and/or on separate storage device(s) from primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116, such that operations related to the metabase(s) do not significantly impact performance on other components of system 100. In other cases, metabase(s) may be stored along with primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116. Files or other data objects can be associated with identifiers (e.g., tag entries, etc.) to facilitate searches of stored data objects. Among a number of other benefits, the metabase can also allow efficient, automatic identification of files or other data objects to associate with secondary copy or other information management operations. For instance, a metabase can dramatically improve the speed with which system 100 can search through and identify data as compared to other approaches that involve scanning an entire file system. Examples of metabases and data classification operations are provided in U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,734,669 and 7,747,579.
  • Management and Reporting Operations
  • Certain embodiments leverage the integrated ubiquitous nature of system 100 to provide useful system-wide management and reporting. Operations management can generally include monitoring and managing the health and performance of system 100 by, without limitation, performing error tracking, generating granular storage/performance metrics (e.g., job success/failure information, deduplication efficiency, etc.), generating storage modeling and costing information, and the like. As an example, storage manager 140 or another component in system 100 may analyze traffic patterns and suggest and/or automatically route data to minimize congestion. In some embodiments, the system can generate predictions relating to storage operations or storage operation information. Such predictions, which may be based on a trending analysis, may predict various network operations or resource usage, such as network traffic levels, storage media use, use of bandwidth of communication links, use of media agent components, etc. Further examples of traffic analysis, trend analysis, prediction generation, and the like are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453.
  • In some configurations having a hierarchy of storage operation cells, a master storage manager 140 may track the status of subordinate cells, such as the status of jobs, system components, system resources, and other items, by communicating with storage managers 140 (or other components) in the respective storage operation cells. Moreover, the master storage manager 140 may also track status by receiving periodic status updates from the storage managers 140 (or other components) in the respective cells regarding jobs, system components, system resources, and other items. In some embodiments, a master storage manager 140 may store status information and other information regarding its associated storage operation cells and other system information in its management database 146 and/or index 150 (or in another location). The master storage manager 140 or other component may also determine whether certain storage-related or other criteria are satisfied, and may perform an action or trigger event (e.g., data migration) in response to the criteria being satisfied, such as where a storage threshold is met for a particular volume, or where inadequate protection exists for certain data. For instance, data from one or more storage operation cells is used to dynamically and automatically mitigate recognized risks, and/or to advise users of risks or suggest actions to mitigate these risks. For example, an information management policy may specify certain requirements (e.g., that a storage device should maintain a certain amount of free space, that secondary copies should occur at a particular interval, that data should be aged and migrated to other storage after a particular period, that data on a secondary volume should always have a certain level of availability and be restorable within a given time period, that data on a secondary volume may be mirrored or otherwise migrated to a specified number of other volumes, etc.). If a risk condition or other criterion is triggered, the system may notify the user of these conditions and may suggest (or automatically implement) a mitigation action to address the risk. For example, the system may indicate that data from a primary copy 112 should be migrated to a secondary storage device 108 to free up space on primary storage device 104. Examples of the use of risk factors and other triggering criteria are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453.
  • In some embodiments, system 100 may also determine whether a metric or other indication satisfies particular storage criteria sufficient to perform an action. For example, a storage policy or other definition might indicate that a storage manager 140 should initiate a particular action if a storage metric or other indication drops below or otherwise fails to satisfy specified criteria such as a threshold of data protection. In some embodiments, risk factors may be quantified into certain measurable service or risk levels. For example, certain applications and associated data may be considered to be more important relative to other data and services. Financial compliance data, for example, may be of greater importance than marketing materials, etc. Network administrators may assign priority values or “weights” to certain data and/or applications corresponding to the relative importance. The level of compliance of secondary copy operations specified for these applications may also be assigned a certain value. Thus, the health, impact, and overall importance of a service may be determined, such as by measuring the compliance value and calculating the product of the priority value and the compliance value to determine the “service level” and comparing it to certain operational thresholds to determine whether it is acceptable. Further examples of the service level determination are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453.
  • System 100 may additionally calculate data costing and data availability associated with information management operation cells. For instance, data received from a cell may be used in conjunction with hardware-related information and other information about system elements to determine the cost of storage and/or the availability of particular data. Exemplary information generated could include how fast a particular department is using up available storage space, how long data would take to recover over a particular pathway from a particular secondary storage device, costs over time, etc. Moreover, in some embodiments, such information may be used to determine or predict the overall cost associated with the storage of certain information. The cost associated with hosting a certain application may be based, at least in part, on the type of media on which the data resides, for example. Storage devices may be assigned to a particular cost categories, for example. Further examples of costing techniques are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453.
  • Any of the above types of information (e.g., information related to trending, predictions, job, cell or component status, risk, service level, costing, etc.) can generally be provided to users via user interface 158 in a single integrated view or console (not shown). Report types may include: scheduling, event management, media management and data aging. Available reports may also include backup history, data aging history, auxiliary copy history, job history, library and drive, media in library, restore history, and storage policy, etc., without limitation. Such reports may be specified and created at a certain point in time as a system analysis, forecasting, or provisioning tool. Integrated reports may also be generated that illustrate storage and performance metrics, risks and storage costing information. Moreover, users may create their own reports based on specific needs. User interface 158 can include an option to graphically depict the various components in the system using appropriate icons. As one example, user interface 158 may provide a graphical depiction of primary storage devices 104, secondary storage devices 108, data agents 142 and/or media agents 144, and their relationship to one another in system 100.
  • In general, the operations management functionality of system 100 can facilitate planning and decision-making. For example, in some embodiments, a user may view the status of some or all jobs as well as the status of each component of information management system 100. Users may then plan and make decisions based on this data. For instance, a user may view high-level information regarding secondary copy operations for system 100, such as job status, component status, resource status (e.g., communication pathways, etc.), and other information. The user may also drill down or use other means to obtain more detailed information regarding a particular component, job, or the like. Further examples are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453.
  • System 100 can also be configured to perform system-wide e-discovery operations in some embodiments. In general, e-discovery operations provide a unified collection and search capability for data in the system, such as data stored in secondary storage devices 108 (e.g., backups, archives, or other secondary copies 116). For example, system 100 may construct and maintain a virtual repository for data stored in system 100 that is integrated across source applications 110, different storage device types, etc. According to some embodiments, e-discovery utilizes other techniques described herein, such as data classification and/or content indexing.
  • Information Management Policies
  • An information management policy 148 can include a data structure or other information source that specifies a set of parameters (e.g., criteria and rules) associated with secondary copy and/or other information management operations.
  • One type of information management policy 148 is a “storage policy.” According to certain embodiments, a storage policy generally comprises a data structure or other information source that defines (or includes information sufficient to determine) a set of preferences or other criteria for performing information management operations. Storage policies can include one or more of the following: (1) what data will be associated with the storage policy, e.g., subclient; (2) a destination to which the data will be stored; (3) datapath information specifying how the data will be communicated to the destination; (4) the type of secondary copy operation to be performed; and (5) retention information specifying how long the data will be retained at the destination (see, e.g., FIG. 1E). Data associated with a storage policy can be logically organized into subclients, which may represent primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116. A subclient may represent static or dynamic associations of portions of a data volume. Subclients may represent mutually exclusive portions. Thus, in certain embodiments, a portion of data may be given a label and the association is stored as a static entity in an index, database or other storage location. Subclients may also be used as an effective administrative scheme of organizing data according to data type, department within the enterprise, storage preferences, or the like. Depending on the configuration, subclients can correspond to files, folders, virtual machines, databases, etc. In one exemplary scenario, an administrator may find it preferable to separate e-mail data from financial data using two different subclients.
  • A storage policy can define where data is stored by specifying a target or destination storage device (or group of storage devices). For instance, where the secondary storage device 108 includes a group of disk libraries, the storage policy may specify a particular disk library for storing the subclients associated with the policy. As another example, where the secondary storage devices 108 include one or more tape libraries, the storage policy may specify a particular tape library for storing the subclients associated with the storage policy, and may also specify a drive pool and a tape pool defining a group of tape drives and a group of tapes, respectively, for use in storing the subclient data. While information in the storage policy can be statically assigned in some cases, some or all of the information in the storage policy can also be dynamically determined based on criteria set forth in the storage policy. For instance, based on such criteria, a particular destination storage device(s) or other parameter of the storage policy may be determined based on characteristics associated with the data involved in a particular secondary copy operation, device availability (e.g., availability of a secondary storage device 108 or a media agent 144), network status and conditions (e.g., identified bottlenecks), user credentials, and the like.
  • Datapath information can also be included in the storage policy. For instance, the storage policy may specify network pathways and components to utilize when moving the data to the destination storage device(s). In some embodiments, the storage policy specifies one or more media agents 144 for conveying data associated with the storage policy between the source and destination. A storage policy can also specify the type(s) of associated operations, such as backup, archive, snapshot, auxiliary copy, or the like. Furthermore, retention parameters can specify how long the resulting secondary copies 116 will be kept (e.g., a number of days, months, years, etc.), perhaps depending on organizational needs and/or compliance criteria.
  • When adding a new client computing device 102, administrators can manually configure information management policies 148 and/or other settings, e.g., via user interface 158. However, this can be an involved process resulting in delays, and it may be desirable to begin data protection operations quickly, without awaiting human intervention. Thus, in some embodiments, system 100 automatically applies a default configuration to client computing device 102. As one example, when one or more data agent(s) 142 are installed on a client computing device 102, the installation script may register the client computing device 102 with storage manager 140, which in turn applies the default configuration to the new client computing device 102. In this manner, data protection operations can begin substantially immediately. The default configuration can include a default storage policy, for example, and can specify any appropriate information sufficient to begin data protection operations. This can include a type of data protection operation, scheduling information, a target secondary storage device 108, data path information (e.g., a particular media agent 144), and the like.
  • Another type of information management policy 148 is a “scheduling policy,” which specifies when and how often to perform operations. Scheduling parameters may specify with what frequency (e.g., hourly, weekly, daily, event-based, etc.) or under what triggering conditions secondary copy or other information management operations are to take place. Scheduling policies in some cases are associated with particular components, such as a subclient, client computing device 102, and the like.
  • Another type of information management policy 148 is an “audit policy” (or “security policy”), which comprises preferences, rules and/or criteria that protect sensitive data in system 100. For example, an audit policy may define “sensitive objects” which are files or data objects that contain particular keywords (e.g., “confidential,” or “privileged”) and/or are associated with particular keywords (e.g., in metadata) or particular flags (e.g., in metadata identifying a document or email as personal, confidential, etc.). An audit policy may further specify rules for handling sensitive objects. As an example, an audit policy may require that a reviewer approve the transfer of any sensitive objects to a cloud storage site, and that if approval is denied for a particular sensitive object, the sensitive object should be transferred to a local primary storage device 104 instead. To facilitate this approval, the audit policy may further specify how a secondary storage computing device 106 or other system component should notify a reviewer that a sensitive object is slated for transfer.
  • Another type of information management policy 148 is a “provisioning policy,” which can include preferences, priorities, rules, and/or criteria that specify how client computing devices 102 (or groups thereof) may utilize system resources, such as available storage on cloud storage and/or network bandwidth. A provisioning policy specifies, for example, data quotas for particular client computing devices 102 (e.g., a number of gigabytes that can be stored monthly, quarterly or annually). Storage manager 140 or other components may enforce the provisioning policy. For instance, media agents 144 may enforce the policy when transferring data to secondary storage devices 108. If a client computing device 102 exceeds a quota, a budget for the client computing device 102 (or associated department) may be adjusted accordingly or an alert may trigger.
  • While the above types of information management policies 148 are described as separate policies, one or more of these can be generally combined into a single information management policy 148. For instance, a storage policy may also include or otherwise be associated with one or more scheduling, audit, or provisioning policies or operational parameters thereof. Moreover, while storage policies are typically associated with moving and storing data, other policies may be associated with other types of information management operations. The following is a non-exhaustive list of items that information management policies 148 may specify:
    • schedules or other timing information, e.g., specifying when and/or how often to perform information management operations;
    • the type of secondary copy 116 and/or copy format (e.g., snapshot, backup, archive, HSM, etc.);
    • a location or a class or quality of storage for storing secondary copies 116 (e.g., one or more particular secondary storage devices 108);
    • preferences regarding whether and how to encrypt, compress, deduplicate, or otherwise modify or transform secondary copies 116;
    • which system components and/or network pathways (e.g., preferred media agents 144) should be used to perform secondary storage operations;
    • resource allocation among different computing devices or other system components used in performing information management operations (e.g., bandwidth allocation, available storage capacity, etc.);
    • whether and how to synchronize or otherwise distribute files or other data objects across multiple computing devices or hosted services; and
    • retention information specifying the length of time primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116 should be retained, e.g., in a particular class or tier of storage devices, or within the system 100.
  • Information management policies 148 can additionally specify or depend on historical or current criteria that may be used to determine which rules to apply to a particular data object, system component, or information management operation, such as:
    • frequency with which primary data 112 or a secondary copy 116 of a data object or metadata has been or is predicted to be used, accessed, or modified;
    • time-related factors (e.g., aging information such as time since the creation or modification of a data object);
    • deduplication information (e.g., hashes, data blocks, deduplication block size, deduplication efficiency or other metrics);
    • an estimated or historic usage or cost associated with different components (e.g., with secondary storage devices 108);
    • the identity of users, applications 110, client computing devices 102 and/or other computing devices that created, accessed, modified, or otherwise utilized primary data 112 or secondary copies 116;
    • a relative sensitivity (e.g., confidentiality, importance) of a data object, e.g., as determined by its content and/or metadata;
    • the current or historical storage capacity of various storage devices;
    • the current or historical network capacity of network pathways connecting various components within the storage operation cell;
    • access control lists or other security information; and
    • the content of a particular data object (e.g., its textual content) or of metadata associated with the data object.
    Exemplary Storage Policy and Secondary Copy Operations
  • FIG. 1E includes a data flow diagram depicting performance of secondary copy operations by an embodiment of information management system 100, according to an exemplary storage policy 148A. System 100 includes a storage manager 140, a client computing device 102 having a file system data agent 142A and an email data agent 142B operating thereon, a primary storage device 104, two media agents 144A, 144B, and two secondary storage devices 108: a disk library 108A and a tape library 108B. As shown, primary storage device 104 includes primary data 112A, which is associated with a logical grouping of data associated with a file system (“file system subclient”), and primary data 112B, which is a logical grouping of data associated with email (“email subclient”). The techniques described with respect to FIG. 1E can be utilized in conjunction with data that is otherwise organized as well.
  • As indicated by the dashed box, the second media agent 144B and tape library 108B are “off-site,” and may be remotely located from the other components in system 100 (e.g., in a different city, office building, etc.). Indeed, “off-site” may refer to a magnetic tape located in remote storage, which must be manually retrieved and loaded into a tape drive to be read. In this manner, information stored on the tape library 108B may provide protection in the event of a disaster or other failure at the main site(s) where data is stored.
  • The file system subclient 112A in certain embodiments generally comprises information generated by the file system and/or operating system of client computing device 102, and can include, for example, file system data (e.g., regular files, file tables, mount points, etc.), operating system data (e.g., registries, event logs, etc.), and the like. The e-mail subclient 112B can include data generated by an e-mail application operating on client computing device 102, e.g., mailbox information, folder information, emails, attachments, associated database information, and the like. As described above, the subclients can be logical containers, and the data included in the corresponding primary data 112A and 112B may or may not be stored contiguously.
  • The exemplary storage policy 148A includes backup copy preferences or rule set 160, disaster recovery copy preferences or rule set 162, and compliance copy preferences or rule set 164. Backup copy rule set 160 specifies that it is associated with file system subclient 166 and email subclient 168. Each of subclients 166 and 168 are associated with the particular client computing device 102. Backup copy rule set 160 further specifies that the backup operation will be written to disk library 108A and designates a particular media agent 144A to convey the data to disk library 108A. Finally, backup copy rule set 160 specifies that backup copies created according to rule set 160 are scheduled to be generated hourly and are to be retained for 30 days. In some other embodiments, scheduling information is not included in storage policy 148A and is instead specified by a separate scheduling policy.
  • Disaster recovery copy rule set 162 is associated with the same two subclients 166 and 168. However, disaster recovery copy rule set 162 is associated with tape library 108B, unlike backup copy rule set 160. Moreover, disaster recovery copy rule set 162 specifies that a different media agent, namely 144B, will convey data to tape library 108B. Disaster recovery copies created according to rule set 162 will be retained for 60 days and will be generated daily. Disaster recovery copies generated according to disaster recovery copy rule set 162 can provide protection in the event of a disaster or other catastrophic data loss that would affect the backup copy 116A maintained on disk library 108A.
  • Compliance copy rule set 164 is only associated with the email subclient 168, and not the file system subclient 166. Compliance copies generated according to compliance copy rule set 164 will therefore not include primary data 112A from the file system subclient 166. For instance, the organization may be under an obligation to store and maintain copies of email data for a particular period of time (e.g., 10 years) to comply with state or federal regulations, while similar regulations do not apply to file system data. Compliance copy rule set 164 is associated with the same tape library 108B and media agent 144B as disaster recovery copy rule set 162, although a different storage device or media agent could be used in other embodiments. Finally, compliance copy rule set 164 specifies that the copies it governs will be generated quarterly and retained for 10 years.
  • Secondary Copy Jobs
  • A logical grouping of secondary copy operations governed by a rule set and being initiated at a point in time may be referred to as a “secondary copy job” (and sometimes may be called a “backup job,” even though it is not necessarily limited to creating only backup copies). Secondary copy jobs may be initiated on demand as well. Steps 1-9 below illustrate three secondary copy jobs based on storage policy 148A.
  • Referring to FIG. 1E, at step 1, storage manager 140 initiates a backup job according to the backup copy rule set 160, which logically comprises all the secondary copy operations necessary to effectuate rules 160 in storage policy 148A every hour, including steps 1-4 occurring hourly. For instance, a scheduling service running on storage manager 140 accesses backup copy rule set 160 or a separate scheduling policy associated with client computing device 102 and initiates a backup job on an hourly basis. Thus, at the scheduled time, storage manager 140 sends instructions to client computing device 102 (i.e., to both data agent 142A and data agent 142B) to begin the backup job.
  • At step 2, file system data agent 142A and email data agent 142B on client computing device 102 respond to instructions from storage manager 140 by accessing and processing the respective subclient primary data 112A and 112B involved in the backup copy operation, which can be found in primary storage device 104. Because the secondary copy operation is a backup copy operation, the data agent(s) 142A, 142B may format the data into a backup format or otherwise process the data suitable for a backup copy.
  • At step 3, client computing device 102 communicates the processed file system data (e.g., using file system data agent 142A) and the processed email data (e.g., using email data agent 142B) to the first media agent 144A according to backup copy rule set 160, as directed by storage manager 140. Storage manager 140 may further keep a record in management database 146 of the association between media agent 144A and one or more of: client computing device 102, file system subclient 112A, file system data agent 142A, email subclient 112B, email data agent 142B, and/or backup copy 116A.
  • The target media agent 144A receives the data-agent-processed data from client computing device 102, and at step 4 generates and conveys backup copy 116A to disk library 108A to be stored as backup copy 116A, again at the direction of storage manager 140 and according to backup copy rule set 160. Media agent 144A can also update its index 153 to include data and/or metadata related to backup copy 116A, such as information indicating where the backup copy 116A resides on disk library 108A, where the email copy resides, where the file system copy resides, data and metadata for cache retrieval, etc. Storage manager 140 may similarly update its index 150 to include information relating to the secondary copy operation, such as information relating to the type of operation, a physical location associated with one or more copies created by the operation, the time the operation was performed, status information relating to the operation, the components involved in the operation, and the like. In some cases, storage manager 140 may update its index 150 to include some or all of the information stored in index 153 of media agent 144A. At this point, the backup job may be considered complete. After the 30-day retention period expires, storage manager 140 instructs media agent 144A to delete backup copy 116A from disk library 108A and indexes 150 and/or 153 are updated accordingly.
  • At step 5, storage manager 140 initiates another backup job for a disaster recovery copy according to the disaster recovery rule set 162. Illustratively this includes steps 5-7 occurring daily for creating disaster recovery copy 116B. Illustratively, and by way of illustrating the scalable aspects and off-loading principles embedded in system 100, disaster recovery copy 116B is based on backup copy 116A and not on primary data 112A and 112B.
  • At step 6, illustratively based on instructions received from storage manager 140 at step 5, the specified media agent 144B retrieves the most recent backup copy 116A from disk library 108A.
  • At step 7, again at the direction of storage manager 140 and as specified in disaster recovery copy rule set 162, media agent 144B uses the retrieved data to create a disaster recovery copy 116B and store it to tape library 108B. In some cases, disaster recovery copy 116B is a direct, mirror copy of backup copy 116A, and remains in the backup format. In other embodiments, disaster recovery copy 116B may be further compressed or encrypted, or may be generated in some other manner, such as by using primary data 112A and 112B from primary storage device 104 as sources. The disaster recovery copy operation is initiated once a day and disaster recovery copies 116B are deleted after 60 days; indexes 153 and/or 150 are updated accordingly when/after each information management operation is executed and/or completed. The present backup job may be considered completed.
  • At step 8, storage manager 140 initiates another backup job according to compliance rule set 164, which performs steps 8-9 quarterly to create compliance copy 116C. For instance, storage manager 140 instructs media agent 144B to create compliance copy 116C on tape library 108B, as specified in the compliance copy rule set 164.
  • At step 9 in the example, compliance copy 116C is generated using disaster recovery copy 116B as the source. This is efficient, because disaster recovery copy resides on the same secondary storage device and thus no network resources are required to move the data. In other embodiments, compliance copy 116C is instead generated using primary data 112B corresponding to the email subclient or using backup copy 116A from disk library 108A as source data. As specified in the illustrated example, compliance copies 116C are created quarterly, and are deleted after ten years, and indexes 153 and/or 150 are kept up-to-date accordingly.
  • Exemplary Applications of Storage Policies - Information Governance Policies and Classification
  • Again referring to FIG. 1E, storage manager 140 may permit a user to specify aspects of storage policy 148A. For example, the storage policy can be modified to include information governance policies to define how data should be managed in order to comply with a certain regulation or business objective. The various policies may be stored, for example, in management database 146. An information governance policy may align with one or more compliance tasks that are imposed by regulations or business requirements. Examples of information governance policies might include a Sarbanes-Oxley policy, a HIPAA policy, an electronic discovery (e-discovery) policy, and so on.
  • Information governance policies allow administrators to obtain different perspectives on an organization’s online and offline data, without the need for a dedicated data silo created solely for each different viewpoint. As described previously, the data storage systems herein build an index that reflects the contents of a distributed data set that spans numerous clients and storage devices, including both primary data and secondary copies, and online and offline copies. An organization may apply multiple information governance policies in a top-down manner over that unified data set and indexing schema in order to view and manipulate the data set through different lenses, each of which is adapted to a particular compliance or business goal. Thus, for example, by applying an e-discovery policy and a Sarbanes-Oxley policy, two different groups of users in an organization can conduct two very different analyses of the same underlying physical set of data/copies, which may be distributed throughout the information management system.
  • An information governance policy may comprise a classification policy, which defines a taxonomy of classification terms or tags relevant to a compliance task and/or business objective. A classification policy may also associate a defined tag with a classification rule. A classification rule defines a particular combination of criteria, such as users who have created, accessed or modified a document or data object; file or application types; content or metadata keywords; clients or storage locations; dates of data creation and/or access; review status or other status within a workflow (e.g., reviewed or unreviewed); modification times or types of modifications; and/or any other data attributes in any combination, without limitation. A classification rule may also be defined using other classification tags in the taxonomy. The various criteria used to define a classification rule may be combined in any suitable fashion, for example, via Boolean operators, to define a complex classification rule. As an example, an e-discovery classification policy might define a classification tag “privileged” that is associated with documents or data objects that (1) were created or modified by legal department staff, or (2) were sent to or received from outside counsel via email, or (3) contain one of the following keywords: “privileged” or “attorney” or “counsel,” or other like terms. Accordingly, all these documents or data objects will be classified as “privileged.”
  • One specific type of classification tag, which may be added to an index at the time of indexing, is an “entity tag.” An entity tag may be, for example, any content that matches a defined data mask format. Examples of entity tags might include, e.g., social security numbers (e.g., any numerical content matching the formatting mask XXX-XX-XXXX), credit card numbers (e.g., content having a 13-16 digit string of numbers), SKU numbers, product numbers, etc. A user may define a classification policy by indicating criteria, parameters or descriptors of the policy via a graphical user interface, such as a form or page with fields to be filled in, pull-down menus or entries allowing one or more of several options to be selected, buttons, sliders, hypertext links or other known user interface tools for receiving user input, etc. For example, a user may define certain entity tags, such as a particular product number or project ID. In some implementations, the classification policy can be implemented using cloud-based techniques. For example, the storage devices may be cloud storage devices, and the storage manager 140 may execute cloud service provider API over a network to classify data stored on cloud storage devices.
  • Restore Operations From Secondary Copies
  • While not shown in FIG. 1E, at some later point in time, a restore operation can be initiated involving one or more of secondary copies 116A, 116B, and 116C. A restore operation logically takes a selected secondary copy 116, reverses the effects of the secondary copy operation that created it, and stores the restored data to primary storage where a client computing device 102 may properly access it as primary data. A media agent 144 and an appropriate data agent 142 (e.g., executing on the client computing device 102) perform the tasks needed to complete a restore operation. For example, data that was encrypted, compressed, and/or deduplicated in the creation of secondary copy 116 will be correspondingly rehydrated (reversing deduplication), uncompressed, and unencrypted into a format appropriate to primary data. Metadata stored within or associated with the secondary copy 116 may be used during the restore operation. In general, restored data should be indistinguishable from other primary data 112. Preferably, the restored data has fully regained the native format that may make it immediately usable by application 110.
  • As one example, a user may manually initiate a restore of backup copy 116A, e.g., by interacting with user interface 158 of storage manager 140 or with a web-based console with access to system 100. Storage manager 140 may accesses data in its index 150 and/or management database 146 (and/or the respective storage policy 148A) associated with the selected backup copy 116A to identify the appropriate media agent 144A and/or secondary storage device 108A where the secondary copy resides. The user may be presented with a representation (e.g., stub, thumbnail, listing, etc.) and metadata about the selected secondary copy, in order to determine whether this is the appropriate copy to be restored, e.g., date that the original primary data was created. Storage manager 140 will then instruct media agent 144A and an appropriate data agent 142 on the target client computing device 102 to restore secondary copy 116A to primary storage device 104. A media agent may be selected for use in the restore operation based on a load balancing algorithm, an availability based algorithm, or other criteria. The selected media agent, e.g., 144A, retrieves secondary copy 116A from disk library 108A. For instance, media agent 144A may access its index 153 to identify a location of backup copy 116A on disk library 108A, or may access location information residing on disk library 108A itself.
  • In some cases a backup copy 116A that was recently created or accessed, may be cached to speed up the restore operation. In such a case, media agent 144A accesses a cached version of backup copy 116A residing in index 153, without having to access disk library 108A for some or all of the data. Once it has retrieved backup copy 116A, the media agent 144A communicates the data to the requesting client computing device 102. Upon receipt, file system data agent 142A and email data agent 142B may unpack (e.g., restore from a backup format to the native application format) the data in backup copy 116A and restore the unpackaged data to primary storage device 104. In general, secondary copies 116 may be restored to the same volume or folder in primary storage device 104 from which the secondary copy was derived; to another storage location or client computing device 102; to shared storage, etc. In some cases, the data may be restored so that it may be used by an application 110 of a different version/vintage from the application that created the original primary data 112.
  • Exemplary Secondary Copy Formatting
  • The formatting and structure of secondary copies 116 can vary depending on the embodiment. In some cases, secondary copies 116 are formatted as a series of logical data units or “chunks” (e.g., 512 MB, 1 GB, 2 GB, 4 GB, or 8 GB chunks). This can facilitate efficient communication and writing to secondary storage devices 108, e.g., according to resource availability. For example, a single secondary copy 116 may be written on a chunk-by-chunk basis to one or more secondary storage devices 108. In some cases, users can select different chunk sizes, e.g., to improve throughput to tape storage devices. Generally, each chunk can include a header and a payload. The payload can include files (or other data units) or subsets thereof included in the chunk, whereas the chunk header generally includes metadata relating to the chunk, some or all of which may be derived from the payload. For example, during a secondary copy operation, media agent 144, storage manager 140, or other component may divide files into chunks and generate headers for each chunk by processing the files. Headers can include a variety of information such as file and/or volume identifier(s), offset(s), and/or other information associated with the payload data items, a chunk sequence number, etc. Importantly, in addition to being stored with secondary copy 116 on secondary storage device 108, chunk headers can also be stored to index 153 of the associated media agent(s) 144 and/or to index 150 associated with storage manager 140. This can be useful for providing faster processing of secondary copies 116 during browsing, restores, or other operations. In some cases, once a chunk is successfully transferred to a secondary storage device 108, the secondary storage device 108 returns an indication of receipt, e.g., to media agent 144 and/or storage manager 140, which may update their respective indexes 153, 150 accordingly. During restore, chunks may be processed (e.g., by media agent 144) according to the information in the chunk header to reassemble the files.
  • Data can also be communicated within system 100 in data channels that connect client computing devices 102 to secondary storage devices 108. These data channels can be referred to as “data streams,” and multiple data streams can be employed to parallelize an information management operation, improving data transfer rate, among other advantages. Example data formatting techniques including techniques involving data streaming, chunking, and the use of other data structures in creating secondary copies are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,315,923, 8,156,086, and 8,578,120.
  • FIGS. 1F and 1G are diagrams of example data streams 170 and 171, respectively, which may be employed for performing information management operations. Referring to FIG. 1F, data agent 142 forms data stream 170 from source data associated with a client computing device 102 (e.g., primary data 112). Data stream 170 is composed of multiple pairs of stream header 172 and stream data (or stream payload) 174. Data streams 170 and 171 shown in the illustrated example are for a single-instanced storage operation, and a stream payload 174 therefore may include both single-instance (SI) data and/or non-SI data. A stream header 172 includes metadata about the stream payload 174. This metadata may include, for example, a length of the stream payload 174, an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is encrypted, an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is compressed, an archive file identifier (ID), an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is single instanceable, and an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is a start of a block of data.
  • Referring to FIG. 1G, data stream 171 has the stream header 172 and stream payload 174 aligned into multiple data blocks. In this example, the data blocks are of size 64 KB. The first two stream header 172 and stream payload 174 pairs comprise a first data block of size 64 KB. The first stream header 172 indicates that the length of the succeeding stream payload 174 is 63 KB and that it is the start of a data block. The next stream header 172 indicates that the succeeding stream payload 174 has a length of 1 KB and that it is not the start of a new data block. Immediately following stream payload 174 is a pair comprising an identifier header 176 and identifier data 178. The identifier header 176 includes an indication that the succeeding identifier data 178 includes the identifier for the immediately previous data block. The identifier data 178 includes the identifier that the data agent 142 generated for the data block. The data stream 171 also includes other stream header 172 and stream payload 174 pairs, which may be for SI data and/or non-SI data.
  • FIG. 1H is a diagram illustrating data structures 180 that may be used to store blocks of SI data and non-SI data on a storage device (e.g., secondary storage device 108). According to certain embodiments, data structures 180 do not form part of a native file system of the storage device. Data structures 180 include one or more volume folders 182, one or more chunk folders 184/185 within the volume folder 182, and multiple files within chunk folder 184. Each chunk folder 184/185 includes a metadata file 186/187, a metadata index file 188/189, one or more container files 190/191/193, and a container index file 192/194. Metadata file 186/187 stores non-SI data blocks as well as links to SI data blocks stored in container files. Metadata index file 188/189 stores an index to the data in the metadata file 186/187. Container files 190/191/193 store SI data blocks. Container index file 192/194 stores an index to container files 190/191/193. Among other things, container index file 192/194 stores an indication of whether a corresponding block in a container file 190/191/193 is referred to by a link in a metadata file 186/187. For example, data block B2 in the container file 190 is referred to by a link in metadata file 187 in chunk folder 185. Accordingly, the corresponding index entry in container index file 192 indicates that data block B2 in container file 190 is referred to. As another example, data block B1 in container file 191 is referred to by a link in metadata file 187, and so the corresponding index entry in container index file 192 indicates that this data block is referred to.
  • As an example, data structures 180 illustrated in FIG. 1H may have been created as a result of separate secondary copy operations involving two client computing devices 102. For example, a first secondary copy operation on a first client computing device 102 could result in the creation of the first chunk folder 184, and a second secondary copy operation on a second client computing device 102 could result in the creation of the second chunk folder 185. Container files 190/191 in the first chunk folder 184 would contain the blocks of SI data of the first client computing device 102. If the two client computing devices 102 have substantially similar data, the second secondary copy operation on the data of the second client computing device 102 would result in media agent 144 storing primarily links to the data blocks of the first client computing device 102 that are already stored in the container files 190/191. Accordingly, while a first secondary copy operation may result in storing nearly all of the data subject to the operation, subsequent secondary storage operations involving similar data may result in substantial data storage space savings, because links to already stored data blocks can be stored instead of additional instances of data blocks.
  • If the operating system of the secondary storage computing device 106 on which media agent 144 operates supports sparse files, then when media agent 144 creates container files 190/191/193, it can create them as sparse files. A sparse file is a type of file that may include empty space (e.g., a sparse file may have real data within it, such as at the beginning of the file and/or at the end of the file, but may also have empty space in it that is not storing actual data, such as a contiguous range of bytes all having a value of zero). Having container files 190/191/193 be sparse files allows media agent 144 to free up space in container files 190/191/193 when blocks of data in container files 190/191/193 no longer need to be stored on the storage devices. In some examples, media agent 144 creates a new container file 190/191/193 when a container file 190/191/193 either includes 100 blocks of data or when the size of the container file 190 exceeds 50MB. In other examples, media agent 144 creates a new container file 190/191/193 when a container file 190/191/193 satisfies other criteria (e.g., it contains from approx. 100 to approx. 1000 blocks or when its size exceeds approximately 50 MB to 1 GB). In some cases, a file on which a secondary copy operation is performed may comprise a large number of data blocks. For example, a 100 MB file may comprise 400 data blocks of size 256 KB. If such a file is to be stored, its data blocks may span more than one container file, or even more than one chunk folder. As another example, a database file of 20 GB may comprise over 40,000 data blocks of size 512 KB. If such a database file is to be stored, its data blocks will likely span multiple container files, multiple chunk folders, and potentially multiple volume folders. Restoring such files may require accessing multiple container files, chunk folders, and/or volume folders to obtain the requisite data blocks.
  • Using Backup Data for Replication and Disaster Recovery “Live Synchronization”
  • There is an increased demand to off-load resource intensive information management tasks (e.g., data replication tasks) away from production devices (e.g., physical or virtual client computing devices) in order to maximize production efficiency. At the same time, enterprises expect access to readily-available up-to-date recovery copies in the event of failure, with little or no production downtime.
  • FIG. 2A illustrates a system 200 configured to address these and other issues by using backup or other secondary copy data to synchronize a source subsystem 201 (e.g., a production site) with a destination subsystem 203 (e.g., a failover site). Such a technique can be referred to as “live synchronization” and/or “live synchronization replication.” In the illustrated embodiment, the source client computing devices 202 a include one or more virtual machines (or “VMs”) executing on one or more corresponding VM host computers 205 a, though the source need not be virtualized. The destination site 203 may be at a location that is remote from the production site 201, or may be located in the same data center, without limitation. One or more of the production site 201 and destination site 203 may reside at data centers at known geographic locations, or alternatively may operate “in the cloud.”
  • The synchronization can be achieved by generally applying an ongoing stream of incremental backups from the source subsystem 201 to the destination subsystem 203, such as according to what can be referred to as an “incremental forever” approach. FIG. 2A illustrates an embodiment of a data flow which may be orchestrated at the direction of one or more storage managers (not shown). At step 1, the source data agent(s) 242 a and source media agent(s) 244 a work together to write backup or other secondary copies of the primary data generated by the source client computing devices 202 a into the source secondary storage device(s) 208 a. At step 2, the backup/secondary copies are retrieved by the source media agent(s) 244 a from secondary storage. At step 3, source media agent(s) 244 a communicate the backup/secondary copies across a network to the destination media agent(s) 244 b in destination subsystem 203.
  • As shown, the data can be copied from source to destination in an incremental fashion, such that only changed blocks are transmitted, and in some cases multiple incremental backups are consolidated at the source so that only the most current changed blocks are transmitted to and applied at the destination. An example of live synchronization of virtual machines using the “incremental forever” approach is found in U.S. Pat. Application No. 62/265,339 entitled “Live Synchronization and Management of Virtual Machines across Computing and Virtualization Platforms and Using Live Synchronization to Support Disaster Recovery.” Moreover, a deduplicated copy can be employed to further reduce network traffic from source to destination. For instance, the system can utilize the deduplicated copy techniques described in U.S. Pat. No. 9,239,687, entitled “Systems and Methods for Retaining and Using Data Block Signatures in Data Protection Operations.”
  • At step 4, destination media agent(s) 244 b write the received backup/secondary copy data to the destination secondary storage device(s) 208 b. At step 5, the synchronization is completed when the destination media agent(s) and destination data agent(s) 242 b restore the backup/secondary copy data to the destination client computing device(s) 202 b. The destination client computing device(s) 202 b may be kept “warm” awaiting activation in case failure is detected at the source. This synchronization/replication process can incorporate the techniques described in U.S. Pat. Application No. 14/721,971, entitled “Replication Using Deduplicated Secondary Copy Data.”
  • Where the incremental backups are applied on a frequent, on-going basis, the synchronized copies can be viewed as mirror or replication copies. Moreover, by applying the incremental backups to the destination site 203 using backup or other secondary copy data, the production site 201 is not burdened with the synchronization operations. Because the destination site 203 can be maintained in a synchronized “warm” state, the downtime for switching over from the production site 201 to the destination site 203 is substantially less than with a typical restore from secondary storage. Thus, the production site 201 may flexibly and efficiently fail over, with minimal downtime and with relatively up-to-date data, to a destination site 203, such as a cloud-based failover site. The destination site 203 can later be reverse synchronized back to the production site 201, such as after repairs have been implemented or after the failure has passed.
  • Integrating With the Cloud Using File System Protocols
  • Given the ubiquity of cloud computing, it can be increasingly useful to provide data protection and other information management services in a scalable, transparent, and highly plug-able fashion. FIG. 2B illustrates an information management system 200 having an architecture that provides such advantages, and incorporates use of a standard file system protocol between primary and secondary storage subsystems 217, 218. As shown, the use of the network file system (NFS) protocol (or any another appropriate file system protocol such as that of the Common Internet File System (CIFS)) allows data agent 242 to be moved from the primary storage subsystem 217 to the secondary storage subsystem 218. For instance, as indicated by the dashed box 206 around data agent 242 and media agent 244, data agent 242 can co-reside with media agent 244 on the same server (e.g., a secondary storage computing device such as component 106), or in some other location in secondary storage subsystem 218.
  • Where NFS is used, for example, secondary storage subsystem 218 allocates an NFS network path to the client computing device 202 or to one or more target applications 210 running on client computing device 202. During a backup or other secondary copy operation, the client computing device 202 mounts the designated NFS path and writes data to that NFS path. The NFS path may be obtained from NFS path data 215 stored locally at the client computing device 202, and which may be a copy of or otherwise derived from NFS path data 219 stored in the secondary storage subsystem 218.
  • Write requests issued by client computing device(s) 202 are received by data agent 242 in secondary storage subsystem 218, which translates the requests and works in conjunction with media agent 244 to process and write data to a secondary storage device(s) 208, thereby creating a backup or other secondary copy. Storage manager 240 can include a pseudo-client manager 217, which coordinates the process by, among other things, communicating information relating to client computing device 202 and application 210 (e.g., application type, client computing device identifier, etc.) to data agent 242, obtaining appropriate NFS path data from the data agent 242 (e.g., NFS path information), and delivering such data to client computing device 202.
  • Conversely, during a restore or recovery operation client computing device 202 reads from the designated NFS network path, and the read request is translated by data agent 242. The data agent 242 then works with media agent 244 to retrieve, re-process (e.g., re-hydrate, decompress, decrypt), and forward the requested data to client computing device 202 using NFS.
  • By moving specialized software associated with system 200 such as data agent 242 off the client computing devices 202, the illustrative architecture effectively decouples the client computing devices 202 from the installed components of system 200, improving both scalability and plug-ability of system 200. Indeed, the secondary storage subsystem 218 in such environments can be treated simply as a read/write NFS target for primary storage subsystem 217, without the need for information management software to be installed on client computing devices 202. As one example, an enterprise implementing a cloud production computing environment can add VM client computing devices 202 without installing and configuring specialized information management software on these VMs. Rather, backups and restores are achieved transparently, where the new VMs simply write to and read from the designated NFS path. An example of integrating with the cloud using file system protocols or so-called “infinite backup” using NFS share is found in U.S. Pat. Application No. 62/294,920, entitled “Data Protection Operations Based on Network Path Information.” Examples of improved data restoration scenarios based on network-path information, including using stored backups effectively as primary data sources, may be found in U.S. Patent Application No. 62/297,057, entitled “Data Restoration Operations Based on Network Path Information.”
  • Highly Scalable Managed Data Pool Architecture
  • Enterprises are seeing explosive data growth in recent years, often from various applications running in geographically distributed locations. FIG. 2C shows a block diagram of an example of a highly scalable, managed data pool architecture useful in accommodating such data growth. The illustrated system 200, which may be referred to as a “web-scale” architecture according to certain embodiments, can be readily incorporated into both open compute/storage and common-cloud architectures.
  • The illustrated system 200 includes a grid 245 of media agents 244 logically organized into a control tier 231 and a secondary or storage tier 233. Media agents assigned to the storage tier 233 can be configured to manage a secondary storage pool 208 as a deduplication store, and be configured to receive client write and read requests from the primary storage subsystem 217, and direct those requests to the secondary tier 233 for servicing. For instance, media agents CMA1-CMA3 in the control tier 231 maintain and consult one or more deduplication databases 247, which can include deduplication information (e.g., data block hashes, data block links, file containers for deduplicated files, etc.) sufficient to read deduplicated files from secondary storage pool 208 and write deduplicated files to secondary storage pool 208. For instance, system 200 can incorporate any of the deduplication systems and methods shown and described in U.S. Pat. No. 9,020,900, entitled “Distributed Deduplicated Storage System,” and U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2014/0201170, entitled “High Availability Distributed Deduplicated Storage System.”
  • Media agents SMA1-SMA6 assigned to the secondary tier 233 receive write and read requests from media agents CMA1-CMA3 in control tier 231, and access secondary storage pool 208 to service those requests. Media agents CMA1-CMA3 in control tier 231 can also communicate with secondary storage pool 208, and may execute read and write requests themselves (e.g., in response to requests from other control media agents CMA1-CMA3) in addition to issuing requests to media agents in secondary tier 233. Moreover, while shown as separate from the secondary storage pool 208, deduplication database(s) 247 can in some cases reside in storage devices in secondary storage pool 208.
  • As shown, each of the media agents 244 (e.g., CMA1-CMA3, SMA1-SMA6, etc.) in grid 245 can be allocated a corresponding dedicated partition 251A-251I, respectively, in secondary storage pool 208. Each partition 251 can include a first portion 253 containing data associated with (e.g., stored by) media agent 244 corresponding to the respective partition 251. System 200 can also implement a desired level of replication, thereby providing redundancy in the event of a failure of a media agent 244 in grid 245. Along these lines, each partition 251 can further include a second portion 255 storing one or more replication copies of the data associated with one or more other media agents 244 in the grid.
  • System 200 can also be configured to allow for seamless addition of media agents 244 to grid 245 via automatic configuration. As one illustrative example, a storage manager (not shown) or other appropriate component may determine that it is appropriate to add an additional node to control tier 231, and perform some or all of the following: (i) assess the capabilities of a newly added or otherwise available computing device as satisfying a minimum criteria to be configured as or hosting a media agent in control tier 231; (ii) confirm that a sufficient amount of the appropriate type of storage exists to support an additional node in control tier 231 (e.g., enough disk drive capacity exists in storage pool 208 to support an additional deduplication database 247); (iii) install appropriate media agent software on the computing device and configure the computing device according to a pre-determined template; (iv) establish a partition 251 in the storage pool 208 dedicated to the newly established media agent 244; and (v) build any appropriate data structures (e.g., an instance of deduplication database 247). An example of highly scalable managed data pool architecture or so-called web-scale architecture for storage and data management is found in U.S. Pat. Application No. 62/273,286 entitled “Redundant and Robust Distributed Deduplication Data Storage System.”
  • The embodiments and components thereof disclosed in FIGS. 2A, 2B, and 2C, as well as those in FIGS. 1A-1H, may be implemented in any combination and permutation to satisfy data storage management and information management needs at one or more locations and/or data centers.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating operations 1-5 depicting logical data pathways for backing up cloud-based VMs in the prior art. FIG. 3 depicts: storage device 108 comprising one or more secondary copies 116; storage manager 140; media agent 144 comprising media agent index 153; and cloud-based data processing platform 301 comprising: data agent 142, “live” data storage 303, e.g., Amazon’s Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS), comprising live volume 312 and snapshot volume 318, mass storage 305, e.g., Amazon S3, comprising snapshots 316, and cloud-based live VM 310. Operations or steps 1-5 also are depicted by numbered one-way arrows.
  • Storage device 108 comprises one or more secondary copies 116. These are described in more detail elsewhere herein. Storage manager 140 is described in more detail elsewhere herein. Storage manager 140 is in communication with data agent 142 and media agent 144, as depicted by the two-way arrows therebetween. Data agent 142, illustratively a virtual server data agent (“VSA”) associated with one or more cloud-based virtual machines such as VM 310, is described in more detail elsewhere herein. Data agent 142 illustratively executes “in the cloud” within cloud data processing platform 301. Media agent 144 is described in more detail elsewhere herein. Media agent illustratively executes in a data center, preferably logically proximate to storage device 108, with which data agent 144 is associated and vice versa. Media agent 144 comprises media agent index 153, which is also described in more detail elsewhere herein.
  • Cloud-based data processing platform 301 (or “cloud 301”) is a data processing infrastructure that comprises resources for data processing (e.g., computing devices) operating in a “cloud” setting rather than in a customer’s data center. Illustratively, cloud 301 is embodied as Amazon Web Services (“AWS”), but the invention is not so limited.
  • “Live” data storage 303 comprises data storage resources used “live” by cloud-based virtual machines. Illustratively, live data storage 303 is embodied as Amazon’s Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS), though the invention is not so limited. Amazon’s Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) provides block-level storage volumes for use with EC2 (Elastic Compute Cloud) instances in Amazon Web Services (AWS). An EC2 instance is a virtual machine in AWS lingo. Other cloud providers offer equivalent cloud-based block-level storage volumes within the respective cloud data processing environment.
  • Mass storage 305 comprises cloud-based data storage resources for a variety of data objects, without limitation. Illustratively, mass storage 305 is embodied as Amazon Simple Storage Service (or “S3”), though the invention is not so limited.
  • Cloud-based live VM 310 is a virtual machine (VM) that executes “in the cloud,” i.e., on cloud 301. Illustratively, VM 310 is embodied as an EC2 (Elastic Compute Cloud) instances in Amazon Web Services (AWS). By “live” we mean that the VM is operational, executing commands, and generally acting as a data processing resource.
  • Live volume 312 is closely associated with live VM 310 and stores the active data used and generated by VM 310. Live volume 312 is referred to as “production” volume, because it is in active use as a data resource for live VM 310. Live volume 312 is configured as a data volume within live data storage 303, illustratively embodied as Amazon’s Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS), though the invention is not so limited.
  • Snapshots 316 are any number of individual snapshots, each one representing a point-in-time image of live volume 312. Snapshots of a data volume are well known in the art. Illustratively, each snapshot 316 is configured in mass storage 305, illustratively embodied as Amazon Simple Storage Service (or “S3”), though the invention is not so limited. Illustratively, each snapshot 316 is taken at live data storage 303 (e.g., using native utilities available in cloud 301) and stored to mass storage 305 (e.g., again using native utilities available in cloud 301). Illustratively, these operations are described as Step 1. Each snapshot 316 is uniquely identified and furthermore is associated with the source live volume 312 that it represents. There is no limit to the number of distinct live volumes 312 and no limit on how many associated snapshots 316 are respectively associated therewith.
  • Snapshot volume 318 (or “snap volume 318”) stores data copied thereto from a snapshot 316 according to Step 2. Snapshot volume 318 is configured as a data volume within live data storage 303, illustratively embodied as Amazon’s Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS), though the invention is not so limited. Snapshot volume 318 is not in use by live VM 310. Rather, as is shown later, snapshot volume 318 acts as a source of data for later backup operations (backup source). Illustratively, the snapshots 316 and the snapshot volume 318 are taken, stored, and/or created by the cloud utilities as instructed by data agent 142.
  • Numbered one-way arrows 1-5 depict operations or operational steps (or “steps”) occurring between the depicted components according to a prior art approach.
    • Step 1: a snapshot is taken of the VM’s live volume 312 (e.g., an Amazon EBS volume) and stored to cloud-based mass storage 305 (e.g., Amazon S3) as a point-in-time snapshot 316.
    • Step 2: a so-called “snapshot volume” 318 (e.g., an Amazon EBS volume) is initialized from a snapshot 316 in cloud-based mass storage 305 (e.g., Amazon S3). The snapshot volume 318 is the source for the backup operation managed by the illustrative data storage management system. The initialization is performed extent by extent from the snapshot 316 to the snapshot volume 318. An extent is a grouping of data, illustratively 4 MB in size, but the invention is not so limited and an extent can be configured to be any amount of data and/or comprise any number of data blocks.
    • Step 3: a VSA data agent 142 (e.g., executing on a cloud-based VM that is illustratively distinct from live VM 310) reads in all the data from the snapshot volume 318.
    • Step 4: the VSA data agent 142 compares the data read in from the snapshot volume 318 to data backed up in a preceding backup operation, identifies any changed data, processes the changed data for backup, and transmits the processed changed data to a media agent 144.
    • Step 5: the media agent 144 further processes the data received from the VSA data agent 142, generates one or more secondary copies 116, and stores the one or more secondary copies 116 to suitable storage device(s) 108. The secondary copies 116 are said to be generated and managed by the data storage management system under the direction of the storage manager 140, which sends instructions to the media agent 144 and to the VSA data agent 142 for performing the backup operation, e.g., when to start, which snapshot 316 to use for initializing the snapshot volume 318, what operations to apply in processing (e.g., compression, encryption, etc.), where to store the secondary copies 116, etc.
  • The prior art approach has certain performance shortcomings, in part due to the nature of the operations and amount of data involved in Steps 2 and 3 presented above. As shown below, these shortcomings are overcome, or at the very least substantially ameliorated, by the illustrative embodiment according to the present invention.
  • USING UTILITIES INJECTED INTO CLOUD-BASED VIRTUAL MACHINES FOR SPEEDING UP VIRTUAL MACHINE BACKUP OPERATIONS
  • As noted earlier, numerous advantages derive from using one or more of the illustrative embodiments. For example, incremental backup operations for VMs operating in the cloud are substantially faster. A utility is injected into and executes on a live VM operating in the cloud. Time is saved in performing the backup operation first by pre-warming the backup’s source volume in parallel with the injected utility analyzing the VM’s live volume, and second by skipping read operations for extents deemed to be unchanged since a preceding backup. The illustrative approach benefits streaming backups as well as the so-called “backup copy” features available from the illustrative data storage management system.
  • FIG. 4A is a block diagram illustrating some salient portions of a system 400 for using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up VM backup operations, according to an illustrative embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 4A depicts: storage device 108 comprising one or more secondary copies 116; storage manager 140; “live” data storage 303, e.g., Amazon’s Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS), comprising live volume 312 and snapshot volume 318; mass storage 305, e.g., Amazon S3, comprising snapshots 316 and extent table 420; cloud-based live VM 310; data agent 442; and media agent 444 comprising media agent index 453. Cloud 301 (not shown here) comprises live data storage 303 and mass storage 305 and also hosts live VM 310 and enhanced VSA data agent 442. The components are interconnected at least in part as depicted by the arrows. The connections are made possible by suitable data communications and networking infrastructure, such as described in regard to communications pathways 114, though any suitable communication pathways that are known in the art can be implemented in an embodiment.
  • Extent table 420 is a data structure that is based upon information in live volume 312 and stored to mass storage 305. Extent table 420 comprises information for each extent (grouping of data, e.g., sized at 4MB) in live volume 312, including a respective checksum designated the live-CRC (or “L_CRC”) and identifying so-called “holes,” which are data extents comprising no/null data. Because a hole is known to be “empty” or free of substantive data, no CRC need be calculated for it and certain later processing steps are skipped, so it is important according to the illustrative embodiment to know where the holes are in live volume 312.
  • Data agent 442 is an enhanced VSA data agent, analogous to VSA data agent 142, and additionally comprising other functionality for operating in system 400, such as checksum analysis feature 430 described in more detail in FIG. 4B and subsequent figures. Illustratively, the snapshots 316 and the snapshot volume 318 are taken, stored, and/or created by the cloud utilities as instructed by data agent 442. Illustratively, data agent 442 executes on a VM in the same virtualized environment as the target VM being backed up, though the invention is not limited to VM-hosted data agents 442. In other embodiments data agent 442 executes on a computing device that is not in a virtualized computing environment or in a cloud-based computing environment. Data agent 442 is sometimes referred to herein as a “proxy” or “VSA proxy.”
  • Media agent 444 is analogous to media agent 144 and additionally comprises other information and functionality for operating in system 400, such as “F_CRC” table 440, and features for creating it, updating it, and transmitting it to data agent 442 as described in more detail in FIG. 4B and subsequent figures.
  • Media agent index 453 is a data structure that is populated by and resides in media agent 444. Media agent index 453 is analogous to media agent 153 and additionally comprises other information for operating in system 400, such as “F_CRC” table 440, which is described in more detail in FIG. 4B.
  • FIG. 4B is a block diagram illustrating some salient portions of a system 400 for using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up VM backup operations, including operations B1, B2, C, D, and E, according to an illustrative embodiment of the present invention. The same components depicted in FIG. 4A are shown here as well, plus: injected utility 410 operating in live VM 310; checksum analysis module 430 operating in enhanced VSA data agent 442; and F_CRC table 440 residing in media agent 444, illustratively within media agent index 453, though the invention is not so limited.
  • Although the illustrative embodiments are shown in the context of cloud-based computing environments and cloud-based storage provided by so-called public cloud service providers, some embodiments can be constructed without using public clouds; in such scenarios the cloud environments are privately owned and/or operated by the owner/operator of the data storage management system. Thus, the invention is not limited to public cloud scenarios. The illustrative utility 410 can operate in any virtual machine implementation without limitation.
  • Injected utility 410 is a functional module (utility) that executes on live VM 310. Injected utility 410 is injected into VM 310 by data agent 442 in Step A. One embodiment is the CVVMChecksum.exe utility devised by the present inventors.
  • Checksum analysis module 430 is a functional module that executes on the underlying computing device hosting data agent 442. Checksum analysis module 430 is a feature added to data agent 442. Because cyclic redundancy check (CRC) is used as the checksum embodiment here, module 430 is sometimes referred to as the “CRC checker” or “CRC analyzer.”
  • F_CRC table 440 (or “full CRC table 440” or “full extent table 440” or “table 440”) is a data structure illustratively residing in media agent 444, illustratively within media agent index 453, though the invention is not so limited. Media agent 444 illustratively generates F_CRC table 440 initially when a full backup is executed, i.e., a respective F_CRC value is stored in F_CRC for each extent in the full backup. This is followed by subsequent updates to the F_CRC values entered from the most recent backup. Thus, F_CRC is the checksum value in the media agent index 453 obtained from the most recent backup executed by the media agent 444. Table 440 is illustratively generated initially when a full backup is executed, i.e., a respective checksum is stored for each extent in the full backup, followed by subsequent updates to the checksum values entered from the most recent backup. Thus for any given extent F_CRC is the checksum value in the media agent index obtained from the most recent backup executed by the media agent. Accordingly, the checksums populated into table 440 vary in timing, as only the latest checksum from a backup is populated thereinto. When a given extent does not change and is not backed up, its older checksum persists in table 440.
  • According to the illustrative embodiment, the approach comprises:
    • Step 1: a snapshot is taken of the VM’s live volume 312 (e.g., an Amazon EBS volume) and stored to cloud-based mass storage 305 (e.g., Amazon S3) as a point-in-time snapshot 316. Instructions are issued by enhanced VSA data agent 442. This step is analogous to Step 1 in FIG. 3 .
    • Steps B1 and B2 are concurrent and thus save time. See also FIG. 6 .
    • Steps C and D follow steps B1 and B2 and provide information (e.g., extent table 420 and F_CRC table 440, respectively) to data agent 442 for checksum analysis (e.g., using checksum analysis module 430) to determine which data extents to read from snap volume 318 at Step E. See also FIG. 7 .
    • Step E illustrates that only changed data (e.g., data blocks, data extents) identified through checksum comparison are retrieved through read requests from the snap volume 318 (which is the source for backup), thus skipping a substantial number of reads as compared to the prior art approach (Step 3 in FIG. 3 ) and thereby saving substantial time in the amount of time needed to perform the backup operation. See also FIG. 7 .
    • Step 4: enhanced VSA data agent 442 processes the extents read in from snap volume 318 at step E for backup and transmits the processed data to media agent 444. This step is analogous to Step 4 in FIG. 3 in the sense that data agent 442 transmits processed data to media agent 444.
    • Step 5: media agent 444 further processes the data received from enhanced VSA data agent 442, generates one or more secondary copies 116, and stores the one or more secondary copies 116 to suitable storage device(s) 108. The secondary copies 116 are said to be generated and managed by the data storage management system under the direction of the storage manager 140, which sends instructions to the media agent 444 and to enhanced VSA data agent 442 for performing the backup operation, e.g., when to start, which snapshot 316 to use for initializing the snapshot volume 318, what operations to apply in processing (e.g., compression, encryption, etc.), where to store the secondary copies 116, etc. This step is analogous to Step 5 in FIG. 3 , and additionally media agent 444 updates F_CRC table 440 with checksum values for the extents that were received and processed in the present backup operation.
    More details are given in the subsequent flow charts in FIGS. 5-7 .
  • FIG. 5 depicts some salient operations of an illustrative method 500 for using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up VM backup operations in system 400, according to an illustrative embodiment of the present invention. The recited operations in method 500 are performed by one or more of the aforementioned components and/or features of system 400, as described in more detail below.
  • At block 502, snapshots 316 are taken of live volume 312 and stored to cloud-based mass storage 305. This operation generally corresponds to Step 1 depicted in FIG. 4B. Illustratively, the snapshots are taken and stored by native utilities available in cloud computing environment 301, in response to instructions given by enhanced data agent 442. Thus, data agent 442 issues instructions that indicate which live volume 312 is to be snapshotted and where the resulting snapshot 316 is to be stored. The periodicity is flexible and administrable, and the frequency of snapshots depends largely on customer needs and the nature of the data in target live volume 312. Illustratively, snapshots are taken hourly, but the invention allows for any time interval.
  • At block 504, enhanced VSA data agent 442, which is associated with live VM 310, determines that live VM 310 lacks utility 410 and proceeds to inject said utility 410 into live VM 310. This operation generally corresponds to Step A depicted in FIG. 4B. Techniques for injecting an executable utility into a cloud-based virtual machine such as live VM 310 are well known in the art. However, the functionality of injected utility 410 was devised by the present inventors and is described in more detail in another figure herein. Moreover, even though it is not depicted in FIG. 4B, the executable code for utility 410 is initially stored in data agent 442, and from there is injected into any number of targeted live VMs 310.
  • At block 506, injected utility 410 is launched, i.e., begins executing, on live VM 410. Illustratively, a trigger is transmitted by data agent 442 to launch injected utility 410.
  • At block 510, live volume 312 is analyzed concurrently with pre-warming of snapshot volume 318, the operations including Steps B1 and B2. More details are given in a subsequent figure. In some embodiments a checksum is calculated for every extent in snapshot volume 318, and is referred to herein as the “S_CRC” value. The S_CRC value is used in some embodiments.
  • At block 520, an incremental backup operation is launched using snap volume 318 as the source and resulting in one or more secondary copies 116 stored to one or more storage devices 108. It should be noted that the present incremental backup operation reads only changed extents from snapshot volume 318, wherein unchanged extents and extents identified as “holes” are not read. This provides more time savings. In contrast, the prior art approach of FIG. 3 requires all the data from snapshot 318 be read into data agent 142 (see, e.g., Step 3). More details are given in a subsequent figure.
  • At block 522, media agent 444 stores one or more secondary copies 116 resulting from the incremental backup operation to a storage device 108 and updates its index to reflect the most recent F_CRC values from the incremental backup. This operation generally corresponds to Step 5 depicted in FIG. 4B. When changed extents are backed up, their respective checksums (embodied as CRC values) are updated into the corresponding entry in F_CRC table 440, thus maintaining at media agent 444 the most recent checksum values for backed up extents that were processed by media agent 444. These checksum values are later fed back to data agent 442 (see, e.g., Step D) to be analyzed in a subsequent incremental backup operation. Control passes back to block 510 for handling later backups of live volume 312.
  • FIG. 6 depicts some salient operations in block 510 of method 500. Block 510 is directed at concurrently analyzing live volume 312 and pre-warming snapshot volume 318. Time is saved by the concurrent execution of operations B1 and B2, including pre-warming the backup source volume (snapshot volume 318) before the backup operation starts and while VM 310 is live.
  • At block 606, an extent-by-extent analysis of live volume 312 is performed illustratively by injected utility 410 executing on live VM 310. The analysis includes identifying extents that are “holes” and so indicating in extent table 420. The analysis further includes calculating a checksum for each extent in live volume 312 that is not a “hole.” For any given extent, the corresponding checksum (illustratively embodied as a CRC value) is designated “L_CRC” or “live CRC” and is stored to extent table 420. As noted, a checksum need not be expressly calculated for extents that are determined to be “holes” thus saving some amount of time in populating extent table 420, though the invention is not so limited and in some embodiments a checksum is calculated here for every extent in live volume 312. This operation generally corresponds to Step B1 depicted in FIG. 4B.
  • At block 608, extent table 420 is stored to mass storage 305 illustratively as performed and/or directed by injected utility 410. Although block 608 is depicted here as distinct from block 606, the invention is not so limited. In some embodiments extent table 420 is maintained in mass storage 305 and updated as each checksum is calculated, thus effectively combining blocks 606 and 608 into one collective operation corresponding to Step B1 depicted in FIG. 4B.
  • At block 610, which takes place substantially concurrently with block 606, snapshot volume 318 is pre-warmed extent-by-extent from the most recent snapshot 316, illustratively as performed and/or directed by injected utility 410. This operation begins as soon as snapshot 316 is taken and in parallel with the checksum computations populating extent table 420. This operation generally corresponds to Step B2 depicted in FIG. 4B.
  • At block 612, pre-warming of snap volume 318 ends at the earliest of the completion of block 608 (updating extent table 420) or pre-warming of snap volume 318. Whichever of these two operations has not completed when pre-warming ends will resume at block 520. In alternative embodiments, pre-warming operation 612 ends when both extent table 608 has completed updating (block 608) and snapshot volume 318 has been fully pre-warmed from snapshot 316 (block 610).
  • As noted, the concurrency depicted here - all while live VM 310 is in active operation - results in time saved in execution time needed to complete the present backup operation.
  • FIG. 7 depicts some salient operations in block 520 of method 500. Time is saved by skipping reads from snapshot volume 318 that is the source for the backup operation, i.e., unchanged extents are not read into data agent 442. Block 520 is directed at executing the present incremental backup operation using snap volume 318 as the backup source and reading only changed extents from snapshot volume 318. In contrast to the prior art (Step 3 in FIG. 3 ), extents that are unchanged and extents identified as “holes” are not read into data agent 442, which substantially reduces the amount of data that needs to be transferred to data agent 442 and takes less time than reading in snapshot volume 318 in its entirety.
  • Although not explicitly depicted here, the initial trigger to begin the present backup operation is provided by storage manager 140, which illustratively managers and orchestrates storage management operations, including backup jobs, in data storage management system 400. Accordingly, storage manager 140 notifies data agent 442 and media agent 444 that a backup job is to be started. In alternative embodiments, this trigger/notification is provided before block 520 begins, but the invention is not so limited and earlier operations in method 500 can be performed on an ongoing basis before the present backup job is triggered.
  • At block 702, live volume extent table 420, illustratively comprising the live CRC values and indications of extent “holes” present in live volume 312, is fetched into data agent 442. Illustratively this operation is directed and/or performed by injected utility 410 operating on live VM 310. In some other embodiments, utility 410 instructs data agent 442 to fetch table 420 from mass storage 305. Block 702 generally corresponds to Step C depicted in FIG. 4B.
  • At block 704, full extent table 440, illustratively comprising checksum values for the most recent backup handled by media agent 444, is fetched into data agent 442 from media agent 444. Illustratively this operation is directed and/or performed by injected utility 410 operating on live VM 310. In some embodiments, injected utility 410 instructs media agent 444 to transmit table 440 to data agent 442. In some other embodiments, utility 410 instructs data agent 442 to request table 440 from media agent 444.
  • Block 704 generally corresponds to Step D depicted in FIG. 4B. In some embodiments, Step D follows Step C, but the invention is not so limited and in other embodiments Step C and D are performed substantially concurrently, while in yet other embodiments Step C follows Step D. Since both live extent table 420 and full extent table 440 are needed for the next operation, the precise ordering of Step C relative to Step D is not a requirement of the present invention so long as both tables are made available to checksum analysis module 430 in data agent 442 in preparation for Step E.
  • At block 706, which is a decision point, data agent 442 (e.g., using checksum analysis module 430) compares for each extent the corresponding entries in tables 420 (live extent table) and 440 (full CRC table). Thus, for a given extent EXT, data agent 442 (e.g., using checksum analysis module 430) determines whether the corresponding entry in full CRC table 440 (F_CRC) is the same as the corresponding entry in live extent table 420 (L_CRC). These entries would be the same if the given extent EXT checksum (e.g., CRC value) is unchanged in the live volume 312 relative to the most recent backup processed by media agent 444; if so, control passes to block 708. If extent EXT is identified as a “hole” in live extent table 420, there is no need to read in null data, so control also passes to block 708.
  • On the other hand, when extent EXT in live extent table 420 is not identified as a “hole” and its checksum (L_CRC) is different from the corresponding entry in full CRC table 440 (F_CRC), data agent 442 (e.g., using checksum analysis module 430) infers that extent EXT in live volume 312 has changed relative to the most recent backup processed by media agent 444, i.e., extent EXT is a “changed extent” or “changed data” or comprises new data and control passes to block 710.
  • Additional considerations for Block 706. In some embodiments the value of the S_CRC checksum (computed for extents in snapshot volume 318) also is considered in the comparison as follows:
    • 1. If F_CRC != L_CRC & F_CRC != S_CRC, we need to back up the extent, because it has changed since the most recent backup tracked in media agent index.
    • 2. If F_CRC == L_CRC & F_CRC == S_CRC, we need not back up the extent, because the extent in the full backup has not changed in the snapshot or in the live volume.
    • 3. If F_CRC == L_CRC & F_CRC != S_CRC, we will not back up the extent since it appears the live CRC has reverted to an earlier value that has been previously backed up.
    • 4. If F_CRC != L_CRC & F_CRC == S_CRC, we might not need not back up that extent but we will do so in order to account for the change between live and full CRC.
  • At block 708, data agent 442 skips reading extent EXT from snapshot volume 318 and control passes back to block 706 for analyzing the next extent. As a result, since any number of extents are skipped here, the savings in time can be substantial and greatly reduce the duration of the present backup operation.
  • Block 710 is reached when data agent 442 (e.g., using checksum analysis module) detects a current change in the given extent EXT in live volume 312, i.e., detects a changed extent. Accordingly, data agent 442 proceeds to read extent EXT from snapshot volume 318. It should be noted that no data can be read from (i.e., the read request cannot be served) from snapshot volume 318 until a given extent EXT has been initialized from snapshot 316. If extent EXT has been pre-warmed in block 610 (Step B2) before data agent 442 issues a read request for extent EXT to snapshot volume 318, then the tread request is served immediately. In some cases where block 610 ended before the entire snapshot volume 318 was pre-warmed, some extents still remain to be initialized from snapshot 316 before the read request can be served to data agent 442. In such cases, data agent 442 will experience a delay while waiting for the initialization. After the read request has been served to data agent 442, control passes back to block 706 for analyzing the next extent. Block 710 generally corresponds to Step E depicted in FIG. 4B.
  • At block 712, data agent 442 processes the extent EXT read in at block 710 for backup and transmits the resulting processed data to media agent 444 for further processing. For example, an extent read from snapshot volume 318 might be analyzed for deduplication, may be compressed, may be encrypted, may be indexed and/or flagged at data agent 442, and/or may be framed and/or encapsulated for transmission to media agent 444. Processing an extent for backup and transmitting the resulting processed data to media agent 444 is performed according to techniques known in the art for data agents such as described in regard to data agents 142. Block 712 generally corresponds to Step 4 depicted in FIG. 4B.
  • At block 714, media agent 444 receives the processed data transmitted thereto by data agent 442 and further processes the data for backup. For example, data received from data agent 442 might be analyzed for deduplication, may be compressed, may be encrypted, may be indexed and/or flagged at media agent 444, and/or may be added into secondary copy 116, which media agent 444 is preparing for storage. Processing an extent for backup at media agent 444 is performed according to techniques known in the art for media agents such as described in regard to media agents 144. See also block 522.
  • In regard to the figures described herein, other embodiments are possible within the scope of the present invention, such that the above-recited components, steps, blocks, operations, messages, requests, queries, instructions, and/or directions are differently arranged, sequenced, sub-divided, organized, and/or combined. In some embodiments, a different component of system 400 may initiate or execute a given operation.
  • Example Embodiments
  • Some example enumerated embodiments of the present invention are recited in this section in the form of methods, systems, and non-transitory computer-readable media, without limitation.
  • According to one embodiment of the present invention a method comprising: injecting an executable utility into cloud-based virtual machines (VMs) that are subject to backups by a data storage management system tasked with protecting the cloud-based VMs and their associated data (e.g., vmdk, vhd, etc.), wherein a given VM is live; analyzing by the injected utility a given VM’s live volume to discover data extents therein, and for each data extent computes a respective checksum and determines whether the extent is a “hole” comprising null data; using the checksums to identify changed data extents in successive snapshots of the live volume, so that only changed data extents will be read and backed up in incremental backups; and performing an incremental backup operation of a data volume initialized from a snapshot taken of the live volume. The above-recited method wherein time is saved in performing the incremental backup operation first by pre-warming the backup’s source data volume in parallel with the utility analyzing the live volume, and second by skipping read operations from the source data volume for extents unchanged since a preceding backup. A system comprising components for performing the above-recited method. A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing instructions, which when executed by at least one computing device, perform the above-recited method.
  • According to another embodiment, a method comprising: injecting an executable utility into cloud-based virtual machines (VMs) that are subject to backups by a data storage management system tasked with protecting the cloud-based VMs and their associated data (e.g., vmdk, vhd, etc.), wherein a given VM is operational; analyzing by the injected utility the given VM’s live volume to discover data extents therein, and for each data extent computing a respective checksum and determining whether the data extent is a “hole” comprising null data; concurrently with the analyzing, initializing a data volume from a snapshot of the live volume, wherein the data volume is a source for an incremental backup operation. The above-recited method further comprising: using the checksums to identify changed data extents in the data volume relative to a preceding backup operation; and backing up only the identified changed data extents from the data volume, wherein no read requests are issued for any data extent in the data volume that is a hole or is unchanged since the preceding backup operation, thereby saving time in performing the backup operation. The above-recited method wherein time for performing the backup operation is saved by initializing the data volume concurrently with the utility analyzing the live volume, and by skipping read operations from the data volume for data extents unchanged since the preceding backup. A system comprising components for performing the above-recited method. A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing instructions, which when executed by at least one computing device, perform the above-recited method.
  • According to yet another embodiment, a method comprising: injecting a utility into a virtual machine that is associated with a first data volume that comprises data generated by and used by the virtual machine (e.g., vmdk, vhd, etc.), wherein the injecting is performed by a data agent that is associated with the virtual machine; taking a first snapshot of the first data volume, wherein the first data volume comprises a plurality of data groupings (e.g., extents); concurrently: (i) generating a first data structure that comprises for each data grouping in the first data volume one of: a respective checksum and a respective indication that the data grouping is null data (a “hole”), and (ii) pre-warming at least in part a second data volume, from the first snapshot, by copying data groupings from the first snapshot to the second data volume; determining by the data agent, based at least in part on information in the first data structure, a first set of data groupings among the plurality of data groupings in the second snapshot that are changed relative to a preceding backup operation of the second data volume. The above-recited method further comprising: reading by the data agent from the second data volume only the changed first set of data groupings, and skipping reading any data groupings in the second data volume that (a) are null data or (b) are unchanged relative to the preceding backup operation of the second data volume; and based on the changed first set of data groupings read from the second data volume, generating by the data agent in conjunction with a media agent a secondary copy of the second data volume, which secondary copy represents an incremental backup copy of the first data volume at a point in time when the first snapshot was taken.
  • The above-recited method further comprising: updating the second data structure by the media agent to reflect a respective checksum for each data grouping backed up in the secondary copy. The above-recited method wherein the determining that the first set of data groupings among the plurality of data groupings in the second snapshot are changed relative to the preceding backup operation of the second data volume is further based on a second data structure, obtained from the media agent, which comprises for each data grouping in the first data volume a respective checksum populated thereinto in an earlier backup operation, thereby enabling the data agent to compare, for a given data grouping, a checksum of the first data volume against an earlier and most recently populated checksum. The above-recited method wherein time for performing the backup operation is saved by initializing the data volume concurrently with the utility analyzing the live volume, and by skipping read operations from the data volume for data extents unchanged since the preceding backup. The above-recited method wherein the pre-warming of the second data volume comprises, for a given data grouping in the second data volume, initializing the data grouping in the second data volume from a corresponding data grouping in the first snapshot before the given data grouping can be read from the second data volume. The above-recited method wherein the utility performs, while the virtual machine is in active operation: (i) the generating of the first data structure, and (ii) the pre-warming at least in part of the second data volume. The above-recited method wherein the utility causes the taking of the first snapshot. The above-recited method wherein the data agent executes on another virtual machine that is distinct from the virtual machine that the utility is injected into. The above-recited method wherein the generating of the secondary copy is part of a second backup operation that follows the preceding backup operation, and wherein the second backup operation is initiated by a storage manager in communication with the data agent and with the media agent. The above-recited method wherein a storage manager initiates the generating of the secondary copy and also initiates one or more earlier backup operations, including the preceding backup operation, that are performed by the data agent in conjunction with the media agent. The above-recited method wherein the virtual machine and the data agent operate in a cloud-based computing environment, and wherein the first data volume and the second data volume are configured in the cloud-based computing environment. The above-recited method wherein the virtual machine executes on a computing device comprising one or more processors and computing memory. The above-recited method wherein the data agent executes on a first computing device comprising one or more processors and computing memory, and wherein the first computing device operates in a cloud-based computing environment, and further wherein the first computing device is distinct from a second computing device that hosts the virtual machine and comprises one or more processors and computer memory and which second computing device also operates in the cloud-based computing environment. The above-recited method wherein the first snapshot and the first data structure are stored in cloud-based mass storage. The above-recited method wherein the first snapshot and the first data structure are stored in cloud-based mass storage as directed by the utility.
  • According to yet one more embodiment, a method using a utility injected into an actively operating virtual machine for a first backup operation of a first data volume that comprises data generated by and used by the virtual machine (e.g., vmdk, vhd, etc.), the method comprising: taking a first snapshot of the first data volume, wherein the first data volume comprises a plurality of data extents, and wherein the first snapshot is stored to cloud-based mass storage; concurrently performing by the utility executing on the virtual machine: (i) computing a respective checksum for each data extent in the first data volume, and storing the computed checksums to a first table in the cloud-based mass storage, wherein the first table stores an indication that a given data extent is null data instead of storing a computed checksum therefor, thereby skipping the computing of the checksum for data extents that are null data, and (ii) pre-warming at least in part a second data volume, from the first snapshot, by copying data extents from the first snapshot to the second data volume. The above-recited method further comprising: obtaining by a data agent that is associated with the virtual machine, the first table from the cloud-based mass storage. The above-recited method further comprising: obtaining by the data agent, from a media agent, a second table comprising a respective checksum corresponding to each data extent in the first volume, wherein a given checksum in the second table was computed when the corresponding data extent was last backed up by the media agent in a preceding backup operation. The above-recited method further comprising: determining by the data agent, based on the first table and the second table, data extents in the second volume that are changed relative to a preceding backup operation; reading by the data agent from the second data volume only the changed data extents, and skipping reading any data extents in the second data volume that (a) are null data or (b) are unchanged relative to the preceding backup; and performing the first backup operation, by the data agent in conjunction with the media agent, resulting in a secondary copy based on the changed data extents read from the second data volume, wherein the secondary copy represents an incremental backup copy of the first data volume at a point in time when the first snapshot was taken.
  • The above-recited method wherein the data agent injects the utility into the virtual machine when the data agent receives an instruction to perform the first backup operation. The above-recited method further comprising: updating the second table by the media agent to reflect the respective checksums for each data extent backed up in the secondary copy. The above-recited method wherein the determining by the data agent, based on the first table and the second table, of the data extents in the second volume that are changed relative to a preceding backup operation comprises: comparing, for each data extent, a checksum in the first table and a corresponding checksum in the second table. The above-recited method wherein the determining by the data agent, based on the first table and the second table, of the data extents in the second volume that are changed relative to a preceding backup operation comprises: comparing, for each data extent, information in the first table and corresponding information in the second table. The above-recited method wherein the determining by the data agent, based the first table and the second table, the data extents in the second volume that are changed relative to a preceding backup operation comprises comparing, for each data extent, a first checksum in the first table and a corresponding second checksum in the second table; and when the first checksum differs from the corresponding second checksum, determining by the data agent that the respective data extent is changed since the second table last populated the second checksum therefor in a preceding backup operation. The above-recited method wherein the determining by the data agent, based on the first table and the second table, the data extents in the second volume that are changed relative to a preceding backup operation comprises: comparing, for each data extent, a first checksum in the first table and a corresponding second checksum in the second table; and when the first checksum is the same as the corresponding second checksum, determining by the data agent that the respective data extent is unchanged since the second table last populated the second checksum therefor in a preceding backup operation. The above-recited method wherein the determining by the data agent, based on the first table and the second table, the data extents in the second volume that are changed relative to a preceding backup operation comprises: comparing, for each data extent, first information in the first table and corresponding second information in the second table; and when the first information and the second information both indicate that the respective data extent is null data, determining by the data agent that the respective data extent is unchanged since the second table last populated the second information therefor in a preceding backup operation. The above-recited method wherein the pre-warming of the second data volume comprises, for a given data extent in the second data volume, initializing the data extent in the second data volume from a corresponding data extent in the first snapshot before the given data extent can be read from the second data volume. The above-recited method wherein the utility causes the taking of the first snapshot. The above-recited method wherein the data agent executes on another virtual machine that is distinct from the virtual machine that the utility is injected into. The above-recited method wherein a storage manager initiates the first backup operation and also initiates one or more preceding backup operations performed by the data agent in conjunction with the media agent. The above-recited method wherein the virtual machine and the data agent operate in a cloud-based computing environment, and wherein the first data volume and the second data volume are configured in the cloud-based computing environment. The above-recited method wherein the virtual machine executes on a computing device comprising one or more processors and computing memory. The above-recited method wherein the data agent executes on a first computing device comprising one or more processors and computing memory, and wherein the first computing device operates in a cloud-based computing environment, and further wherein the first computing device is distinct from a second computing device that hosts the virtual machine and comprises one or more processors and computer memory and which second computing device also operates in the cloud-based computing environment. The above-recited method wherein the first snapshot and the first table are stored in cloud-based mass storage as directed by the utility.
  • According to an example embodiment, a system comprising: a first virtual machine associated with a first data volume that comprises data generated by and used by the first virtual machine (e.g., vmdk, vhd, etc.), wherein the first virtual machine hosts a utility injected into the first virtual machine by a data agent associated with the first virtual machine, and wherein the first virtual machine executes on a first computing device; the data agent, executing on one of a second computing device and a second virtual machine executing on the second computing device, wherein the second computing device is distinct from the first computing device; wherein the utility is configured to: cause a first snapshot of the first data volume to be taken, wherein the first snapshot comprises a plurality of data groupings (e.g., extents), and concurrently: (i) generate a first data structure that comprises for each data grouping in the first data volume one of: a respective checksum and a respective indication that the data grouping is null data (a “hole”), and (ii) pre-warm at least in part a second data volume, from the first snapshot, by copying data groupings from the first snapshot to the second data volume; and wherein the data agent is configured to: determine based at least in part on information in the first data structure, a first set of data groupings in the second data volume that are changed relative to a preceding backup operation of the second data volume, read from the second data volume only the changed first set of data groupings, and skip any data groupings in the second data volume that (a) are null data or (b) are unchanged relative to the preceding backup operation of the second data volume, and generate by the data agent in conjunction with a media agent, a secondary copy of the second data volume, based on the changed first set of data groupings read from the second data volume, wherein the secondary copy represents an incremental backup copy of the first data volume at a point in time when the first snapshot was taken.
  • The above-recited system wherein the first virtual machine executes in a cloud-based computing environment and further wherein the first data volume and the second data volume are configured in the cloud-based computing environment. The above-recited system wherein the media agent is configured to update the second data structure to reflect the respective checksums for each data extent backed up in the secondary copy. The above-recited system wherein the first virtual machine executes in a cloud-based computing environment and further wherein the first data volume and the second data volume are configured in the cloud-based computing environment, and wherein the first data structure and the first snapshot are stored to cloud-based mass storage. The above-recited system wherein the data agent is configured to determine that the first set of data groupings in the second data volume are changed relative to the preceding backup operation of the second data volume further based on a second data structure, obtained from the media agent, which comprises for each data grouping corresponding to the first data volume a respective checksum populated thereinto in an earlier backup operation, thereby enabling the data agent to compare, for a given data grouping, a checksum of the first data volume against an earlier and most recently populated checksum. The above-recited system wherein the utility pre-warms a given data grouping in the second data volume by initializing the data grouping in the second data volume from a corresponding data grouping in the first snapshot before the given data grouping can be read by the data agent from the second data volume. The above-recited system wherein the system further comprises a storage manager in communication with the data agent and with the media agent, wherein the storage manager is configured to: initiate a second backup operation in which the secondary copy is generated. The above-recited system wherein the system further comprises a storage manager in communication with the data agent and with the media agent, wherein the storage manager is configured to: initiate the generating of the secondary copy and also to initiate one or more preceding backup operations performed by the data agent in conjunction with the media agent.
  • According to another example embodiment, a system for using a utility injected into an actively operating virtual machine for a first backup operation of a first data volume that comprises data generated by and used by the virtual machine (e.g., vmdk, vhd, etc.), the system comprising: a first virtual machine associated with a first data volume that comprises data generated by and used by the first virtual machine, wherein the first virtual machine hosts a utility injected into the first virtual machine by a data agent associated with the first virtual machine, and wherein the first virtual machine executes on a first computing device; the data agent, executing on one of a second computing device and a second virtual machine executing on the second computing device, wherein the second computing device is distinct from the first computing device; wherein the utility is configured to: cause a first snapshot of the first data volume to be taken, wherein the first snapshot comprises a plurality of data extents, and wherein the first snapshot is stored to cloud-based mass storage, concurrently: (i) compute a respective checksum for each data extent in the first data volume, and store the computed checksums to a first table in the cloud-based mass storage, wherein the first table stores an indication that a given data extent is null data instead of storing a computed checksum therefor, thereby skipping the computing of the checksum for data extents that are null data, and (ii) pre-warm at least in part a second data volume, from the first snapshot, by copying data extents from the first snapshot to the second data volume; and wherein the data agent is configured to: obtain the first table from the cloud-based mass storage, obtain from a media agent a second table comprising a respective checksum for each data extent corresponding to the first data volume, wherein a given checksum in the second table was computed when the corresponding data extent was last backed up by the media agent in a preceding backup operation, determine, based on the first table and the second table, data extents in the second data volume that are changed relative to a preceding backup operation, read from the second data volume only the changed data extents and skip reading any data extents in the second data volume that (a) are null data or (b) are unchanged relative to the preceding backup operation; and wherein the data agent in conjunction with a media agent are configured to perform the first backup operation, which generates a secondary copy based on the changed data extents read from the second data volume, and wherein the secondary copy represents an incremental backup of the first data volume at a point in time when the first snapshot was taken.
  • The above-recited system wherein the media agent is configured to update the second table to reflect the respective checksums for each data extent backed up in the secondary copy. The above-recited system wherein the data agent is configured to inject the utility into the virtual machine when the data agent receives an instruction to perform the first backup operation. The above-recited system wherein the data agent is further configured to compare, for each data extent, a checksum in the first table and a corresponding checksum in the second table. The above-recited system wherein to determine based on the first table and the second table, the data extents in the second volume that are changed relative to a preceding backup operation the data agent is further configured to: compare, for each data extent, information in the first table and corresponding information in the second table. The above-recited system wherein to determine based the first table and the second table, the data extents in the second volume that are changed relative to a preceding backup operation the data agent is further configured to: compare, for each data extent, a first checksum in the first table and a corresponding second checksum in the second table; and when the first checksum differs from the corresponding second checksum, the data agent is configured to determine that the respective data extent is changed since the second table last populated the second checksum therefor in a preceding backup operation. The above-recited system wherein to determine based on the first table and the second table, the data extents in the second volume that are changed relative to a preceding backup operation the data agent is further configured to: compare, for each data extent, a first checksum in the first table and a corresponding second checksum in the second table; and when the first checksum is the same as the corresponding second checksum, the data agent is configured to determine that the respective data extent is unchanged since the second table last populated the second checksum therefor in a preceding backup operation. The above-recited system wherein to determine based on the first table and the second table, the data extents in the second volume that are changed relative to a preceding backup operation the data agent is further configured to: compare, for each data extent, first information in the first table and corresponding second information in the second table; and when the first information and the second information both indicate that the respective data extent is null data, the data agent is configured to determine that the respective data extent is unchanged since the second table last populated the second information therefor in a preceding backup operation. The above-recited system wherein the pre-warming of the second data volume comprises, for a given data extent in the second data volume, initializing the data extent in the second data volume from a corresponding data extent in the first snapshot before the given data extent can be read by the data agent from the second data volume. The above-recited system wherein the system further comprises a storage manager that is configured to initiate the generating of the first backup operation and also to initiate one or more preceding backup operations performed by the data agent in conjunction with the media agent. The above-recited system wherein the first virtual machine and the data agent operate in a cloud-based computing environment, and wherein the first data volume and the second data volume are configured in the cloud-based computing environment. The above-recited system wherein the virtual machine executes on a computing device comprising one or more processors and computing memory. The above-recited system wherein the data agent executes on a first computing device comprising one or more processors and computing memory, and wherein the first computing device operates in a cloud-based computing environment, and further wherein the first computing device is distinct from a second computing device that hosts the virtual machine and comprises one or more processors and computer memory and which second computing device also operates in the cloud-based computing environment. The above-recited system wherein the first snapshot and the first table are stored in cloud-based mass storage as directed by the utility.
  • In other embodiments, a system or systems may operate according to one or more of the methods and/or computer-readable media recited in the preceding paragraphs. In yet other embodiments, a method or methods may operate according to one or more of the systems and/or computer-readable media recited in the preceding paragraphs. In yet more embodiments, a computer-readable medium or media, excluding transitory propagating signals, may cause one or more computing devices having one or more processors and non-transitory computer-readable memory to operate according to one or more of the systems and/or methods recited in the preceding paragraphs.
  • Terminology
  • Conditional language, such as, among others, “can,” “could,” “might,” or “may,” unless specifically stated otherwise, or otherwise understood within the context as used, is generally intended to convey that certain embodiments include, while other embodiments do not include, certain features, elements and/or steps. Thus, such conditional language is not generally intended to imply that features, elements and/or steps are in any way required for one or more embodiments or that one or more embodiments necessarily include logic for deciding, with or without user input or prompting, whether these features, elements and/or steps are included or are to be performed in any particular embodiment.
  • Unless the context clearly requires otherwise, throughout the description and the claims, the words “comprise,” “comprising,” and the like are to be construed in an inclusive sense, as opposed to an exclusive or exhaustive sense, i.e., in the sense of “including, but not limited to.” As used herein, the terms “connected,” “coupled,” or any variant thereof means any connection or coupling, either direct or indirect, between two or more elements; the coupling or connection between the elements can be physical, logical, or a combination thereof. Additionally, the words “herein,” “above,” “below,” and words of similar import, when used in this application, refer to this application as a whole and not to any particular portions of this application. Where the context permits, words using the singular or plural number may also include the plural or singular number respectively. The word “or” in reference to a list of two or more items, covers all of the following interpretations of the word: any one of the items in the list, all of the items in the list, and any combination of the items in the list. Likewise the term “and/or” in reference to a list of two or more items, covers all of the following interpretations of the word: any one of the items in the list, all of the items in the list, and any combination of the items in the list.
  • In some embodiments, certain operations, acts, events, or functions of any of the algorithms described herein can be performed in a different sequence, can be added, merged, or left out altogether (e.g., not all are necessary for the practice of the algorithms). In certain embodiments, operations, acts, functions, or events can be performed concurrently, e.g., through multi-threaded processing, interrupt processing, or multiple processors or processor cores or on other parallel architectures, rather than sequentially.
  • Systems and modules described herein may comprise software, firmware, hardware, or any combination(s) of software, firmware, or hardware suitable for the purposes described. Software and other modules may reside and execute on servers, workstations, personal computers, computerized tablets, PDAs, and other computing devices suitable for the purposes described herein. Software and other modules may be accessible via local computer memory, via a network, via a browser, or via other means suitable for the purposes described herein. Data structures described herein may comprise computer files, variables, programming arrays, programming structures, or any electronic information storage schemes or methods, or any combinations thereof, suitable for the purposes described herein. User interface elements described herein may comprise elements from graphical user interfaces, interactive voice response, command line interfaces, and other suitable interfaces.
  • Further, processing of the various components of the illustrated systems can be distributed across multiple machines, networks, and other computing resources. Two or more components of a system can be combined into fewer components. Various components of the illustrated systems can be implemented in one or more virtual machines, rather than in dedicated computer hardware systems and/or computing devices. Likewise, the data repositories shown can represent physical and/or logical data storage, including, e.g., storage area networks or other distributed storage systems. Moreover, in some embodiments the connections between the components shown represent possible paths of data flow, rather than actual connections between hardware. While some examples of possible connections are shown, any of the subset of the components shown can communicate with any other subset of components in various implementations.
  • Embodiments are also described above with reference to flow chart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (systems) and computer program products. Each block of the flow chart illustrations and/or block diagrams, and combinations of blocks in the flow chart illustrations and/or block diagrams, may be implemented by computer program instructions. Such instructions may be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, specially-equipped computer (e.g., comprising a high-performance database server, a graphics subsystem, etc.) or other programmable data processing apparatus to produce a machine, such that the instructions, which execute via the processor(s) of the computer or other programmable data processing apparatus, create means for implementing the acts specified in the flow chart and/or block diagram block or blocks. These computer program instructions may also be stored in a non-transitory computer-readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including instruction means which implement the acts specified in the flow chart and/or block diagram block or blocks. The computer program instructions may also be loaded to a computing device or other programmable data processing apparatus to cause operations to be performed on the computing device or other programmable apparatus to produce a computer implemented process such that the instructions which execute on the computing device or other programmable apparatus provide steps for implementing the acts specified in the flow chart and/or block diagram block or blocks.
  • Any patents and applications and other references noted above, including any that may be listed in accompanying filing papers, are incorporated herein by reference. Aspects of the invention can be modified, if necessary, to employ the systems, functions, and concepts of the various references described above to provide yet further implementations of the invention. These and other changes can be made to the invention in light of the above Detailed Description. While the above description describes certain examples of the invention, and describes the best mode contemplated, no matter how detailed the above appears in text, the invention can be practiced in many ways. Details of the system may vary considerably in its specific implementation, while still being encompassed by the invention disclosed herein. As noted above, particular terminology used when describing certain features or aspects of the invention should not be taken to imply that the terminology is being redefined herein to be restricted to any specific characteristics, features, or aspects of the invention with which that terminology is associated. In general, the terms used in the following claims should not be construed to limit the invention to the specific examples disclosed in the specification, unless the above Detailed Description section explicitly defines such terms. Accordingly, the actual scope of the invention encompasses not only the disclosed examples, but also all equivalent ways of practicing or implementing the invention under the claims.
  • To reduce the number of claims, certain aspects of the invention are presented below in certain claim forms, but the applicant contemplates other aspects of the invention in any number of claim forms. For example, while only one aspect of the invention is recited as a means-plus-function claim under 35 U.S.C sec. 112(f) (AIA), other aspects may likewise be embodied as a means-plus-function claim, or in other forms, such as being embodied in a computer-readable medium. Any claims intended to be treated under 35 U.S.C. §112(f) will begin with the words “means for,” but use of the term “for” in any other context is not intended to invoke treatment under 35 U.S.C. §112(f). Accordingly, the applicant reserves the right to pursue additional claims after filing this application, in either this application or in a continuing application.

Claims (20)

What is claimed is:
1. A computer-implemented method comprising:
generating a first data structure that, for each data extent in a first data volume of a virtual machine, comprises: (i) a corresponding indication of whether or not the data extent consists of null data, and (ii) a corresponding checksum of the data extent;
generating a first snapshot of the first data volume at a first point in time;
causing a second data volume to be initialized with one or more data extents that are based on the first snapshot, wherein the second data volume is distinct from the first data volume;
wherein generating the first data structure and causing the second data volume to be initialized are performed by the virtual machine before an incremental backup operation for the second data volume starts; and
performing the incremental backup operation, comprising:
based at least in part on information obtained from the first data structure, determining that, among the one or more data extents initialized at the second data volume, a set of data extents are changed compared to data that was backed up in a preceding backup operation of the second data volume, and
generating a secondary copy of the second data volume, based on reading the set of data extents from the second data volume, and further based on skipping reading from the second data volume one or more of: (A) data extents that are unchanged compared to the preceding backup operation, and (B) data extents that consist of null data,
wherein the secondary copy represents an incremental backup copy of the first data volume at the first point in time.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein at least some of the generating of the first data structure is concurrent with the second data volume being initialized.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein to initialize each data extent at the second data volume, a corresponding data extent of the first snapshot is copied to the second data volume.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein a utility injected into the virtual machine performs the generating of the first data structure.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein a utility injected into the virtual machine causes the second data volume to be initialized.
6. The method of claim 1, wherein a utility injected into the virtual machine prewarms the second data volume, wherein pre-warming the second data volume comprises initializing, at the second data volume, one or more data extents that are based on the first snapshot.
7. The method of claim 1, wherein in generating the first data structure, a checksum for null data extents is not calculated.
8. The method of claim 1, wherein the virtual machine operates in a cloud computing environment, and wherein the first data volume and the second data volume are configured in the cloud computing environment.
9. The method of claim 8, wherein a data storage service of the cloud computing environment initializes the data extents at the second data volume.
10. The method of claim 1, wherein determining that the set of data extents are changed is further based on a second data structure, wherein the second data structure comprises, for each data extent in the first data volume, a corresponding checksum that was populated into the second data structure at a second point in time, before the first point in time.
11. A system comprising:
one or more non-transitory computer-readable media having computer-executable instructions stored thereon; and
one or more hardware processors that, having executed the computer-executable instructions, configure the system to:
generate a first data structure that, for each data extent in a first data volume of a virtual machine, comprises: (i) a corresponding indication of whether or not the data extent consists of null data, and (ii) a corresponding checksum of the data extent;
generate a first snapshot of the first data volume at a first point in time;
cause a second data volume to be initialized with one or more data extents that are based on the first snapshot, wherein the second data volume is distinct from the first data volume, and wherein the system is configured to generate at least some of the first data structure concurrently with the second data volume being initialized; and
perform an incremental backup operation of the second data volume, comprising:
based at least in part on information obtained from the first data structure, determine that, among the one or more data extents initialized at the second data volume, a set of data extents are changed compared to data that was backed up in a preceding backup operation of the second data volume, and
generate a secondary copy of the second data volume, based on reading the set of data extents from the second data volume, and further based on skipping reading from the second data volume one or more of: (A) data extents that are unchanged compared to the preceding backup operation of the second data volume, and (B) data extents that consist of null data,
wherein the secondary copy represents an incremental backup copy of the first data volume at the first point in time.
12. The system of claim 11, wherein generating the first data structure and causing the second data volume to be initialized are performed before starting the incremental backup operation for the second data volume.
13. The system of claim 11, wherein the system is further configured to initialize each data extent at the second data volume by copying a corresponding data extent of the first snapshot to the second data volume.
14. The system of claim 11, wherein the system is further configured to generate the first data structure by executing a utility injected into the virtual machine.
15. The system of claim 11, wherein the system is further configured to execute a utility injected into the virtual machine, wherein the utility causes the second data volume to be initialized.
16. The system of claim 11, wherein the system is further configured to execute a utility injected into the virtual machine, wherein pre-warming the second data volume comprises initializing, at the second data volume, one or more data extents that are based on the first snapshot.
17. The system of claim 11, wherein the system is further configured not to calculate a checksum for null data extents in generating the first data structure.
18. The system of claim 11, wherein the virtual machine is configured to operate in a cloud computing environment, and wherein the first data volume and the second data volume are configured in the cloud computing environment.
19. The system of claim 18, wherein a data storage service of the cloud computing environment initializes the data extents at the second data volume.
20. The system of claim 11, wherein determining that the set of data extents are changed is further based on a second data structure, wherein the second data structure comprises, for each data extent in the first data volume, a corresponding checksum that was populated into the second data structure at a second point in time, before the first point in time.
US17/979,682 2018-03-07 2022-11-02 Using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines to speed up virtual machine backup operations Pending US20230052584A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/979,682 US20230052584A1 (en) 2018-03-07 2022-11-02 Using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines to speed up virtual machine backup operations

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201862639567P 2018-03-07 2018-03-07
US15/981,739 US10877928B2 (en) 2018-03-07 2018-05-16 Using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up virtual machine backup operations
US17/105,347 US11520736B2 (en) 2018-03-07 2020-11-25 Using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up virtual machine backup operations
US17/979,682 US20230052584A1 (en) 2018-03-07 2022-11-02 Using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines to speed up virtual machine backup operations

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/105,347 Continuation US11520736B2 (en) 2018-03-07 2020-11-25 Using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up virtual machine backup operations

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20230052584A1 true US20230052584A1 (en) 2023-02-16

Family

ID=67843909

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/981,739 Active 2039-04-24 US10877928B2 (en) 2018-03-07 2018-05-16 Using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up virtual machine backup operations
US17/105,347 Active 2038-08-23 US11520736B2 (en) 2018-03-07 2020-11-25 Using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up virtual machine backup operations
US17/979,682 Pending US20230052584A1 (en) 2018-03-07 2022-11-02 Using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines to speed up virtual machine backup operations

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/981,739 Active 2039-04-24 US10877928B2 (en) 2018-03-07 2018-05-16 Using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up virtual machine backup operations
US17/105,347 Active 2038-08-23 US11520736B2 (en) 2018-03-07 2020-11-25 Using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up virtual machine backup operations

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (3) US10877928B2 (en)

Families Citing this family (59)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11449394B2 (en) 2010-06-04 2022-09-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. Failover systems and methods for performing backup operations, including heterogeneous indexing and load balancing of backup and indexing resources
US8504526B2 (en) 2010-06-04 2013-08-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. Failover systems and methods for performing backup operations
US9461881B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2016-10-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Migration of existing computing systems to cloud computing sites or virtual machines
US8950009B2 (en) 2012-03-30 2015-02-03 Commvault Systems, Inc. Information management of data associated with multiple cloud services
US9378035B2 (en) 2012-12-28 2016-06-28 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for repurposing virtual machines
US20140196038A1 (en) 2013-01-08 2014-07-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual machine management in a data storage system
US9939981B2 (en) 2013-09-12 2018-04-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. File manager integration with virtualization in an information management system with an enhanced storage manager, including user control and storage management of virtual machines
US9811427B2 (en) 2014-04-02 2017-11-07 Commvault Systems, Inc. Information management by a media agent in the absence of communications with a storage manager
US20160019317A1 (en) 2014-07-16 2016-01-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. Volume or virtual machine level backup and generating placeholders for virtual machine files
US9983936B2 (en) 2014-11-20 2018-05-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual machine change block tracking
US10248174B2 (en) 2016-05-24 2019-04-02 Hedvig, Inc. Persistent reservations for virtual disk using multiple targets
US10417102B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2019-09-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. Heartbeat monitoring of virtual machines for initiating failover operations in a data storage management system, including virtual machine distribution logic
US10678758B2 (en) 2016-11-21 2020-06-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-platform virtual machine data and memory backup and replication
US10949308B2 (en) 2017-03-15 2021-03-16 Commvault Systems, Inc. Application aware backup of virtual machines
US10474542B2 (en) 2017-03-24 2019-11-12 Commvault Systems, Inc. Time-based virtual machine reversion
US10387073B2 (en) 2017-03-29 2019-08-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. External dynamic virtual machine synchronization
US10853195B2 (en) 2017-03-31 2020-12-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Granular restoration of virtual machine application data
US10877928B2 (en) 2018-03-07 2020-12-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up virtual machine backup operations
US11360859B2 (en) 2018-04-13 2022-06-14 Rubrik, Inc. Database restoration across cloud environments
US10891198B2 (en) * 2018-07-30 2021-01-12 Commvault Systems, Inc. Storing data to cloud libraries in cloud native formats
US10534759B1 (en) 2018-08-23 2020-01-14 Cohesity, Inc. Incremental virtual machine metadata extraction
US11016696B2 (en) 2018-09-14 2021-05-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. Redundant distributed data storage system
US10754739B2 (en) * 2018-10-26 2020-08-25 EMC IP Holding Company LLC System and method for predictive backup in a distributed environment
US11200124B2 (en) * 2018-12-06 2021-12-14 Commvault Systems, Inc. Assigning backup resources based on failover of partnered data storage servers in a data storage management system
US10768971B2 (en) 2019-01-30 2020-09-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-hypervisor live mount of backed up virtual machine data
US10810035B2 (en) 2019-02-27 2020-10-20 Cohesity, Inc. Deploying a cloud instance of a user virtual machine
US11366723B2 (en) 2019-04-30 2022-06-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data storage management system for holistic protection and migration of serverless applications across multi-cloud computing environments
US11455220B2 (en) * 2019-05-07 2022-09-27 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Cloud to cloud disaster recovery
US11573861B2 (en) * 2019-05-10 2023-02-07 Cohesity, Inc. Continuous data protection using a write filter
US11269734B2 (en) 2019-06-17 2022-03-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data storage management system for multi-cloud protection, recovery, and migration of databases-as-a-service and/or serverless database management systems
US20210011816A1 (en) 2019-07-10 2021-01-14 Commvault Systems, Inc. Preparing containerized applications for backup using a backup services container in a container-orchestration pod
US11513922B2 (en) 2019-08-14 2022-11-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for change block tracking for backing up changed data
US11636010B2 (en) 2019-08-28 2023-04-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. Enhancing file indexing of block-level backup copies of virtual machines and/or file systems by populating and tracking a cache storage area and a backup index
US11669400B2 (en) 2019-08-28 2023-06-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. Lightweight metadata handling for file indexing and live browse of backup copies
US11467929B2 (en) * 2019-09-05 2022-10-11 Dell Products L.P. Reducing failover time between data nodes
US11218450B2 (en) 2019-09-11 2022-01-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data protection component scaling in a cloud-based data storage system
US11023332B2 (en) * 2019-10-15 2021-06-01 EMC IP Holding Company LLC System and method for efficient backup system aware direct data migration between cloud storages
US11250136B2 (en) 2019-10-22 2022-02-15 Cohesity, Inc. Scanning a backup for vulnerabilities
US11397649B2 (en) 2019-10-22 2022-07-26 Cohesity, Inc. Generating standby cloud versions of a virtual machine
US11487549B2 (en) 2019-12-11 2022-11-01 Cohesity, Inc. Virtual machine boot data prediction
US11467753B2 (en) 2020-02-14 2022-10-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. On-demand restore of virtual machine data
US11321188B2 (en) 2020-03-02 2022-05-03 Commvault Systems, Inc. Platform-agnostic containerized application data protection
US11422900B2 (en) 2020-03-02 2022-08-23 Commvault Systems, Inc. Platform-agnostic containerized application data protection
US11442768B2 (en) 2020-03-12 2022-09-13 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-hypervisor live recovery of virtual machines
US11099956B1 (en) 2020-03-26 2021-08-24 Commvault Systems, Inc. Snapshot-based disaster recovery orchestration of virtual machine failover and failback operations
US11500669B2 (en) 2020-05-15 2022-11-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. Live recovery of virtual machines in a public cloud computing environment
US11379315B2 (en) * 2020-08-07 2022-07-05 EMC IP Holding Company LLC System and method for a backup data verification for a file system based backup
US11500566B2 (en) 2020-08-25 2022-11-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cloud-based distributed data storage system using block-level deduplication based on backup frequencies of incoming backup copies
US11570243B2 (en) 2020-09-22 2023-01-31 Commvault Systems, Inc. Decommissioning, re-commissioning, and commissioning new metadata nodes in a working distributed data storage system
US11789830B2 (en) 2020-09-22 2023-10-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. Anti-entropy-based metadata recovery in a strongly consistent distributed data storage system
US11314687B2 (en) 2020-09-24 2022-04-26 Commvault Systems, Inc. Container data mover for migrating data between distributed data storage systems integrated with application orchestrators
US11698871B2 (en) * 2020-09-25 2023-07-11 PetaIO Inc. Method for PRP/SGL handling for out-of-order NVME controllers
US11614954B2 (en) 2020-12-08 2023-03-28 Cohesity, Inc. Graphical user interface to specify an intent-based data management plan
US11914480B2 (en) 2020-12-08 2024-02-27 Cohesity, Inc. Standbys for continuous data protection-enabled objects
US11768745B2 (en) 2020-12-08 2023-09-26 Cohesity, Inc. Automatically implementing a specification of a data protection intent
US11645175B2 (en) 2021-02-12 2023-05-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Automatic failover of a storage manager
US11481287B2 (en) 2021-02-22 2022-10-25 Cohesity, Inc. Using a stream of source system storage changes to update a continuous data protection-enabled hot standby
US11586493B2 (en) 2021-03-29 2023-02-21 Red Hat, Inc. Efficient checksum computation
CN116560914B (en) * 2023-07-10 2023-10-13 成都云祺科技有限公司 Incremental backup method, system and storage medium under virtual machine CBT failure

Family Cites Families (538)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4267568A (en) 1975-12-03 1981-05-12 System Development Corporation Information storage and retrieval system
US4084231A (en) 1975-12-18 1978-04-11 International Business Machines Corporation System for facilitating the copying back of data in disc and tape units of a memory hierarchial system
GB2035014B (en) 1978-11-06 1982-09-29 British Broadcasting Corp Cyclic redundancy data check encoding method and apparatus
US4417321A (en) 1981-05-18 1983-11-22 International Business Machines Corp. Qualifying and sorting file record data
US4641274A (en) 1982-12-03 1987-02-03 International Business Machines Corporation Method for communicating changes made to text form a text processor to a remote host
DE3382152D1 (en) 1982-12-09 1991-03-07 Sequoia Systems Inc SECURITY STORAGE SYSTEM.
US4686620A (en) 1984-07-26 1987-08-11 American Telephone And Telegraph Company, At&T Bell Laboratories Database backup method
GB8622010D0 (en) 1986-09-12 1986-10-22 Hewlett Packard Ltd File backup facility
US5193154A (en) 1987-07-10 1993-03-09 Hitachi, Ltd. Buffered peripheral system and method for backing up and retrieving data to and from backup memory device
US5005122A (en) 1987-09-08 1991-04-02 Digital Equipment Corporation Arrangement with cooperating management server node and network service node
JPH0743676B2 (en) 1988-03-11 1995-05-15 株式会社日立製作所 Back-up data dump control method and device
US4912637A (en) 1988-04-26 1990-03-27 Tandem Computers Incorporated Version management tool
US4995035A (en) 1988-10-31 1991-02-19 International Business Machines Corporation Centralized management in a computer network
US5093912A (en) 1989-06-26 1992-03-03 International Business Machines Corporation Dynamic resource pool expansion and contraction in multiprocessing environments
DE69029289T2 (en) 1989-06-30 1997-06-26 Digital Equipment Corp Method and arrangement for controlling shadow memories
US5454099A (en) 1989-07-25 1995-09-26 International Business Machines Corporation CPU implemented method for backing up modified data sets in non-volatile store for recovery in the event of CPU failure
US5133065A (en) 1989-07-27 1992-07-21 Personal Computer Peripherals Corporation Backup computer program for networks
US5321816A (en) 1989-10-10 1994-06-14 Unisys Corporation Local-remote apparatus with specialized image storage modules
US5504873A (en) 1989-11-01 1996-04-02 E-Systems, Inc. Mass data storage and retrieval system
US5276867A (en) 1989-12-19 1994-01-04 Epoch Systems, Inc. Digital data storage system with improved data migration
US5276860A (en) 1989-12-19 1994-01-04 Epoch Systems, Inc. Digital data processor with improved backup storage
JPH0410041A (en) 1990-04-27 1992-01-14 Toshiba Corp Data saving system
GB2246218B (en) 1990-07-18 1994-02-09 Stc Plc Distributed data processing systems
US5239647A (en) 1990-09-07 1993-08-24 International Business Machines Corporation Data storage hierarchy with shared storage level
US5544347A (en) 1990-09-24 1996-08-06 Emc Corporation Data storage system controlled remote data mirroring with respectively maintained data indices
US5301286A (en) 1991-01-02 1994-04-05 At&T Bell Laboratories Memory archiving indexing arrangement
US5212772A (en) 1991-02-11 1993-05-18 Gigatrend Incorporated System for storing data in backup tape device
US5287500A (en) 1991-06-03 1994-02-15 Digital Equipment Corporation System for allocating storage spaces based upon required and optional service attributes having assigned piorities
US5333315A (en) 1991-06-27 1994-07-26 Digital Equipment Corporation System of device independent file directories using a tag between the directories and file descriptors that migrate with the files
US5347653A (en) 1991-06-28 1994-09-13 Digital Equipment Corporation System for reconstructing prior versions of indexes using records indicating changes between successive versions of the indexes
US5410700A (en) 1991-09-04 1995-04-25 International Business Machines Corporation Computer system which supports asynchronous commitment of data
EP0541281B1 (en) 1991-11-04 1998-04-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Incremental-computer-file backup using signatures
US5263154A (en) 1992-04-20 1993-11-16 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for incremental time zero backup copying of data
US5241668A (en) 1992-04-20 1993-08-31 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for automated termination and resumption in a time zero backup copy process
US5241670A (en) 1992-04-20 1993-08-31 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for automated backup copy ordering in a time zero backup copy session
JP2551312B2 (en) 1992-12-28 1996-11-06 日本電気株式会社 Job step parallel execution method
WO1994017474A1 (en) 1993-01-21 1994-08-04 Apple Computer, Inc. Apparatus and method for backing up data from networked computer storage devices
WO1994018634A1 (en) 1993-02-01 1994-08-18 Lsc, Inc. Archiving file system for data servers in a distributed network environment
US5664204A (en) 1993-03-22 1997-09-02 Lichen Wang Apparatus and method for supplying power and wake-up signal using host port's signal lines of opposite polarities
JPH0721135A (en) 1993-07-02 1995-01-24 Fujitsu Ltd Data processing system with duplex monitor function
US5642496A (en) 1993-09-23 1997-06-24 Kanfi; Arnon Method of making a backup copy of a memory over a plurality of copying sessions
US5544345A (en) 1993-11-08 1996-08-06 International Business Machines Corporation Coherence controls for store-multiple shared data coordinated by cache directory entries in a shared electronic storage
JPH09509768A (en) 1993-11-09 1997-09-30 シーゲート テクノロジー,インコーポレイテッド Data backup and restoration system for computer networks
US5495607A (en) 1993-11-15 1996-02-27 Conner Peripherals, Inc. Network management system having virtual catalog overview of files distributively stored across network domain
US5491810A (en) 1994-03-01 1996-02-13 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for automated data storage system space allocation utilizing prioritized data set parameters
US5673381A (en) 1994-05-27 1997-09-30 Cheyenne Software International Sales Corp. System and parallel streaming and data stripping to back-up a network
US5638509A (en) 1994-06-10 1997-06-10 Exabyte Corporation Data storage and protection system
US5574906A (en) 1994-10-24 1996-11-12 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for reducing storage requirement in backup subsystems utilizing segmented compression and differencing
US5559957A (en) 1995-05-31 1996-09-24 Lucent Technologies Inc. File system for a data storage device having a power fail recovery mechanism for write/replace operations
US5699361A (en) 1995-07-18 1997-12-16 Industrial Technology Research Institute Multimedia channel formulation mechanism
US5813009A (en) 1995-07-28 1998-09-22 Univirtual Corp. Computer based records management system method
US5619644A (en) 1995-09-18 1997-04-08 International Business Machines Corporation Software directed microcode state save for distributed storage controller
US5819020A (en) 1995-10-16 1998-10-06 Network Specialists, Inc. Real time backup system
US5778395A (en) 1995-10-23 1998-07-07 Stac, Inc. System for backing up files from disk volumes on multiple nodes of a computer network
US5729743A (en) 1995-11-17 1998-03-17 Deltatech Research, Inc. Computer apparatus and method for merging system deltas
US5761677A (en) 1996-01-03 1998-06-02 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Computer system method and apparatus providing for various versions of a file without requiring data copy or log operations
KR970076238A (en) 1996-05-23 1997-12-12 포만 제프리 엘 Servers, methods and program products thereof for creating and managing multiple copies of client data files
US5889935A (en) 1996-05-28 1999-03-30 Emc Corporation Disaster control features for remote data mirroring
US5812398A (en) 1996-06-10 1998-09-22 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Method and system for escrowed backup of hotelled world wide web sites
US6006227A (en) 1996-06-28 1999-12-21 Yale University Document stream operating system
US5835906A (en) 1996-07-01 1998-11-10 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Methods and apparatus for sharing stored data objects in a computer system
US5758359A (en) 1996-10-24 1998-05-26 Digital Equipment Corporation Method and apparatus for performing retroactive backups in a computer system
US5875478A (en) 1996-12-03 1999-02-23 Emc Corporation Computer backup using a file system, network, disk, tape and remote archiving repository media system
US6131095A (en) 1996-12-11 2000-10-10 Hewlett-Packard Company Method of accessing a target entity over a communications network
AU5929398A (en) 1997-01-23 1998-08-18 Overland Data, Inc. Virtual media library
US6658526B2 (en) 1997-03-12 2003-12-02 Storage Technology Corporation Network attached virtual data storage subsystem
US5924102A (en) 1997-05-07 1999-07-13 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for managing critical files
US6094416A (en) 1997-05-09 2000-07-25 I/O Control Corporation Multi-tier architecture for control network
US5887134A (en) 1997-06-30 1999-03-23 Sun Microsystems System and method for preserving message order while employing both programmed I/O and DMA operations
EP0899662A1 (en) 1997-08-29 1999-03-03 Hewlett-Packard Company Backup and restore system for a computer network
DE69802294T2 (en) 1997-08-29 2002-05-16 Hewlett Packard Co SYSTEMS FOR DATA BACKUP AND RECOVERY
US5950205A (en) 1997-09-25 1999-09-07 Cisco Technology, Inc. Data transmission over the internet using a cache memory file system
US6275953B1 (en) 1997-09-26 2001-08-14 Emc Corporation Recovery from failure of a data processor in a network server
US6052735A (en) 1997-10-24 2000-04-18 Microsoft Corporation Electronic mail object synchronization between a desktop computer and mobile device
US6021415A (en) 1997-10-29 2000-02-01 International Business Machines Corporation Storage management system with file aggregation and space reclamation within aggregated files
US6418478B1 (en) 1997-10-30 2002-07-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Pipelined high speed data transfer mechanism
US6101585A (en) 1997-11-04 2000-08-08 Adaptec, Inc. Mechanism for incremental backup of on-line files
JPH11143754A (en) 1997-11-05 1999-05-28 Hitachi Ltd Version information and constitution information display method and device therefor, and computer readable recording medium for recording version information and constitution information display program
US6131190A (en) 1997-12-18 2000-10-10 Sidwell; Leland P. System for modifying JCL parameters to optimize data storage allocations
US6076148A (en) 1997-12-26 2000-06-13 Emc Corporation Mass storage subsystem and backup arrangement for digital data processing system which permits information to be backed up while host computer(s) continue(s) operating in connection with information stored on mass storage subsystem
US6154787A (en) 1998-01-21 2000-11-28 Unisys Corporation Grouping shared resources into one or more pools and automatically re-assigning shared resources from where they are not currently needed to where they are needed
US6260069B1 (en) 1998-02-10 2001-07-10 International Business Machines Corporation Direct data retrieval in a distributed computing system
EP0945800B1 (en) 1998-03-02 2003-07-16 Hewlett-Packard Company, A Delaware Corporation Data backup system
US6026414A (en) 1998-03-05 2000-02-15 International Business Machines Corporation System including a proxy client to backup files in a distributed computing environment
US6161111A (en) 1998-03-31 2000-12-12 Emc Corporation System and method for performing file-handling operations in a digital data processing system using an operating system-independent file map
US6167402A (en) 1998-04-27 2000-12-26 Sun Microsystems, Inc. High performance message store
US6397242B1 (en) 1998-05-15 2002-05-28 Vmware, Inc. Virtualization system including a virtual machine monitor for a computer with a segmented architecture
US6421711B1 (en) 1998-06-29 2002-07-16 Emc Corporation Virtual ports for data transferring of a data storage system
US6269431B1 (en) 1998-08-13 2001-07-31 Emc Corporation Virtual storage and block level direct access of secondary storage for recovery of backup data
GB2341249A (en) 1998-08-17 2000-03-08 Connected Place Limited A method of generating a difference file defining differences between an updated file and a base file
US6487561B1 (en) 1998-12-31 2002-11-26 Emc Corporation Apparatus and methods for copying, backing up, and restoring data using a backup segment size larger than the storage block size
US6212512B1 (en) 1999-01-06 2001-04-03 Hewlett-Packard Company Integration of a database into file management software for protecting, tracking and retrieving data
US7428212B2 (en) 1999-01-15 2008-09-23 Cisco Technology, Inc. Best effort technique for virtual path restoration
US6324581B1 (en) 1999-03-03 2001-11-27 Emc Corporation File server system using file system storage, data movers, and an exchange of meta data among data movers for file locking and direct access to shared file systems
US6389432B1 (en) 1999-04-05 2002-05-14 Auspex Systems, Inc. Intelligent virtual volume access
US6519679B2 (en) 1999-06-11 2003-02-11 Dell Usa, L.P. Policy based storage configuration
US7035880B1 (en) 1999-07-14 2006-04-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. Modular backup and retrieval system used in conjunction with a storage area network
US6538669B1 (en) 1999-07-15 2003-03-25 Dell Products L.P. Graphical user interface for configuration of a storage system
US7389311B1 (en) 1999-07-15 2008-06-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. Modular backup and retrieval system
US7395282B1 (en) 1999-07-15 2008-07-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Hierarchical backup and retrieval system
US6820214B1 (en) 1999-07-26 2004-11-16 Microsoft Corporation Automated system recovery via backup and restoration of system state
US6343324B1 (en) 1999-09-13 2002-01-29 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for controlling access share storage devices in a network environment by configuring host-to-volume mapping data structures in the controller memory for granting and denying access to the devices
US6564228B1 (en) 2000-01-14 2003-05-13 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Method of enabling heterogeneous platforms to utilize a universal file system in a storage area network
US7003641B2 (en) 2000-01-31 2006-02-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. Logical view with granular access to exchange data managed by a modular data and storage management system
US6542972B2 (en) 2000-01-31 2003-04-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Logical view and access to physical storage in modular data and storage management system
US6760723B2 (en) 2000-01-31 2004-07-06 Commvault Systems Inc. Storage management across multiple time zones
US6658436B2 (en) 2000-01-31 2003-12-02 Commvault Systems, Inc. Logical view and access to data managed by a modular data and storage management system
US6721767B2 (en) 2000-01-31 2004-04-13 Commvault Systems, Inc. Application specific rollback in a computer system
US6581076B1 (en) 2000-03-29 2003-06-17 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for efficient file archiving and dearchiving in a DMD system
US6356801B1 (en) 2000-05-19 2002-03-12 International Business Machines Corporation High availability work queuing in an automated data storage library
US6330642B1 (en) 2000-06-29 2001-12-11 Bull Hn Informatin Systems Inc. Three interconnected raid disk controller data processing system architecture
ES2249450T3 (en) 2000-07-05 2006-04-01 ERNST & YOUNG LLP METHOD AND APPLIANCE TO PROVIDE INFORMATIC SERVICES.
US7822967B2 (en) 2000-09-27 2010-10-26 Huron Ip Llc Apparatus, architecture, and method for integrated modular server system providing dynamically power-managed and work-load managed network devices
JP2002215597A (en) 2001-01-15 2002-08-02 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Multiprocessor device
US7076270B2 (en) 2001-02-28 2006-07-11 Dell Products L.P. Docking station for wireless communication device
US7756835B2 (en) 2001-03-23 2010-07-13 Bea Systems, Inc. Database and operating system independent copying/archiving of a web base application
AU2002325213A1 (en) 2001-05-14 2003-03-03 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson Method for protecting against overload of a packet switching network node of a communication network
US20020194511A1 (en) 2001-06-18 2002-12-19 Swoboda Gary L. Apparatus and method for central processing unit power measurement in a digital signal processor
US6721851B2 (en) 2001-08-07 2004-04-13 Veritas Operating Corporation System and method for preventing sector slipping in a storage area network
WO2003027891A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2003-04-03 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for archiving objects in an information store
US7076491B2 (en) 2001-11-09 2006-07-11 Wuxi Evermore Upward and downward compatible data processing system
US6990603B2 (en) 2002-01-02 2006-01-24 Exanet Inc. Method and apparatus for securing volatile data in power failure in systems having redundancy
US7577722B1 (en) 2002-04-05 2009-08-18 Vmware, Inc. Provisioning of computer systems using virtual machines
JP2003316522A (en) 2002-04-26 2003-11-07 Hitachi Ltd Computer system and method for controlling the same system
US7107385B2 (en) 2002-08-09 2006-09-12 Network Appliance, Inc. Storage virtualization by layering virtual disk objects on a file system
US7873700B2 (en) 2002-08-09 2011-01-18 Netapp, Inc. Multi-protocol storage appliance that provides integrated support for file and block access protocols
GB2410106B (en) 2002-09-09 2006-09-13 Commvault Systems Inc Dynamic storage device pooling in a computer system
US7162496B2 (en) 2002-09-16 2007-01-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for blind media support
WO2004025483A1 (en) 2002-09-16 2004-03-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for optimizing storage operations
AU2003291014A1 (en) 2002-11-14 2004-06-15 Isilon Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for restriping files in a distributed file system
WO2004047078A2 (en) 2002-11-20 2004-06-03 Filesx Ltd. Fast backup storage and fast recovery of data (fbsrd)
US7219162B2 (en) 2002-12-02 2007-05-15 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for accessing content of a web page
US7484208B1 (en) 2002-12-12 2009-01-27 Michael Nelson Virtual machine migration
JP2004302751A (en) 2003-03-31 2004-10-28 Hitachi Ltd Method for managing performance of computer system and computer system managing performance of storage device
WO2004090742A1 (en) 2003-04-03 2004-10-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for dynamically sharing storage volumes in a computer network
US7631351B2 (en) 2003-04-03 2009-12-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for performing storage operations through a firewall
US8209680B1 (en) 2003-04-11 2012-06-26 Vmware, Inc. System and method for disk imaging on diverse computers
US7181439B1 (en) 2003-04-25 2007-02-20 Network Appliance, Inc. System and method for transparently accessing a virtual disk using a file-based protocol
US20040230899A1 (en) 2003-05-13 2004-11-18 Pagnano Marco Aurelio De Oliveira Arrangements, storage mediums and methods for associating an extensible stylesheet language device description file with a non- proprietary language device description file
US7454569B2 (en) 2003-06-25 2008-11-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. Hierarchical system and method for performing storage operations in a computer network
JP4404246B2 (en) 2003-09-12 2010-01-27 株式会社日立製作所 Backup system and method based on data characteristics
US7177967B2 (en) 2003-09-30 2007-02-13 Intel Corporation Chipset support for managing hardware interrupts in a virtual machine system
US7440982B2 (en) 2003-11-13 2008-10-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for stored data archive verification
WO2005050386A2 (en) 2003-11-13 2005-06-02 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for performing a snapshot and for restoring data
US7546324B2 (en) 2003-11-13 2009-06-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for performing storage operations using network attached storage
WO2005065084A2 (en) 2003-11-13 2005-07-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for providing encryption in pipelined storage operations in a storage network
WO2005050385A2 (en) 2003-11-13 2005-06-02 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for performing integrated storage operations
US20050149940A1 (en) 2003-12-31 2005-07-07 Sychron Inc. System Providing Methodology for Policy-Based Resource Allocation
US20050198303A1 (en) 2004-01-02 2005-09-08 Robert Knauerhase Dynamic virtual machine service provider allocation
US7386744B2 (en) 2004-03-15 2008-06-10 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Rack equipment power pricing plan control system and method
US7424482B2 (en) 2004-04-26 2008-09-09 Storwize Inc. Method and system for compression of data for block mode access storage
US8266406B2 (en) 2004-04-30 2012-09-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for allocation of organizational resources
US7343459B2 (en) 2004-04-30 2008-03-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for detecting & mitigating storage risks
US7502820B2 (en) 2004-05-03 2009-03-10 Microsoft Corporation System and method for optimized property retrieval of stored objects
US8108429B2 (en) 2004-05-07 2012-01-31 Quest Software, Inc. System for moving real-time data events across a plurality of devices in a network for simultaneous data protection, replication, and access services
US8055745B2 (en) 2004-06-01 2011-11-08 Inmage Systems, Inc. Methods and apparatus for accessing data from a primary data storage system for secondary storage
US8949395B2 (en) 2004-06-01 2015-02-03 Inmage Systems, Inc. Systems and methods of event driven recovery management
US7330861B2 (en) 2004-09-10 2008-02-12 Hitachi, Ltd. Remote copying system and method of controlling remote copying
US20060058994A1 (en) 2004-09-16 2006-03-16 Nec Laboratories America, Inc. Power estimation through power emulation
US7765369B1 (en) 2004-11-05 2010-07-27 Commvault Systems, Inc. Method and system for selectively deleting stored data
US7536291B1 (en) 2004-11-08 2009-05-19 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method to support simulated storage operations
US7536525B2 (en) 2004-11-09 2009-05-19 Dell Products L.P. Virtual machine hot cloning including freezing and unfreezing memory in a distributed network
US8959299B2 (en) 2004-11-15 2015-02-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. Using a snapshot as a data source
US8775823B2 (en) 2006-12-29 2014-07-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for encrypting secondary copies of data
US7778984B2 (en) 2004-11-19 2010-08-17 Microsoft Corporation System and method for a distributed object store
CA2489619A1 (en) 2004-12-07 2006-06-07 Ibm Canada Limited - Ibm Canada Limitee Method system and program product for managing a file system that includes an archive
US7475282B2 (en) 2004-12-28 2009-01-06 Acronis Inc. System and method for rapid restoration of server from back up
US7721138B1 (en) 2004-12-28 2010-05-18 Acronis Inc. System and method for on-the-fly migration of server from backup
US20060184935A1 (en) 2005-02-11 2006-08-17 Timothy Abels System and method using virtual machines for decoupling software from users and services
US7861234B1 (en) 2005-02-23 2010-12-28 Oracle America, Inc. System and method for binary translation to improve parameter passing
US7730486B2 (en) 2005-02-28 2010-06-01 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. System and method for migrating virtual machines on cluster systems
US7899788B2 (en) 2005-04-01 2011-03-01 Microsoft Corporation Using a data protection server to backup and restore data on virtual servers
US20060230136A1 (en) 2005-04-12 2006-10-12 Kenneth Ma Intelligent auto-archiving
US7725893B2 (en) 2005-04-28 2010-05-25 Sap Aktiengesellschaft Platform independent replication
US8112605B2 (en) 2005-05-02 2012-02-07 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for allocation of organizational resources
EP2477114B1 (en) 2005-06-24 2014-01-15 Syncsort Incorporated System and method for high performance enterprise data protection
US20070027999A1 (en) 2005-07-29 2007-02-01 Allen James P Method for coordinated error tracking and reporting in distributed storage systems
WO2007021836A2 (en) 2005-08-15 2007-02-22 Toutvirtual Inc. Virtual systems management
US7716171B2 (en) 2005-08-18 2010-05-11 Emc Corporation Snapshot indexing
US7831789B1 (en) 2005-10-06 2010-11-09 Acronis Inc. Method and system for fast incremental backup using comparison of descriptors
US8069271B2 (en) 2005-10-12 2011-11-29 Storage Appliance Corporation Systems and methods for converting a media player into a backup device
CN101346883A (en) 2005-10-26 2009-01-14 斯多维兹有限公司 Method and system for compression of data for block mode access storage
US7877517B2 (en) 2005-11-09 2011-01-25 International Business Machines Corporation Determining whether to compress data transmitted over a network
CA2837984C (en) 2005-11-28 2021-11-16 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for classifying and transferring information in a storage network
US7651593B2 (en) 2005-12-19 2010-01-26 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for performing data replication
EP1974296B8 (en) 2005-12-19 2016-09-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for performing data replication
US7620710B2 (en) 2005-12-19 2009-11-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for performing multi-path storage operations
US7543125B2 (en) 2005-12-19 2009-06-02 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for performing time-flexible calendric storage operations
US7606844B2 (en) 2005-12-19 2009-10-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for performing replication copy storage operations
US7617262B2 (en) 2005-12-19 2009-11-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for monitoring application data in a data replication system
US7636743B2 (en) 2005-12-19 2009-12-22 Commvault Systems, Inc. Pathname translation in a data replication system
US7617253B2 (en) 2005-12-19 2009-11-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. Destination systems and methods for performing data replication
WO2007077600A1 (en) 2005-12-28 2007-07-12 Fujitsu Limited Administration program, administration method and administration apparatus
US7552279B1 (en) 2006-01-03 2009-06-23 Emc Corporation System and method for multiple virtual computing environments in data storage environment
US7966513B2 (en) 2006-02-03 2011-06-21 Emc Corporation Automatic classification of backup clients
US20070208918A1 (en) 2006-03-01 2007-09-06 Kenneth Harbin Method and apparatus for providing virtual machine backup
US8001342B2 (en) 2006-03-29 2011-08-16 International Business Machines Corporation Method for storing and restoring persistent memory content and virtual machine state information
US9397944B1 (en) 2006-03-31 2016-07-19 Teradici Corporation Apparatus and method for dynamic communication scheduling of virtualized device traffic based on changing available bandwidth
US7823145B1 (en) 2006-03-31 2010-10-26 Vmware, Inc. Updating software on dormant disks
US9547485B2 (en) 2006-03-31 2017-01-17 Prowess Consulting, Llc System and method for deploying a virtual machine
US7546432B2 (en) 2006-05-09 2009-06-09 Emc Corporation Pass-through write policies of files in distributed storage management
US7434096B2 (en) 2006-08-11 2008-10-07 Chicago Mercantile Exchange Match server for a financial exchange having fault tolerant operation
US8041985B2 (en) 2006-08-11 2011-10-18 Chicago Mercantile Exchange, Inc. Match server for a financial exchange having fault tolerant operation
US8121977B2 (en) 2006-08-30 2012-02-21 Iwmage Systems, Inc. Ensuring data persistence and consistency in enterprise storage backup systems
JP4236677B2 (en) 2006-09-20 2009-03-11 株式会社日立製作所 Recovery method using CDP
US7640406B1 (en) 2006-10-03 2009-12-29 Emc Corporation Detecting and managing orphan files between primary and secondary data stores for content addressed storage
US7685177B1 (en) 2006-10-03 2010-03-23 Emc Corporation Detecting and managing orphan files between primary and secondary data stores
US7599971B1 (en) 2006-10-03 2009-10-06 Emc Corporation Detecting and managing missing parents between primary and secondary data stores for content addressed storage
US7882077B2 (en) 2006-10-17 2011-02-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Method and system for offline indexing of content and classifying stored data
US8655914B2 (en) 2006-10-17 2014-02-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for storage operation access security
US7792789B2 (en) 2006-10-17 2010-09-07 Commvault Systems, Inc. Method and system for collaborative searching
US8234641B2 (en) 2006-10-17 2012-07-31 Managelq, Inc. Compliance-based adaptations in managed virtual systems
US8185893B2 (en) 2006-10-27 2012-05-22 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Starting up at least one virtual machine in a physical machine by a load balancer
WO2008070688A1 (en) 2006-12-04 2008-06-12 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for creating copies of data, such as archive copies
US9354927B2 (en) 2006-12-21 2016-05-31 Vmware, Inc. Securing virtual machine data
US7734669B2 (en) 2006-12-22 2010-06-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. Managing copies of data
US20080228771A1 (en) 2006-12-22 2008-09-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. Method and system for searching stored data
US7840537B2 (en) 2006-12-22 2010-11-23 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for storing redundant information
WO2008085207A2 (en) 2006-12-29 2008-07-17 Prodea Systems, Inc. Multi-services application gateway
JP4295326B2 (en) * 2007-01-10 2009-07-15 株式会社日立製作所 Computer system
US20080189700A1 (en) 2007-02-02 2008-08-07 Vmware, Inc. Admission Control for Virtual Machine Cluster
US7925850B1 (en) 2007-02-16 2011-04-12 Vmware, Inc. Page signature disambiguation for increasing the efficiency of virtual machine migration in shared-page virtualized computer systems
US7711712B2 (en) 2007-03-12 2010-05-04 Hitachi, Ltd. System and method for managing consistency among volumes based on application information
US8397038B2 (en) 2007-03-22 2013-03-12 Vmware, Inc. Initializing file data blocks
US8281301B2 (en) 2007-03-30 2012-10-02 Hitachi, Ltd. Method and apparatus for controlling storage provisioning
US20080250407A1 (en) 2007-04-05 2008-10-09 Microsoft Corporation Network group name for virtual machines
US7793307B2 (en) 2007-04-06 2010-09-07 Network Appliance, Inc. Apparatus and method for providing virtualized hardware resources within a virtual execution environment
US8479194B2 (en) 2007-04-25 2013-07-02 Microsoft Corporation Virtual machine migration
US7805631B2 (en) 2007-05-03 2010-09-28 Microsoft Corporation Bare metal recovery from backup media to virtual machine
US8752055B2 (en) 2007-05-10 2014-06-10 International Business Machines Corporation Method of managing resources within a set of processes
US9354960B2 (en) 2010-12-27 2016-05-31 Red Hat, Inc. Assigning virtual machines to business application service groups based on ranking of the virtual machines
US9880906B2 (en) 2007-06-27 2018-01-30 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development Lp Drive resources in storage library behind virtual library
US8635429B1 (en) 2007-06-29 2014-01-21 Symantec Corporation Method and apparatus for mapping virtual drives
US9495370B1 (en) 2007-07-19 2016-11-15 American Megatrends, Inc. Data recovery point review in a continuous data protection system
US8239646B2 (en) 2007-07-31 2012-08-07 Vmware, Inc. Online virtual machine disk migration
CA2695470C (en) 2007-08-28 2014-08-26 Commvault Systems, Inc. Power management of data processing resources, such as power adaptive management of data storage operations
US20090138480A1 (en) 2007-08-29 2009-05-28 Chatley Scott P Filing system and method for data files stored in a distributed communications network
US8191063B2 (en) 2007-09-30 2012-05-29 Symantex Corporation Method for migrating a plurality of virtual machines by associating files and state information with a single logical container
US8396838B2 (en) 2007-10-17 2013-03-12 Commvault Systems, Inc. Legal compliance, electronic discovery and electronic document handling of online and offline copies of data
US8407518B2 (en) 2007-10-26 2013-03-26 Vmware, Inc. Using virtual machine cloning to create a backup virtual machine in a fault tolerant system
US9473598B2 (en) 2007-12-18 2016-10-18 International Business Machines Corporation Network connection failover during application service interruption
US20110040812A1 (en) 2007-12-20 2011-02-17 Virtual Computer, Inc. Layered Virtual File System
US20090210427A1 (en) 2008-02-15 2009-08-20 Chris Eidler Secure Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery Platform for Multiple Protected Systems
US7882069B2 (en) 2008-02-19 2011-02-01 Oracle International Corp. Tag based backup and recovery
US8458419B2 (en) 2008-02-27 2013-06-04 International Business Machines Corporation Method for application backup in the VMware consolidated backup framework
US20090228669A1 (en) 2008-03-10 2009-09-10 Microsoft Corporation Storage Device Optimization Using File Characteristics
US8291180B2 (en) 2008-03-20 2012-10-16 Vmware, Inc. Loose synchronization of virtual disks
US7953945B2 (en) 2008-03-27 2011-05-31 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for providing a backup/restore interface for third party HSM clients
US8438347B1 (en) 2008-03-27 2013-05-07 Symantec Corporation Techniques for proactive synchronization of backups on replication targets
US8468533B2 (en) 2008-04-28 2013-06-18 Panasonic Corporation Virtual machine control device, method, and program wherein a switching task used to switch to the highest priority virtual machines is the highest priority task in the current virtual machine and the virtual machine that is the switching target
US8200638B1 (en) 2008-04-30 2012-06-12 Netapp, Inc. Individual file restore from block-level incremental backups by using client-server backup protocol
US8972978B2 (en) 2008-05-02 2015-03-03 Skytap Multitenant hosted virtual machine infrastructure
US8266099B2 (en) 2008-05-29 2012-09-11 Vmware, Inc. Offloading storage operations to storage hardware using a third party server
US8543998B2 (en) 2008-05-30 2013-09-24 Oracle International Corporation System and method for building virtual appliances using a repository metadata server and a dependency resolution service
US8959509B1 (en) 2008-06-02 2015-02-17 Symantec Corporation Techniques for virtual machine backup scheduling
US8121966B2 (en) 2008-06-05 2012-02-21 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for automated integrated server-network-storage disaster recovery planning
US8230256B1 (en) 2008-06-06 2012-07-24 Symantec Corporation Method and apparatus for achieving high availability for an application in a computer cluster
US8577845B2 (en) 2008-06-13 2013-11-05 Symantec Operating Corporation Remote, granular restore from full virtual machine backup
US8015146B2 (en) 2008-06-16 2011-09-06 Hitachi, Ltd. Methods and systems for assisting information processing by using storage system
US8769048B2 (en) 2008-06-18 2014-07-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data protection scheduling, such as providing a flexible backup window in a data protection system
US9246768B2 (en) 2008-06-18 2016-01-26 Camber Corporation Systems and methods for a simulated network attack generator
US8484162B2 (en) 2008-06-24 2013-07-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. De-duplication systems and methods for application-specific data
US9098495B2 (en) 2008-06-24 2015-08-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Application-aware and remote single instance data management
US8219524B2 (en) 2008-06-24 2012-07-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. Application-aware and remote single instance data management
US7756964B2 (en) 2008-06-26 2010-07-13 Oracle America, Inc. Modular integrated computing and storage
US8229896B1 (en) 2008-06-30 2012-07-24 Symantec Corporation Method and apparatus for identifying data blocks required for restoration
US8037016B2 (en) 2008-07-09 2011-10-11 Dell Products L.P. Adaptive storage system transcoder
US8135930B1 (en) 2008-07-14 2012-03-13 Vizioncore, Inc. Replication systems and methods for a virtual computing environment
US8060476B1 (en) 2008-07-14 2011-11-15 Quest Software, Inc. Backup systems and methods for a virtual computing environment
US8046550B2 (en) 2008-07-14 2011-10-25 Quest Software, Inc. Systems and methods for performing backup operations of virtual machine files
US7913047B2 (en) 2008-08-01 2011-03-22 Disney Enterprises, Inc. Method and system for optimizing data backup
US7917617B1 (en) 2008-08-14 2011-03-29 Netapp, Inc. Mitigating rebaselining of a virtual machine (VM)
US8037032B2 (en) 2008-08-25 2011-10-11 Vmware, Inc. Managing backups using virtual machines
US8615489B2 (en) 2008-08-25 2013-12-24 Vmware, Inc. Storing block-level tracking information in the file system on the same block device
US8495316B2 (en) 2008-08-25 2013-07-23 Symantec Operating Corporation Efficient management of archival images of virtual machines having incremental snapshots
US8307177B2 (en) 2008-09-05 2012-11-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for management of virtualization data
US9280335B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2016-03-08 International Business Machines Corporation Semantically rich composable software image bundles
US8307187B2 (en) 2008-09-12 2012-11-06 Vmware, Inc. VDI Storage overcommit and rebalancing
US20100070474A1 (en) 2008-09-12 2010-03-18 Lad Kamleshkumar K Transferring or migrating portions of data objects, such as block-level data migration or chunk-based data migration
US20100070466A1 (en) 2008-09-15 2010-03-18 Anand Prahlad Data transfer techniques within data storage devices, such as network attached storage performing data migration
US8656018B1 (en) 2008-09-23 2014-02-18 Gogrid, LLC System and method for automated allocation of hosting resources controlled by different hypervisors
US8452731B2 (en) 2008-09-25 2013-05-28 Quest Software, Inc. Remote backup and restore
US9015181B2 (en) 2008-09-26 2015-04-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for managing single instancing data
US8200637B1 (en) 2008-09-30 2012-06-12 Symantec Operating Corporation Block-based sparse backup images of file system volumes
JP5346536B2 (en) 2008-10-02 2013-11-20 株式会社日立ソリューションズ Information backup / restore processing device and information backup / restore processing system
US8200771B2 (en) 2008-10-10 2012-06-12 International Business Machines Corporation Workload migration using on demand remote paging
US8499297B2 (en) 2008-10-28 2013-07-30 Vmware, Inc. Low overhead fault tolerance through hybrid checkpointing and replay
US8386798B2 (en) 2008-12-23 2013-02-26 Unisys Corporation Block-level data storage using an outstanding write list
US8315992B1 (en) 2008-11-26 2012-11-20 Symantec Corporation Affinity based allocation for storage implementations employing deduplicated data stores
US9454368B2 (en) 2009-01-21 2016-09-27 Vmware, Inc. Data mover permitting data transfer without transferring data between application and operating system
US8243911B1 (en) 2009-01-23 2012-08-14 Sprint Communications Company L.P. Failover mechanism based on historical usage data
US8606911B2 (en) 2009-03-02 2013-12-10 Headwater Partners I Llc Flow tagging for service policy implementation
US8990801B2 (en) 2009-01-30 2015-03-24 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Server switch integration in a virtualized system
US8549364B2 (en) 2009-02-18 2013-10-01 Vmware, Inc. Failure detection and recovery of host computers in a cluster
WO2010100769A1 (en) 2009-03-06 2010-09-10 株式会社日立製作所 Security management device and method
US8443166B2 (en) 2009-03-06 2013-05-14 Vmware, Inc. Method for tracking changes in virtual disks
US8387045B2 (en) 2009-03-12 2013-02-26 International Business Machines Corporation Cloning image creation using virtual machine environment
US8099391B1 (en) 2009-03-17 2012-01-17 Symantec Corporation Incremental and differential backups of virtual machine files
US8434131B2 (en) 2009-03-20 2013-04-30 Commvault Systems, Inc. Managing connections in a data storage system
US8191065B2 (en) 2009-04-06 2012-05-29 Red Hat Israel, Ltd. Managing virtual machine images
US8135748B2 (en) 2009-04-10 2012-03-13 PHD Virtual Technologies Virtual machine data replication
US8205050B2 (en) 2009-04-14 2012-06-19 Novell, Inc. Data backup for virtual machines
US8156301B1 (en) 2009-05-13 2012-04-10 Symantec Corporation Method and apparatus for synchronizing a physical machine with a virtual machine while the virtual machine is operational
JP5227887B2 (en) 2009-05-21 2013-07-03 株式会社日立製作所 Backup management method
US8578120B2 (en) 2009-05-22 2013-11-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Block-level single instancing
US8689211B2 (en) 2009-05-25 2014-04-01 International Business Machines Corporation Live migration of virtual machines in a computing environment
US20100306486A1 (en) 2009-05-29 2010-12-02 Sridhar Balasubramanian Policy-based application aware storage array snapshot backup and restore technique
US8527466B2 (en) 2009-05-31 2013-09-03 Red Hat Israel, Ltd. Handling temporary files of a virtual machine
US20100332629A1 (en) 2009-06-04 2010-12-30 Lauren Ann Cotugno Secure custom application cloud computing architecture
US8135985B2 (en) 2009-06-17 2012-03-13 International Business Machines Corporation High availability support for virtual machines
US8955108B2 (en) 2009-06-17 2015-02-10 Microsoft Corporation Security virtual machine for advanced auditing
US8285681B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2012-10-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data object store and server for a cloud storage environment, including data deduplication and data management across multiple cloud storage sites
US9146755B2 (en) 2009-07-08 2015-09-29 Kaseya Limited System and method for transporting platform independent power configuration parameters
US8234469B2 (en) 2009-07-09 2012-07-31 Microsoft Corporation Backup of virtual machines using cloned virtual machines
US10120767B2 (en) 2009-07-15 2018-11-06 Idera, Inc. System, method, and computer program product for creating a virtual database
US8578374B2 (en) 2009-07-16 2013-11-05 Ca, Inc. System and method for managing virtual machines
US8613085B2 (en) 2009-07-22 2013-12-17 Broadcom Corporation Method and system for traffic management via virtual machine migration
US8566650B2 (en) 2009-08-04 2013-10-22 Red Hat Israel, Ltd. Virtual machine infrastructure with storage domain monitoring
US9239762B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2016-01-19 Symantec Corporation Method and apparatus for virtualizing file system placeholders at a computer
US8706867B2 (en) 2011-03-31 2014-04-22 Commvault Systems, Inc. Realtime streaming of multimedia content from secondary storage devices
US8719767B2 (en) 2011-03-31 2014-05-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. Utilizing snapshots to provide builds to developer computing devices
US8595191B2 (en) 2009-12-31 2013-11-26 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for performing data management operations using snapshots
US8769535B2 (en) 2009-09-24 2014-07-01 Avaya Inc. Providing virtual machine high-availability and fault tolerance via solid-state backup drives
US9311378B2 (en) 2009-10-09 2016-04-12 International Business Machines Corporation Data synchronization between a data management system and an external system
US8578126B1 (en) 2009-10-29 2013-11-05 Netapp, Inc. Mapping of logical start addresses to physical start addresses in a system having misalignment between logical and physical data blocks
US8417907B2 (en) 2009-10-29 2013-04-09 Symantec Corporation Synchronizing snapshot volumes across hosts
US8621460B2 (en) 2009-11-02 2013-12-31 International Business Machines Corporation Endpoint-hosted hypervisor management
US8473947B2 (en) 2010-01-18 2013-06-25 Vmware, Inc. Method for configuring a physical adapter with virtual function (VF) and physical function (PF) for controlling address translation between virtual disks and physical storage regions
US9477531B2 (en) 2010-01-27 2016-10-25 Vmware, Inc. Accessing virtual disk content of a virtual machine without running a virtual desktop
US8117492B1 (en) 2010-01-29 2012-02-14 Symantec Corporation Techniques for backup error management
CN102141928A (en) 2010-01-29 2011-08-03 国际商业机器公司 Data processing method and system in virtual environment and deployment method of system
US20110196840A1 (en) 2010-02-08 2011-08-11 Yoram Barzilai System and method for incremental backup storage
US8397039B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2013-03-12 Symantec Corporation Storage systems and methods
US20110202728A1 (en) 2010-02-17 2011-08-18 Lsi Corporation Methods and apparatus for managing cache persistence in a storage system using multiple virtual machines
US8495317B2 (en) 2010-02-22 2013-07-23 Ca, Inc. System and method for improving performance of data container backups
US8458131B2 (en) 2010-02-26 2013-06-04 Microsoft Corporation Opportunistic asynchronous de-duplication in block level backups
US8478878B2 (en) 2010-03-11 2013-07-02 International Business Machines Corporation Placement of virtual machines based on server cost and network cost
US9710294B2 (en) 2010-03-17 2017-07-18 Zerto Ltd. Methods and apparatus for providing hypervisor level data services for server virtualization
US8560788B1 (en) 2010-03-29 2013-10-15 Emc Corporation Method of performing backups using multiple streams
US8352422B2 (en) 2010-03-30 2013-01-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data restore systems and methods in a replication environment
US20110252208A1 (en) 2010-04-12 2011-10-13 Microsoft Corporation Express-full backup of a cluster shared virtual machine
US8751857B2 (en) 2010-04-13 2014-06-10 Red Hat Israel, Ltd. Monitoring of highly available virtual machines
US9613064B1 (en) 2010-05-03 2017-04-04 Panzura, Inc. Facilitating the recovery of a virtual machine using a distributed filesystem
US8219769B1 (en) 2010-05-04 2012-07-10 Symantec Corporation Discovering cluster resources to efficiently perform cluster backups and restores
US8453145B1 (en) 2010-05-06 2013-05-28 Quest Software, Inc. Systems and methods for instant provisioning of virtual machine files
US8667171B2 (en) 2010-05-28 2014-03-04 Microsoft Corporation Virtual data center allocation with bandwidth guarantees
US8489676B1 (en) 2010-06-30 2013-07-16 Symantec Corporation Technique for implementing seamless shortcuts in sharepoint
US8954669B2 (en) 2010-07-07 2015-02-10 Nexenta System, Inc Method and system for heterogeneous data volume
US9135171B2 (en) 2010-07-13 2015-09-15 Vmware, Inc. Method for improving save and restore performance in virtual machine systems
US10162722B2 (en) 2010-07-15 2018-12-25 Veritas Technologies Llc Virtual machine aware replication method and system
US8566640B2 (en) 2010-07-19 2013-10-22 Veeam Software Ag Systems, methods, and computer program products for instant recovery of image level backups
TWI505189B (en) 2010-08-27 2015-10-21 Ibm A method computer program and system for automatic upgrade of virtual appliances
US20120072685A1 (en) 2010-09-16 2012-03-22 Hitachi, Ltd. Method and apparatus for backup of virtual machine data
US8799226B2 (en) 2010-09-28 2014-08-05 International Business Machines Corporation Prioritization of data items for backup in a computing environment
US9304867B2 (en) 2010-09-28 2016-04-05 Amazon Technologies, Inc. System and method for providing flexible storage and retrieval of snapshot archives
AU2011308518B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2014-12-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficient data management improvements, such as docking limited-feature data management modules to a full-featured data management system
US9235474B1 (en) 2011-02-17 2016-01-12 Axcient, Inc. Systems and methods for maintaining a virtual failover volume of a target computing system
US8577851B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2013-11-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Content aligned block-based deduplication
US8578109B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2013-11-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for retaining and using data block signatures in data protection operations
WO2012042509A1 (en) 2010-10-01 2012-04-05 Peter Chacko A distributed virtual storage cloud architecture and a method thereof
US8909767B2 (en) 2010-10-13 2014-12-09 Rackware, Inc. Cloud federation in a cloud computing environment
WO2012057942A1 (en) 2010-10-27 2012-05-03 High Cloud Security, Inc. System and method for secure storage of virtual machines
JP5606293B2 (en) 2010-11-22 2014-10-15 キヤノン株式会社 Data processing apparatus, access control method and program
US8910157B2 (en) 2010-11-23 2014-12-09 International Business Machines Corporation Optimization of virtual appliance deployment
US8688645B2 (en) 2010-11-30 2014-04-01 Netapp, Inc. Incremental restore of data between storage systems having dissimilar storage operating systems associated therewith
US8392378B2 (en) 2010-12-09 2013-03-05 International Business Machines Corporation Efficient backup and restore of virtual input/output server (VIOS) cluster
US9253100B2 (en) 2010-12-10 2016-02-02 Alcatel Lucent Asynchronous virtual machine replication
US9020900B2 (en) 2010-12-14 2015-04-28 Commvault Systems, Inc. Distributed deduplicated storage system
US9116850B2 (en) 2010-12-14 2015-08-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. Client-side repository in a networked deduplicated storage system
WO2012081059A1 (en) 2010-12-17 2012-06-21 Hitachi, Ltd. Failure recovery method for information processing service and virtual machine image generation apparatus
US9038066B2 (en) 2010-12-22 2015-05-19 Vmware, Inc. In-place snapshots of a virtual disk configured with sparse extent
US9020895B1 (en) 2010-12-27 2015-04-28 Netapp, Inc. Disaster recovery for virtual machines across primary and secondary sites
US8738883B2 (en) 2011-01-19 2014-05-27 Quantum Corporation Snapshot creation from block lists
US8832029B2 (en) 2011-02-16 2014-09-09 Microsoft Corporation Incremental virtual machine backup supporting migration
US8694764B2 (en) 2011-02-24 2014-04-08 Microsoft Corporation Multi-phase resume from hibernate
US9542215B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2017-01-10 V3 Systems, Inc. Migrating virtual machines from a source physical support environment to a target physical support environment using master image and user delta collections
JP5724477B2 (en) 2011-03-10 2015-05-27 富士通株式会社 Migration program, information processing apparatus, migration method, and information processing system
US8849762B2 (en) 2011-03-31 2014-09-30 Commvault Systems, Inc. Restoring computing environments, such as autorecovery of file systems at certain points in time
US8938643B1 (en) 2011-04-22 2015-01-20 Symantec Corporation Cloning using streaming restore
US9519496B2 (en) 2011-04-26 2016-12-13 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Detecting and preventing virtual disk storage linkage faults
CN102761566B (en) 2011-04-26 2015-09-23 国际商业机器公司 The method and apparatus of migration virtual machine
US8924967B2 (en) 2011-04-28 2014-12-30 Vmware, Inc. Maintaining high availability of a group of virtual machines using heartbeat messages
US9785523B2 (en) 2011-06-20 2017-10-10 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Managing replicated virtual storage at recovery sites
US8886903B2 (en) 2011-06-23 2014-11-11 Hitachi, Ltd. Storage management system and storage management method
US8671249B2 (en) 2011-07-22 2014-03-11 Fusion-Io, Inc. Apparatus, system, and method for managing storage capacity recovery
US8689047B2 (en) 2011-07-22 2014-04-01 Microsoft Corporation Virtual disk replication using log files
US8533715B2 (en) 2011-08-09 2013-09-10 International Business Machines Corporation Virtual machine management
US20130054533A1 (en) 2011-08-24 2013-02-28 Microsoft Corporation Verifying a data recovery component using a managed interface
US8677085B2 (en) 2011-08-29 2014-03-18 Vmware, Inc. Virtual machine snapshotting in object storage system
US20130074181A1 (en) 2011-09-19 2013-03-21 Cisco Technology, Inc. Auto Migration of Services Within a Virtual Data Center
US20130080841A1 (en) 2011-09-23 2013-03-28 Sungard Availability Services Recover to cloud: recovery point objective analysis tool
US9021459B1 (en) 2011-09-28 2015-04-28 Juniper Networks, Inc. High availability in-service software upgrade using virtual machine instances in dual control units of a network device
US8776043B1 (en) 2011-09-29 2014-07-08 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Service image notifications
US9461881B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2016-10-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Migration of existing computing systems to cloud computing sites or virtual machines
US9116633B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2015-08-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. Information management of virtual machines having mapped storage devices
US9372827B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2016-06-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. Migration of an existing computing system to new hardware
US9069587B2 (en) 2011-10-31 2015-06-30 Stec, Inc. System and method to cache hypervisor data
US20130117744A1 (en) 2011-11-03 2013-05-09 Ocz Technology Group, Inc. Methods and apparatus for providing hypervisor-level acceleration and virtualization services
US9372707B2 (en) 2011-11-18 2016-06-21 Hitachi, Ltd. Computer, virtual machine deployment method and program
US9280378B2 (en) 2011-11-30 2016-03-08 Red Hat, Inc. Adjustment during migration to a different virtualization environment
CN104781791A (en) 2011-12-05 2015-07-15 持续电信解决方案公司 Universal pluggable cloud disaster recovery system
US9292350B1 (en) 2011-12-15 2016-03-22 Symantec Corporation Management and provisioning of virtual machines
US9223596B1 (en) 2011-12-29 2015-12-29 Google Inc. Virtual machine fast provisioning based on dynamic criterion
US9703647B2 (en) 2011-12-30 2017-07-11 Veritas Technologies Llc Automated policy management in a virtual machine environment
US8930542B2 (en) 2012-01-23 2015-01-06 International Business Machines Corporation Dynamically building a set of compute nodes to host the user's workload
US8844015B2 (en) 2012-01-31 2014-09-23 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Application-access authentication agent
US9268590B2 (en) 2012-02-29 2016-02-23 Vmware, Inc. Provisioning a cluster of distributed computing platform based on placement strategy
US9047133B2 (en) 2012-03-02 2015-06-02 Vmware, Inc. Single, logical, multi-tier application blueprint used for deployment and management of multiple physical applications in a cloud environment
US20130232215A1 (en) 2012-03-05 2013-09-05 Riverbed Technology, Inc. Virtualized data storage system architecture using prefetching agent
US9298715B2 (en) 2012-03-07 2016-03-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data storage system utilizing proxy device for storage operations
US9124633B1 (en) 2012-03-29 2015-09-01 Infoblox Inc. IP address and domain name automation of virtual infrastructure
US9110604B2 (en) 2012-09-28 2015-08-18 Emc Corporation System and method for full virtual machine backup using storage system functionality
US8719286B1 (en) 2012-03-30 2014-05-06 Emc Corporation System and method for block-based subtree virtual machine backup
AU2013243923A1 (en) 2012-04-06 2014-10-30 Security First Corp. Systems and methods for securing and restoring virtual machines
US8966318B1 (en) 2012-04-27 2015-02-24 Symantec Corporation Method to validate availability of applications within a backup image
US9311248B2 (en) 2012-05-07 2016-04-12 Raytheon Cyber Products, Llc Methods and apparatuses for monitoring activities of virtual machines
US9246996B1 (en) 2012-05-07 2016-01-26 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Data volume placement techniques
US8904081B1 (en) 2012-05-08 2014-12-02 Vmware, Inc. Composing a virtual disk using application delta disk images
US20130311429A1 (en) 2012-05-18 2013-11-21 Hitachi, Ltd. Method for controlling backup and restoration, and storage system using the same
TWI610166B (en) 2012-06-04 2018-01-01 飛康國際網路科技股份有限公司 Automated disaster recovery and data migration system and method
US8954796B1 (en) 2012-06-26 2015-02-10 Emc International Company Recovery of a logical unit in a consistency group while replicating other logical units in the consistency group
US20140007097A1 (en) 2012-06-29 2014-01-02 Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. Dynamic resource allocation for virtual machines
US9230096B2 (en) 2012-07-02 2016-01-05 Symantec Corporation System and method for data loss prevention in a virtualized environment
US9612966B2 (en) 2012-07-03 2017-04-04 Sandisk Technologies Llc Systems, methods and apparatus for a virtual machine cache
US8850146B1 (en) 2012-07-27 2014-09-30 Symantec Corporation Backup of a virtual machine configured to perform I/O operations bypassing a hypervisor
US8938481B2 (en) 2012-08-13 2015-01-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. Generic file level restore from a block-level secondary copy
US9026498B2 (en) 2012-08-13 2015-05-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Lightweight mounting of a secondary copy of file system data
US9141529B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2015-09-22 OCZ Storage Solutions Inc. Methods and apparatus for providing acceleration of virtual machines in virtual environments
US9268642B2 (en) 2012-08-24 2016-02-23 Vmware, Inc. Protecting paired virtual machines
CN103842969B (en) 2012-09-25 2018-03-30 株式会社东芝 Information processing system
GB2507261A (en) 2012-10-23 2014-04-30 Ibm Reverting to a snapshot of a VM by modifying metadata
CN103810058B (en) 2012-11-12 2017-02-22 华为技术有限公司 Backup method, equipment and system for virtual machine
US9063971B2 (en) 2012-12-03 2015-06-23 Red Hat Israel, Ltd. Schema and query abstraction for different LDAP service providers
US9740702B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2017-08-22 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods to identify unprotected virtual machines
US9286086B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2016-03-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. Archiving virtual machines in a data storage system
US10162873B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2018-12-25 Red Hat, Inc. Synchronization of physical disks
US9678978B2 (en) 2012-12-31 2017-06-13 Carbonite, Inc. Systems and methods for automatic synchronization of recently modified data
US20140196038A1 (en) 2013-01-08 2014-07-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual machine management in a data storage system
US20140201157A1 (en) 2013-01-11 2014-07-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for rule-based virtual machine data protection
US20140201162A1 (en) 2013-01-11 2014-07-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods to restore selected files from block-level backup for virtual machines
US9633033B2 (en) 2013-01-11 2017-04-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. High availability distributed deduplicated storage system
US9286110B2 (en) 2013-01-14 2016-03-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. Seamless virtual machine recall in a data storage system
GB2524910A (en) 2013-01-28 2015-10-07 Hitachi Ltd Storage system and method for allocating resource
US9165150B2 (en) 2013-02-19 2015-10-20 Symantec Corporation Application and device control in a virtualized environment
US9594837B2 (en) 2013-02-26 2017-03-14 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Prediction and information retrieval for intrinsically diverse sessions
US9720717B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2017-08-01 Sandisk Technologies Llc Virtualization support for storage devices
US9235582B1 (en) 2013-03-14 2016-01-12 Emc Corporation Tracking files excluded from backup
US20140344323A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-11-20 Reactor8 Inc. State-based configuration management for distributed systems
US11188589B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2021-11-30 Wits(Md), Llc. Associating received medical imaging data to stored medical imaging data
US9405767B2 (en) 2013-05-01 2016-08-02 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Streaming content and placeholders
US9424136B1 (en) 2013-06-12 2016-08-23 Veritas Technologies Llc Systems and methods for creating optimized synthetic backup images
US10089192B2 (en) 2013-06-13 2018-10-02 Hytrust, Inc. Live restore for a data intelligent storage system
US8849764B1 (en) 2013-06-13 2014-09-30 DataGravity, Inc. System and method of data intelligent storage
US9213706B2 (en) 2013-06-13 2015-12-15 DataGravity, Inc. Live restore for a data intelligent storage system
US9665386B2 (en) 2013-06-14 2017-05-30 Nutanix, Inc. Method for leveraging hypervisor functionality for maintaining application consistent snapshots in a virtualization environment
US9575789B1 (en) 2013-06-26 2017-02-21 Veritas Technologies Systems and methods for enabling migratory virtual machines to expedite access to resources
US9043576B2 (en) 2013-08-21 2015-05-26 Simplivity Corporation System and method for virtual machine conversion
US10789136B1 (en) 2013-08-23 2020-09-29 Acronis International Gmbh Granular recovery using hot-plug virtual disks
US20150067393A1 (en) 2013-08-27 2015-03-05 Connectloud, Inc. Method and apparatus to remotely take a snapshot of a complete virtual machine from a software defined cloud with backup and restore capacity
US9939981B2 (en) 2013-09-12 2018-04-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. File manager integration with virtualization in an information management system with an enhanced storage manager, including user control and storage management of virtual machines
US10193963B2 (en) 2013-10-24 2019-01-29 Vmware, Inc. Container virtual machines for hadoop
US9098457B2 (en) 2013-10-31 2015-08-04 Vmware, Inc. Visualizing disaster recovery plan execution for the cloud
US9230001B2 (en) 2013-11-14 2016-01-05 Vmware, Inc. Intelligent data propagation using performance monitoring
US9904603B2 (en) * 2013-11-18 2018-02-27 Actifio, Inc. Successive data fingerprinting for copy accuracy assurance
US10241709B2 (en) 2013-12-09 2019-03-26 Vmware, Inc. Elastic temporary filesystem
US10075459B1 (en) 2014-01-22 2018-09-11 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Securing workspaces in a cloud computing environment
US9639426B2 (en) 2014-01-24 2017-05-02 Commvault Systems, Inc. Single snapshot for multiple applications
US11194667B2 (en) 2014-02-07 2021-12-07 International Business Machines Corporation Creating a restore copy from a copy of a full copy of source data in a repository that is at a different point-in-time than a restore point-in-time of a restore request
US20150227602A1 (en) 2014-02-13 2015-08-13 Actifio, Inc. Virtual data backup
US9792075B1 (en) 2014-02-26 2017-10-17 Veritas Technologies Llc Systems and methods for synthesizing virtual hard drives
US9959177B2 (en) 2014-02-27 2018-05-01 Red Hat Israel, Ltd. Backing up virtual machines
US10216585B2 (en) 2014-02-28 2019-02-26 Red Hat Israel, Ltd. Enabling disk image operations in conjunction with snapshot locking
US11243707B2 (en) 2014-03-12 2022-02-08 Nutanix, Inc. Method and system for implementing virtual machine images
US9588847B1 (en) 2014-03-25 2017-03-07 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Recovering corrupt virtual machine disks
US9639428B1 (en) 2014-03-28 2017-05-02 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Optimized backup of clusters with multiple proxy servers
US9697228B2 (en) 2014-04-14 2017-07-04 Vembu Technologies Private Limited Secure relational file system with version control, deduplication, and error correction
US10203975B2 (en) 2014-05-28 2019-02-12 Red Hat Israel, Ltd. Virtual machine template management
US9594636B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2017-03-14 Datto, Inc. Management of data replication and storage apparatuses, methods and systems
US9477683B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2016-10-25 International Business Machines Corporation Techniques for enabling coarse-grained volume snapshots for virtual machine backup and restore
US9619342B2 (en) 2014-06-24 2017-04-11 International Business Machines Corporation Back up and recovery in virtual machine environments
US9430284B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2016-08-30 Vmware, Inc. Processing virtual machine objects through multistep workflows
US10097410B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2018-10-09 Vmware, Inc. Methods and apparatus to scale application deployments in cloud computing environments
US9626254B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2017-04-18 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development Lp Backup and non-staged recovery of virtual environment data
US9898320B2 (en) 2014-06-28 2018-02-20 Vmware, Inc. Using a delta query to seed live migration
CN105446826A (en) 2014-06-30 2016-03-30 国际商业机器公司 Virtual machine backup and recovery method and device
US20160019317A1 (en) 2014-07-16 2016-01-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. Volume or virtual machine level backup and generating placeholders for virtual machine files
US20160019224A1 (en) 2014-07-18 2016-01-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. File system content archiving based on third-party application archiving rules and metadata
US10360110B2 (en) 2014-08-06 2019-07-23 Commvault Systems, Inc. Point-in-time backups of a production application made accessible over fibre channel and/or iSCSI as data sources to a remote application by representing the backups as pseudo-disks operating apart from the production application and its host
US9852026B2 (en) 2014-08-06 2017-12-26 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficient application recovery in an information management system based on a pseudo-storage-device driver
US9684567B2 (en) 2014-09-04 2017-06-20 International Business Machines Corporation Hypervisor agnostic interchangeable backup recovery and file level recovery from virtual disks
US9436555B2 (en) 2014-09-22 2016-09-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficient live-mount of a backed up virtual machine in a storage management system
US9710465B2 (en) 2014-09-22 2017-07-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficiently restoring execution of a backed up virtual machine based on coordination with virtual-machine-file-relocation operations
US9417968B2 (en) 2014-09-22 2016-08-16 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficiently restoring execution of a backed up virtual machine based on coordination with virtual-machine-file-relocation operations
US10102218B2 (en) * 2014-09-30 2018-10-16 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc File system with per-extent checksums
US10776209B2 (en) 2014-11-10 2020-09-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-platform virtual machine backup and replication
US9983936B2 (en) 2014-11-20 2018-05-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual machine change block tracking
US9535798B1 (en) 2014-12-19 2017-01-03 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Systems and methods for maintaining virtual component checkpoints on an offload device
US9804927B2 (en) 2014-12-27 2017-10-31 Lenovo Enterprise Solutions (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Virtual machine distributed checkpointing
CN104679907A (en) 2015-03-24 2015-06-03 新余兴邦信息产业有限公司 Realization method and system for high-availability and high-performance database cluster
US10241871B1 (en) 2015-03-31 2019-03-26 Veritas Technologies Llc Fragmentation mitigation in synthetic full backups
US10114705B1 (en) 2015-04-14 2018-10-30 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Presenting virtual machine backup files for block and file level restore
US9639274B2 (en) 2015-04-14 2017-05-02 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficient deduplication database validation
US9996429B1 (en) 2015-04-14 2018-06-12 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Mountable container backups for files
US9715347B2 (en) 2015-05-14 2017-07-25 Netapp, Inc. Virtual disk migration
US20160350391A1 (en) 2015-05-26 2016-12-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data
US9760398B1 (en) 2015-06-29 2017-09-12 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Automatic placement of virtual machine instances
US9766825B2 (en) 2015-07-22 2017-09-19 Commvault Systems, Inc. Browse and restore for block-level backups
US10628194B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2020-04-21 Netapp Inc. Techniques for data migration
US9747179B2 (en) 2015-10-29 2017-08-29 Netapp, Inc. Data management agent for selective storage re-caching
US10481984B1 (en) 2015-11-23 2019-11-19 Acronis International Gmbh Backup of virtual machines from storage snapshot
US10228962B2 (en) 2015-12-09 2019-03-12 Commvault Systems, Inc. Live synchronization and management of virtual machines across computing and virtualization platforms and using live synchronization to support disaster recovery
US10387266B2 (en) 2015-12-23 2019-08-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. Application-level live synchronization across computing platforms including synchronizing co-resident applications to disparate standby destinations and selectively synchronizing some applications and not others
US10592357B2 (en) 2015-12-30 2020-03-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. Distributed file system in a distributed deduplication data storage system
US20170235647A1 (en) 2016-02-12 2017-08-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data protection operations based on network path information
US10684924B2 (en) 2016-02-18 2020-06-16 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data restoration operations based on network path information
US10482242B2 (en) 2016-03-08 2019-11-19 Tanium Inc. System and method for performing event inquiries in a network
US10565067B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2020-02-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual server cloud file system for virtual machine backup from cloud operations
US10296368B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2019-05-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. Hypervisor-independent block-level live browse for access to backed up virtual machine (VM) data and hypervisor-free file-level recovery (block-level pseudo-mount)
US10225964B2 (en) 2016-03-31 2019-03-05 Apple Inc. Component shielding structures with magnetic shielding
US10445188B2 (en) 2016-04-04 2019-10-15 Vmware, Inc. Method and system for virtualizing guest-generated file system snapshots
US10417098B2 (en) 2016-06-28 2019-09-17 International Business Machines Corporation File level access to block level incremental backups of a virtual disk
US10417102B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2019-09-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. Heartbeat monitoring of virtual machines for initiating failover operations in a data storage management system, including virtual machine distribution logic
US10210048B2 (en) 2016-10-25 2019-02-19 Commvault Systems, Inc. Selective snapshot and backup copy operations for individual virtual machines in a shared storage
US10152251B2 (en) 2016-10-25 2018-12-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. Targeted backup of virtual machine
US10162528B2 (en) 2016-10-25 2018-12-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. Targeted snapshot based on virtual machine location
US10678758B2 (en) 2016-11-21 2020-06-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-platform virtual machine data and memory backup and replication
US20180143880A1 (en) 2016-11-21 2018-05-24 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-platform virtual machine data and memory backup and resumption
JP2018152728A (en) 2017-03-13 2018-09-27 富士通株式会社 Radio base station, radio communication method, and radio communication system
US10474542B2 (en) 2017-03-24 2019-11-12 Commvault Systems, Inc. Time-based virtual machine reversion
US10776329B2 (en) 2017-03-28 2020-09-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. Migration of a database management system to cloud storage
US20180285202A1 (en) 2017-03-29 2018-10-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. External fallback system for local computing systems
US10387073B2 (en) 2017-03-29 2019-08-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. External dynamic virtual machine synchronization
US10496547B1 (en) 2017-05-10 2019-12-03 Parallels International Gmbh External disk cache for guest operating system in a virtualized environment
US10417096B2 (en) 2017-07-20 2019-09-17 Vmware, Inc. Multi-virtual machine time consistent snapshots
US20190090305A1 (en) 2017-09-20 2019-03-21 Unisys Corporation SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING SECURE AND REDUNDANT COMMUNICATIONS AND PROCESSING FOR A COLLECTION OF MULTI-STATE INTERNET OF THINGS (IoT) DEVICES
US10877928B2 (en) 2018-03-07 2020-12-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up virtual machine backup operations
US10768971B2 (en) 2019-01-30 2020-09-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-hypervisor live mount of backed up virtual machine data
US10996974B2 (en) 2019-01-30 2021-05-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-hypervisor live mount of backed up virtual machine data, including management of cache storage for virtual machine data

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US10877928B2 (en) 2020-12-29
US20210103556A1 (en) 2021-04-08
US20190278662A1 (en) 2019-09-12
US11520736B2 (en) 2022-12-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11520736B2 (en) Using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up virtual machine backup operations
US11650885B2 (en) Live browsing of granular mailbox data
US11573862B2 (en) Application aware backup of virtual machines
US11544155B2 (en) Granular restoration of virtual machine application data
US11829251B2 (en) Restore using deduplicated secondary copy data
US20220222147A1 (en) Backup index generation process
US11422900B2 (en) Platform-agnostic containerized application data protection
US20220035559A1 (en) Managing subordinate storage operation pod cells using a global repository cell or master storage operation cell
US20230100694A1 (en) Content indexing of files in block-level backup copies of virtual machine data
US11321188B2 (en) Platform-agnostic containerized application data protection
US11714568B2 (en) On-demand restore of virtual machine data
US11579681B2 (en) Power management of components within a storage management system
US11615002B2 (en) Dynamically allocating streams during restoration of data
US11782750B2 (en) Cross-hypervisor live recovery of virtual machines
US20180285210A1 (en) Container image generation process
US11829331B2 (en) Continuously run log backup with minimal configuration and resource usage from the source machine
US11656951B2 (en) Data loss vulnerability detection
US11803308B2 (en) Ensuring the integrity of data storage volumes used in block-level live synchronization operations in a data storage management system
US20200364179A1 (en) Fast recall of large archived files
US11809285B2 (en) Protecting a management database of a data storage management system to meet a recovery point objective (RPO)
US20240103902A1 (en) Automatic driver injection in virtual machine migrations
US20240103987A1 (en) Efficient failover of storage manager in virtualized environments

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

AS Assignment

Owner name: COMMVAULT SYSTEMS, INC., NEW JERSEY

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:NAGRALE, AJAY VENKAT;JOSEPH, ANITA;RAJU, SASIKALA;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20180514 TO 20180515;REEL/FRAME:061831/0301

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED